Preparing for release of 2.6.9pre1

they were not yet safe (I'll consider similar changes for the next
release).

.cvsignore

@@ -1,14 +1,25 @@
-testtmp.*
 ID
 Makefile
+autom4te*.cache
+confdefs.h
 config.cache
 config.h
 config.log
 config.status
+conftest.c
+conftest.log
+dox
+getgroups
+gmon.out
 rsync
 shconfig
 testdir
 tests-dont-exist
 testtmp
+testtmp.*
 tls
-zlib/dummy
+trimslash
+t_unsafe
+wildtest
+getfsdev
+.rsync-filter

.ignore

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-.#*
-*.log
-Makefile
-config.h
-*.o
-CVS
-.ignore
-.cvsignore
-*~
-rsync
-config.status
-config.cache
-TAGS
-config.log
-test
-*.gz
-rsync-*
-*.dvi
-*.aux

COPYING

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
  Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+     51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
     <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -305,14 +305,15 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 
 If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
 when it starts in an interactive mode:
 
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
     Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.2.15
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# General configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+PROJECT_NAME           = rsync
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = HEAD
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = dox
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = *source
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = YES
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = YES
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = NO
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+TAB_SIZE               = 8
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+ALIASES                = 
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+QUIET                  = NO
+WARNINGS               = NO
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = NO
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+INPUT                  = .
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c \
+                         *.h
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+EXCLUDE                = proto.h \
+                         zlib \
+                         popt
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = 
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = YES
+INLINE_SOURCES         = YES
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 3
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+HTML_HEADER            = 
+HTML_FOOTER            = 
+HTML_STYLESHEET        = 
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 3
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 
+LATEX_HEADER           = 
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = NO
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+PREDEFINED             = 
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to external references   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+TAGFILES               = 
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+HAVE_DOT               = YES
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = YES
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+DOT_PATH               = 
+DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH    = 1024
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT   = 1024
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+CGI_NAME               = search.cgi
+CGI_URL                = 
+DOC_URL                = 
+DOC_ABSPATH            = 
+BIN_ABSPATH            = /usr/local/bin/
+EXT_DOC_PATHS          = 

INSTALL

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-To build and install rsync
+To build and install rsync:
 
   $ ./configure
   $ make
@@ -9,12 +9,28 @@ to ./configure.  To see them, use:
 
   $ ./configure --help
 
+Configure tries to figure out if the local system uses group "nobody" or
+"nogroup" by looking in the /etc/group file.  (This is only used for the
+default group of an rsync daemon, which attempts to run with "nobody"
+user and group permissions.)  You can change the default user and group
+for the daemon by editing the NOBODY_USER and NOBODY_GROUP defines in
+config.h, or just override them in your /etc/rsyncd.conf file.
+
 As of 2.4.7, rsync uses Eric Troan's popt option-parsing library.  A
-cut-down copy of release 1.5 is included in the rsync distribution,
-and will be used it there is no popt library on your build host, or if
+cut-down copy of release 1.6.4 is included in the rsync distribution,
+and will be used if there is no popt library on your build host, or if
 the --with-included-popt option is passed to ./configure.
 
+If you configure using --enable-maintainer-mode, then rsync will try
+to pop up an xterm on DISPLAY=:0 if it crashes.  You might find this
+useful, but it should be turned off for production builds.
 
+RPM NOTES
+---------
+
+Under packaging you will find .spec files for several distributions.
+The .spec file in packaging/lsb can be used for Linux systems that
+adhere to the Linux Standards Base (e.g., RedHat and others).
 
 HP-UX NOTES
 -----------
@@ -27,16 +43,21 @@ fails:
 
 Install gcc or HP's "ANSI/C Compiler".
 
-
-
 MAC OSX NOTES
 -------------
 
-Mac OS X (Darwin) seems to have an IPv6 stack, but it does not
-completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
-
-<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple do not support
-IPv6 yet.  If your build fails, try again with --disable-ipv6.
+Some versions of Mac OS X (Darwin) seem to have an IPv6 stack, but do
+not completely implement the "New Sockets" API.  
 
+<http://www.ipv6.org/impl/mac.html> says that Apple started to support
+IPv6 in 10.2 (Jaguar).  If your build fails, try again after running
+configure with --disable-ipv6.
 
+IBM AIX NOTES
+-------------
 
+IBM AIX has a largefile problem with mkstemp.  See IBM PR-51921.
+The workaround is to append the below to config.h
+	#ifdef _LARGE_FILES
+	#undef HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP
+	#endif

Makefile.in

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 # Makefile
 
 prefix=@prefix@
+datarootdir=@datarootdir@
 exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
 bindir=@bindir@
 mandir=@mandir@
@@ -9,9 +10,12 @@ mandir=@mandir@
 LIBS=@LIBS@
 CC=@CC@
 CFLAGS=@CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS=@CPPFLAGS@
+EXEEXT=@EXEEXT@
 LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
 
 INSTALLCMD=@INSTALL@
+INSTALLMAN=@INSTALL@
 
 srcdir=@srcdir@
 VPATH=$(srcdir)
@@ -22,77 +26,97 @@ VERSION=@VERSION@
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
-LIBOBJ=lib/fnmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o \
-	lib/permstring.o \
-	@LIBOBJS@
-ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/infblock.o zlib/infcodes.o zlib/inffast.o \
-	zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o zlib/infutil.o zlib/trees.o \
-	zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o 
-OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
-OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o fileio.o batch.o
+HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h lib/pool_alloc.h
+LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o \
+	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o @LIBOBJS@
+ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
+	zlib/trees.o zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o zlib/compress.o zlib/crc32.o
+OBJS1=rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o util.o \
+	main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
+OBJS2=options.o flist.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o \
+	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o chmod.o
+OBJS3=progress.o pipe.o
 DAEMON_OBJ = params.o loadparm.o clientserver.o access.o connection.o authenticate.o
 popt_OBJS=popt/findme.o  popt/popt.o  popt/poptconfig.o \
 	popt/popthelp.o popt/poptparse.o
-OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
+OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
 
-tls_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/permstring.o 
+TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o
 
 # Programs we must have to run the test cases
-CHECK_PROGS = rsync tls
+CHECK_PROGS = rsync$(EXEEXT) tls$(EXEEXT) getgroups$(EXEEXT) getfsdev$(EXEEXT) \
+	trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
+
+# Objects for CHECK_PROGS to clean
+CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 
 # note that the -I. is needed to handle config.h when using VPATH
 .c.o:
 @OBJ_SAVE@
-	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
+	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: rsync
-
-man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+all: rsync$(EXEEXT)
 
 install: all
-	-mkdir -p ${bindir}
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 755 rsync ${bindir}
-	-mkdir -p ${mandir}/man1
-	-mkdir -p ${mandir}/man5
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${mandir}/man1
-	${INSTALLCMD} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${mandir}/man5
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALLCMD='$(INSTALLCMD) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_STRIP='-s' install
 
-rsync: $(OBJS)
-	@echo "Please ignore warnings below about mktemp -- it is used in a safe way"
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rsync $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
+rsync$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
 
-$(OBJS): config.h
+$(OBJS): $(HEADERS)
 
-tls: $(tls_OBJ)
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(tls_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+tls$(EXEEXT): $(TLS_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TLS_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-Makefile: Makefile.in configure config.status
-	echo "WARNING: You need to run ./config.status --recheck"
+getgroups$(EXEEXT): getgroups.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getgroups.o $(LIBS)
 
-# don't actually run autoconf, just issue a warning
-configure: configure.in
-	echo "WARNING: you need to rerun autoconf"
+getfsdev$(EXEEXT): getfsdev.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getfsdev.o $(LIBS)
 
-rsync.1: rsync.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsync.1 rsync.yo
+TRIMSLASH_OBJ = trimslash.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
+trimslash$(EXEEXT): $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 rsyncd.conf.yo
+T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
+t_unsafe$(EXEEXT): $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ)
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ) $(LIBS)
+
+gen:
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak gen
+
+man:
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak man
 
 proto:
-	cat *.c lib/compat.c | awk -f mkproto.awk > proto.h
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak proto.h
 
-clean:
-	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) rsync $(TLS_OBJ) tls
-	rm -rf ./testtmp
-	rm -f config.cache 
+clean: cleantests
+	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(TLS_OBJ) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS)
 
+cleantests:
+	rm -rf ./testtmp*
+
+# We try to delete built files from both the source and build
+# directories, just in case somebody previously configured things in
+# the source directory.
 distclean: clean
 	rm -f Makefile config.h config.status
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/Makefile $(srcdir)/config.h $(srcdir)/config.status
+
+	rm -f config.cache config.log
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/config.cache $(srcdir)/config.log
+
+	rm -f shconfig $(srcdir)/shconfig
 
 # this target is really just for my use. It only works on a limited
 # range of machines and is used to produce a list of potentially
@@ -100,7 +124,7 @@ distclean: clean
 finddead:
 	nm *.o */*.o |grep 'U ' | awk '{print $$2}' | sort -u > nmused.txt
 	nm *.o */*.o |grep 'T ' | awk '{print $$3}' | sort -u > nmfns.txt
-	comm -13 nmused.txt nmfns.txt 
+	comm -13 nmused.txt nmfns.txt
 
 # 'check' is the GNU name, 'test' is the name for everybody else :-)
 .PHONY: check test
@@ -111,9 +135,6 @@ test: check
 # There seems to be no standard way to specify some variables as
 # exported from a Makefile apart from listing them like this.
 
-# TODO: Tests that depend on built test aide programs like tls need to
-# know where the build directory is.
-
 # This depends on building rsync; if we need any helper programs it
 # should depend on them too.
 
@@ -122,13 +143,41 @@ test: check
 # might lose in the future where POSIX diverges from old sh.
 
 check: all $(CHECK_PROGS)
-	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TLS=`pwd`/tls rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+
+wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h
+wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o lib/compat.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o lib/compat.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
 
 # This does *not* depend on building or installing: you can use it to
 # check a version installed from a binary or some other source tree,
 # if you want.
 
 installcheck: $(CHECK_PROGS)
-	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TLS=`pwd`/tls rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
+	POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 TOOLDIR=`pwd` rsync_bin="$(bindir)/rsync$(EXEEXT)" srcdir="$(srcdir)" $(srcdir)/runtests.sh
 
 # TODO: Add 'dist' target; need to know which files will be included
+
+# Run the SPLINT (Secure Programming Lint) tool.  <www.splint.org>
+.PHONY: splint
+splint:
+	splint +unixlib +gnuextensions -weak rsync.c
+
+
+rsync.dvi: doc/rsync.texinfo
+	texi2dvi -o $@ $<
+
+rsync.ps: rsync.dvi
+	dvips -ta4 -o $@ $<
+
+rsync.pdf: doc/rsync.texinfo
+	texi2dvi -o $@ --pdf $<
+
+
+doxygen:
+	cd $(srcdir) && rm dox/html/* && doxygen
+
+# for maintainers only
+doxygen-upload:
+	rsync -avzv $(srcdir)/dox/html/ --delete \
+	samba.org:/home/httpd/html/rsync/doxygen/head/

NEWS

@@ -1,29 +1,109 @@
-rsync 2.5.2 (???)
-
-  SECURITY FIXES:
-
-    * Signedness security patch from Sebastian Krahmer
-      <krahmer@suse.de> -- in some cases we were not sufficiently
-      careful about reading integers from the network.
+NEWS for rsync 2.6.9 (unreleased)
+Protocol: 29 (unchanged)
+Changes since 2.6.8:
 
   BUG FIXES:
 
-    * Fix possible string mangling in log files.
+    - If rsync is interrupted via a handled signal (such as SIGINT), it will
+      once again clean-up its temp file from the destination dir.
 
-    * Fix for setting local address of outgoing sockets.
+    - Fixed an overzealous sanitizing bug in the handling of the --link-dest,
+      --copy-dest, and --compare-dest options to a daemon without chroot: if
+      the copy's destination dir is deeper than the top of the module's path,
+      these options now accept a safe number of parent-dir (../) references
+      (since these options are relative to the destination dir).  The old code
+      incorrectly chopped off all "../" prefixes for these options, no matter
+      how deep the destination directory was in the module's hierarchy.
 
-    * Better handling of hardlinks and devices on platforms with
-      64-bit dev_t or ino_t.
+    - Fixed a bug where a deferred info/error/log message could get sent
+      directly to the sender instead of being handled by rwrite() in the
+      generator.  This fixes an "unexpected tag 3" fatal error, and should
+      also fix a potential problem where a deferred info/error message from
+      the receiver might bypass the log file and get sent only to the client
+      process.  (These problems could only affect an rsync daemon that was
+      receiving files.)
+
+    - Fixed a bug where using --dry-run with a --*-dest option with a path
+      relative to a directory that does not yet exist:  the affected option
+      gets its proper path value so that the output of the dry-run is right.
+
+    - Fixed a bug in the %f logfile escape when receiving files: the
+      destination path is now included in the output (e.g. you can now tell
+      when a user specifies a subdir inside a module).
+
+    - If the receiving side fails to create a directory, it will now skip
+      trying to update everything that is inside that directory.
+
+    - If --link-dest is specified with --checksum but without --times, rsync
+      will now allow a hard-link to be created to a matching link-dest file
+      even when the file's modify-time doesn't match the server's file.
+
+    - The daemon now calls more timezone-using functions prior to doing a
+      chroot.  This should help some C libraries to generate proper timestamps
+      from inside a chrooted daemon (and to not try to access /etc/timezone
+      over and over again).
+
+    - Fixed a bug in the handling of an absolute --partial-dir=ABS_PATH option:
+      it now deletes an alternate basis file from the partial-dir that was used
+      to successfully update a destination file.
+
+    - Fixed a bug in the handling of --delete-excluded when using a per-dir
+      merge file:  the merge file is now honored on the receiving side, and
+      only its unqualified include/exclude commands are ignored (just as is
+      done for global include/excludes).
+
+    - Fixed a recent bug where --delete was not working when transferring from
+      the root (/) of the filesystem with --relative enabled.
+
+    - Fixed a recent bug where an --exclude='*' could affect the root (/) of
+      the filesystem with --relative enabled.
+
+    - When --inplace creates a file, it is now created with owner read/write
+      permissions (0600) instead of no permissions at all.  This avoids a
+      problem continuing a transfer that was interrupted (since --inplace
+      will not update a file that has no write permissions).
+
+    - If either --remove-source-files or --remove-sent-files is enabled and we
+      are unable to remove the source file, rsync now outputs an error.
+
+    - Fixed a bug in the daemon's "incoming chmod" rule:  newly-created
+      directories no longer get the 'F' (file) rules applied to them.
 
   ENHANCEMENTS:
 
-    * --statistics now shows memory heap usage on platforms that
-        support mallinfo().
+    - Added the --log-file=FILE and --log-file-format=FORMAT options.  These
+      can be used to tell any rsync to output what it is doing to a log file.
+      They work with a client rsync, a non-daemon server rsync (see the man
+      page for instructions), and also allows the overriding of rsyncd.conf
+      settings when starting a daemon.
 
-    * "The Ted T'so school of program optimization": make progress
-      visible and people will think it's faster.  (With --progress,
-      rsync will show you how many files it has seen as it builds the
-      file_list, giving some indication that it has not hung.)
+    - The --log-format option was renamed to be --out-format to avoid confusing
+      it with affecting the log-file output.  (The old option remains as an
+      alias for the new to preserve backward compatibility.)
 
-    * Improvements to batch mode support.  This is still experimental
-      but testing would be welcome.   (Jos Backus)
+    - Made "log file" and "syslog facility" settable on a per-module basis in
+      the daemon's config file.
+
+    - Added the --remove-source-files option as a replacement for the (now
+      deprecated) --remove-sent-files option.  This new option removes all
+      non-dirs from the source directories, even if the file was already
+      up-to-date.  This fixes a problem where interrupting an rsync that
+      was using --remove-sent-files and restarting it could leave behind
+      a file that the earlier rsync synchronized, but didn't get to remove.
+      (The deprecated --remove-sent-files is still understood for now, and
+      still behaves in the same way as before.)
+
+    - Added a new environment variable to the pre-/post-xfer exec commands (in
+      the daemon's config file):  RSYNC_PID.  This value will be the same in
+      both the pre- and post-xfer commands, so it can be used if the pre-xfer
+      command wants to cache some arg/request info for the post-xfer command.
+
+  DEVELOPER RELATED:
+
+    - The acls.diff and xattrs.diff patches have received a bunch of work to
+      make them much closer to being acceptable in the main distribution.
+
+    - Updated config.guess and config.sub to their 2006-02-23 version.
+
+    - Updated various files to include the latest FSF address and to have
+      consistent opening comments.

README

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 WHAT IS RSYNC?
 --------------
 
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
+rsync is a replacement for scp/rcp that has many more features.
 
 rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
 bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
@@ -18,81 +18,20 @@ this package.
 USAGE
 -----
 
-Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional options.
+Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional
+options.  To get a complete list of supported options type
 
-Here is a brief description of rsync usage:
-
-Usage: rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST:DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST:SRC DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST::SRC [DEST]
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST::DEST
-  or   rsync [OPTION]... rsync://[USER@]HOST[:PORT]/SRC [DEST]
-SRC on single-colon remote HOST will be expanded by remote shell
-SRC on server remote HOST may contain shell wildcards or multiple
-  sources separated by space as long as they have same top-level
-
-Options
- -v, --verbose               increase verbosity
- -q, --quiet                 decrease verbosity
- -c, --checksum              always checksum
- -a, --archive               archive mode
- -r, --recursive             recurse into directories
- -R, --relative              use relative path names
- -b, --backup                make backups (default ~ suffix)
-     --suffix=SUFFIX         override backup suffix
- -u, --update                update only (don't overwrite newer files)
- -l, --links                 preserve soft links
- -L, --copy-links            treat soft links like regular files
-     --copy-unsafe-links     copy links outside the source tree
-     --safe-links            ignore links outside the destination tree
- -H, --hard-links            preserve hard links
- -p, --perms                 preserve permissions
- -o, --owner                 preserve owner (root only)
- -g, --group                 preserve group
- -D, --devices               preserve devices (root only)
- -t, --times                 preserve times
- -S, --sparse                handle sparse files efficiently
- -n, --dry-run               show what would have been transferred
- -W, --whole-file            copy whole files, no incremental checks
- -x, --one-file-system       don't cross filesystem boundaries
- -B, --block-size=SIZE       checksum blocking size (default 700)
- -e, --rsh=COMMAND           specify rsh replacement
-     --rsync-path=PATH       specify path to rsync on the remote machine
- -C, --cvs-exclude           auto ignore files in the same way CVS does
-     --delete                delete files that don't exist on the sending side
-     --delete-excluded       also delete excluded files on the receiving side
-     --partial               keep partially transferred files
-     --force                 force deletion of directories even if not empty
-     --numeric-ids           don't map uid/gid values by user/group name
-     --timeout=TIME          set IO timeout in seconds
- -I, --ignore-times          don't exclude files that match length and time
-     --size-only             only use file size when determining if a file should be transferred
- -T  --temp-dir=DIR          create temporary files in directory DIR
-     --compare-dest=DIR      also compare destination files relative to DIR
- -z, --compress              compress file data
-     --exclude=PATTERN       exclude files matching PATTERN
-     --exclude-from=FILE     exclude patterns listed in FILE
-     --include=PATTERN       don't exclude files matching PATTERN
-     --include-from=FILE     don't exclude patterns listed in FILE
-     --version               print version number
-     --daemon                run as a rsync daemon
-     --config=FILE           specify alternate rsyncd.conf file
-     --port=PORT             specify alternate rsyncd port number
-     --stats                 give some file transfer stats
-     --progress              show progress during transfer
-     --log-format=FORMAT     log file transfers using specified format
-     --password-file=FILE    get password from FILE
- -h, --help                  show this help screen
+  rsync --help
 
+and see the manual for more information.
 
 
 SETUP
 -----
 
-Rsync normally uses rsh or ssh for communication.  It does not need to
+Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication.  It does not need to
 be setuid and requires no special privileges for installation.  You
-must, however, have a working rsh or ssh system. Using ssh is
+must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.  Using ssh is
 recommended for its security features.
 
 Alternatively, rsync can run in `daemon' mode, listening on a socket.
@@ -137,13 +76,21 @@ BUG REPORTS
 -----------
 
 If you have web access then please look at
-http://rsync.samba.org/rsync/ 
 
-This will give you access to the bug tracking system used by the
-developers of rsync and will allow you to look at other bug reports or
-submit a new bug report.
+  http://rsync.samba.org/
 
-If you don't have web access then mail bug reports to rsync@samba.org.
+That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on
+how to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the
+internet for the error message you've received, or looking in the
+mailing list archives at
+
+  http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
+
+To send a bug report, follow the instructions on the bug-tracking
+page of the web site.
+
+If you don't have web access, email your bug report to
+rsync@lists.samba.org.
 
 
 CVS TREE
@@ -158,8 +105,7 @@ recent version of cvs then use the following commands:
 
 	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
 
-Look at the cvs documentation, or http://samba.org/cvs.html, for more
-details.
+Look at the cvs documentation for more details.
 
 
 COPYRIGHT

TODO

@@ -1,22 +1,65 @@
 -*- indented-text -*-
 
-URGENT ---------------------------------------------------------------
+FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
+Use chroot only if supported
+Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
+Handling IPv6 on old machines
+Other IPv6 stuff
+Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+proxy authentication						2002/01/23
+SOCKS								2002/01/23
+FAT support
+--diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
+Add daemon --no-fork option
+Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
+
+DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
+Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
+Perhaps redo manual as SGML
+
+LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
+Memory accounting
+Improve error messages
+Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
+Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
+Log child death on signal
+verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
+internationalization
+
+DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
+Handling duplicate names
+Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
+TDB								2002/03/12
+Splint								2002/03/12
+
+PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+Traverse just one directory at a time
+Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
+Accelerate MD4
+
+TESTING --------------------------------------------------------------
+Torture test
+Cross-test versions						2001/08/22
+Test on kernel source
+Test large files
+Create mutator program for testing
+Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+Create pipe program for testing
+Create test makefile target for some tests
+
+RELATED PROJECTS -----------------------------------------------------
+rsyncsh
+http://rsync.samba.org/rsync-and-debian/
+rsyncable gzip patch
+rsyncsplit as alternative to real integration with gzip?
+reverse rsync over HTTP Range
 
 
-IMPORTANT ------------------------------------------------------------
 
-Cross-test versions
+FEATURES ------------------------------------------------------------
 
-  Part of the regression suite should be making sure that we don't
-  break backwards compatibility: old clients vs new servers and so
-  on.  Ideally we would test the cross product of versions.  
 
-  It might be sufficient to test downloads from well-known public
-  rsync servers running different versions of rsync.  This will give
-  some testing and also be the most common case for having different
-  versions and not being able to upgrade.
-
-use chroot
+Use chroot only if supported
 
   If the platform doesn't support it, then don't even try.
 
@@ -26,147 +69,51 @@ use chroot
     http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-August/thread.html
     http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-September/thread.html
 
---files-from
-
-  Avoids traversal.  Better option than a pile of --include statements
-  for people who want to generate the file list using a find(1)
-  command or a script.
+                      --          --
 
 
-Performance
+Allow supplementary groups in rsyncd.conf			2002/04/09
 
-  Traverse just one directory at a time.  Tridge says it's possible.
+  Perhaps allow supplementary groups to be specified in rsyncd.conf;
+  then make the first one the primary gid and all the rest be
+  supplementary gids.
 
-  At the moment rsync reads the whole file list into memory at the
-  start, which makes us use a lot of memory and also not pipeline
-  network access as much as we could.
+                      --          --
 
 
-Handling duplicate names
+Handling IPv6 on old machines
 
-  We need to be careful of duplicate names getting into the file list.
-  See clean_flist().  This could happen if multiple arguments include
-  the same file.  Bad.
+  The KAME IPv6 patch is nice in theory but has proved a bit of a
+  nightmare in practice.  The basic idea of their patch is that rsync
+  is rewritten to use the new getaddrinfo()/getnameinfo() interface,
+  rather than gethostbyname()/gethostbyaddr() as in rsync 2.4.6.
+  Systems that don't have the new interface are handled by providing
+  our own implementation in lib/, which is selectively linked in.
 
-  I think duplicates are only a problem if they're both flowing
-  through the pipeline at the same time.  For example we might have
-  updated the first occurrence after reading the checksums for the
-  second.  So possibly we just need to make sure that we don't have
-  both in the pipeline at the same time.  
+  The problem with this is that it is really hard to get right on
+  platforms that have a half-working implementation, so redefining
+  these functions clashes with system headers, and leaving them out
+  breaks.  This affects at least OSF/1, RedHat 5, and Cobalt, which
+  are moderately improtant.
 
-  Possibly if we did one directory at a time that would be sufficient.
+  Perhaps the simplest solution would be to have two different files
+  implementing the same interface, and choose either the new or the
+  old API.  This is probably necessary for systems that e.g. have
+  IPv6, but gethostbyaddr() can't handle it.  The Linux manpage claims
+  this is currently the case.
 
-  Alternatively we could pre-process the arguments to make sure no
-  duplicates will ever be inserted.  There could be some bad cases
-  when we're collapsing symlinks.
+  In fact, our internal sockets interface (things like
+  open_socket_out(), etc) is much narrower than the getaddrinfo()
+  interface, and so probably simpler to get right.  In addition, the
+  old code is known to work well on old machines.
 
-  We could have a hash table.
+  We could drop the rather large lib/getaddrinfo files.
 
-  The root of the problem is that we do not want more than one file
-  list entry referring to the same file.  At first glance there are
-  several ways this could happen: symlinks, hardlinks, and repeated
-  names on the command line.
-
-  If names are repeated on the command line, they may be present in
-  different forms, perhaps by traversing directory paths in different
-  ways, traversing paths including symlinks.  Also we need to allow
-  for expansion of globs by rsync.
-
-  At the moment, clean_flist() requires having the entire file list in
-  memory.  Duplicate names are detected just by a string comparison.
-
-  We don't need to worry about hard links causing duplicates because
-  files are never updated in place.  Similarly for symlinks.
-
-  I think even if we're using a different symlink mode we don't need
-  to worry.
-
-  Unless we're really clever this will introduce a protocol
-  incompatibility, so we need to be able to accept the old format as
-  well.
+                      --          --
 
 
-Memory accounting
-
-  At exit, show how much memory was used for the file list, etc.
-
-  Also we do a wierd exponential-growth allocation in flist.c.  I'm
-  not sure this makes sense with modern mallocs.  At any rate it will
-  make us allocate a huge amount of memory for large file lists.
-
-  We can try using the GNU/SVID/XPG mallinfo() function to get some
-  heap statistics.
-
-
-Hard-link handling
-
-  At the moment hardlink handling is very expensive, so it's off by
-  default.  It does not need to be so.  
-
-  Since most of the solutions are rather intertwined with the file
-  list it is probably better to fix that first, although fixing
-  hardlinks is possibly simpler.
-
-  We can rule out hardlinked directories since they will probably
-  screw us up in all kinds of ways.  They simply should not be used.
-
-  At the moment rsync only cares about hardlinks to regular files.  I
-  guess you could also use them for sockets, devices and other beasts,
-  but I have not seen them.
-
-  When trying to reproduce hard links, we only need to worry about
-  files that have more than one name (nlinks>1 && !S_ISDIR). 
-
-  The basic point of this is to discover alternate names that refer to
-  the same file.  All operations, including creating the file and
-  writing modifications to it need only to be done for the first name.
-  For all later names, we just create the link and then leave it
-  alone.
-
-  If hard links are to be preserved:
-
-    Before the generator/receiver fork, the list of files is received
-    from the sender (recv_file_list), and a table for detecting hard
-    links is built.
-
-    The generator looks for hard links within the file list and does
-    not send checksums for them, though it does send other metadata.
-
-    The sender sends the device number and inode with file entries, so
-    that files are uniquely identified.
-
-    The receiver goes through and creates hard links (do_hard_links)
-    after all data has been written, but before directory permissions
-    are set.
-
-  At the moment device and inum are sent as 4-byte integers, which
-  will probably cause problems on large filesystems.  On Linux the
-  kernel uses 64-bit ino_t's internally, and people will soon have
-  filesystems big enough to use them.  We ought to follow NFS4 in
-  using 64-bit device and inode identification, perhaps with a
-  protocol version bump.
-
-  Once we've seen all the names for a particular file, we no longer
-  need to think about it and we can deallocate the memory.
-
-  We can also have the case where there are links to a file that are
-  not in the tree being transferred.  There's nothing we can do about
-  that.  Because we rename the destination into place after writing,
-  any hardlinks to the old file are always going to be orphaned.  In
-  fact that is almost necessary because otherwise we'd get really
-  confused if we were generating checksums for one name of a file and
-  modifying another.
-
-  At the moment the code seems to make a whole second copy of the file
-  list, which seems unnecessary.
-
-  We should have a test case that exercises hard links.  Since it
-  might be hard to compare ./tls output where the inodes change we
-  might need a little program to check whether several names refer to
-  the same file.
-
-IPv6
-
+Other IPv6 stuff
+  
   Implement suggestions from http://www.kame.net/newsletter/19980604/
   and ftp://ftp.iij.ad.jp/pub/RFC/rfc2553.txt
 
@@ -178,16 +125,125 @@ IPv6
   multiple passive addresses.  This might be a bit harder, because we
   may need to select on all of them.  Hm.
 
-  Define a syntax for IPv6 literal addresses.  Since they include
-  colons, they tend to break most naming systems, including ours.
-  Based on the HTTP IPv6 syntax, I think we should use
- 
-     rsync://[::1]/foo/bar
-     [::1]::bar
+                      --          --
 
-  which should just take a small change to the parser code.
 
-Errors
+Add ACL support							2001/12/02
+
+  Transfer ACLs.  Need to think of a standard representation.
+  Probably better not to even try to convert between NT and POSIX.
+  Possibly can share some code with Samba.
+  NOTE: there is a patch that implements this in the "patches" subdir.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+proxy authentication						2002/01/23
+
+  Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
+  HTTP Basic Proxy-Authentication.
+
+  Multiple schemes are possible, up to and including the insanity that
+  is NTLM, but Basic probably covers most cases.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+SOCKS								2002/01/23
+
+  Add --with-socks, and then perhaps a command-line option to put them
+  on or off.  This might be more reliable than LD_PRELOAD hacks.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+FAT support
+
+  rsync to a FAT partition on a Unix machine doesn't work very well at
+  the moment.  I think we get errors about invalid filenames and
+  perhaps also trying to do atomic renames.
+
+  I guess the code to do this is currently #ifdef'd on Windows;
+  perhaps we ought to intelligently fall back to it on Unix too.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+--diff						david.e.sewell	2002/03/15
+
+  Allow people to specify the diff command.  (Might want to use wdiff,
+  gnudiff, etc.)
+
+  Just diff the temporary file with the destination file, and delete
+  the tmp file rather than moving it into place.
+
+  Interaction with --partial.
+
+  Security interactions with daemon mode?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Add daemon --no-fork option
+
+  Very useful for debugging.  Also good when running under a
+  daemon-monitoring process that tries to restart the service when the
+  parent exits.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create more granular verbosity					2003/05/15
+
+  Control output with the --report option.
+
+  The option takes as a single argument (no whitespace) a
+  comma delimited lists of keywords.
+
+  This would separate debugging from "logging" as well as
+  fine grained selection of statistical reporting and what
+  actions are logged.
+
+  http://lists.samba.org/archive/rsync/2003-May/006059.html
+
+                      --          --
+
+DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Keep list of open issues and todos on the web site
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Perhaps redo manual as SGML
+
+  The man page is getting rather large, and there is more information
+  that ought to be added.
+
+  TexInfo source is probably a dying format.
+
+  Linuxdoc looks like the most likely contender.  I know DocBook is
+  favoured by some people, but it's so bloody verbose, even with emacs
+  support.
+
+                      --          --
+
+LOGGING --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Memory accounting
+
+  At exit, show how much memory was used for the file list, etc.
+
+  Also we do a wierd exponential-growth allocation in flist.c.  I'm
+  not sure this makes sense with modern mallocs.  At any rate it will
+  make us allocate a huge amount of memory for large file lists.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Improve error messages
 
   If we hang or get SIGINT, then explain where we were up to.  Perhaps
   have a static buffer that contains the current function name, or
@@ -196,106 +252,265 @@ Errors
 
   "The dungeon collapses!  You are killed."  Rather than "unexpected
   eof" give a message that is more detailed if possible and also more
-  helpful.  
+  helpful.
 
-File attributes
+  If we get an error writing to a socket, then we should perhaps
+  continue trying to read to see if an error message comes across
+  explaining why the socket is closed.  I'm not sure if this would
+  work, but it would certainly make our messages more helpful.
 
-  Device major/minor numbers should be at least 32 bits each.  See
-  http://lists.samba.org/pipermail/rsync/2001-November/005357.html
+  What happens if a directory is missing -x attributes.  Do we lose
+  our load?  (Debian #28416) Probably fixed now, but a test case would
+  be good.
 
-  Transfer ACLs.  Need to think of a standard representation.
-  Probably better not to even try to convert between NT and POSIX.
-  Possibly can share some code with Samba.
+                      --          --
 
-Empty directories
 
-  With the current common --include '*/' --exclude '*' pattern, people
-  can end up with many empty directories.  We might avoid this by
-  lazily creating such directories.
+Better statistics					Rasmus	2002/03/08
 
-zlib
+  <Rasmus>
+      hey, how about an rsync option that just gives you the
+      summary without the list of files?  And perhaps gives
+      more information like the number of new files, number
+      of changed, deleted, etc. ?
 
-  Perhaps don't use our own zlib.  Will we actually be incompatible,
-  or just be slightly less efficient?
+  <mbp>
+      nice idea there is --stats but at the moment it's very
+      tridge-oriented rather than user-friendly it would be
+      nice to improve it that would also work well with
+      --dryrun
 
-logging
+                      --          --
+
+
+Perhaps flush stdout like syslog
 
   Perhaps flush stdout after each filename, so that people trying to
   monitor progress in a log file can do so more easily.  See
   http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=48108
 
-rsyncd over ssh
+                      --          --
 
-  There are already some patches to do this.
 
-proxy authentication
+Log child death on signal
 
-  Allow RSYNC_PROXY to be http://user:pass@proxy.foo:3128/, and do
-  HTTP Basic Proxy-Authentication.  
+  If a child of the rsync daemon dies with a signal, we should notice
+  that when we reap it and log a message.
 
-  Multiple schemes are possible, up to and including the insanity that
-  is NTLM, but Basic probably covers most cases.
+                      --          --
 
-SOCKS
 
-  Add --with-socks, and then perhaps a command-line option to put them
-  on or off.  This might be more reliable than LD_PRELOAD hacks.
-
-PLATFORMS ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Win32
-
-  Don't detach, because this messes up --srvany.
-
-  http://sources.redhat.com/ml/cygwin/2001-08/msg00234.html
-
-  According to "Effective TCP/IP Programming" (??) close() on a socket
-  has incorrect behaviour on Windows -- it sends a RST packet to the
-  other side, which gives a "connection reset by peer" error.  On that
-  platform we should probably do shutdown() instead.  However, on Unix
-  we are correct to call close(), because shutdown() discards
-  untransmitted data.
-
-DOCUMENTATION --------------------------------------------------------
-
-Update README
-
-BUILD FARM -----------------------------------------------------------
-
-Add machines
-
-  AMDAHL UTS (Dave Dykstra)
-
-  Cygwin (on different versions of Win32?)
-
-  HP-UX variants (via HP?)
-
-  SCO
-
-NICE -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
---no-detach and --no-fork options
-
-  Very useful for debugging.  Also good when running under a
-  daemon-monitoring process that tries to restart the service when the
-  parent exits.
-
-hang/timeout friendliness
-
-verbose output
+verbose output					David Stein	2001/12/20
   
-  Indicate whether files are new, updated, or deleted
+  At end of transfer, show how many files were or were not transferred
+  correctly.
+
+                      --          --
+
 
 internationalization
 
   Change to using gettext().  Probably need to ship this for platforms
-  that don't have it.  
+  that don't have it.
 
   Solicit translations.
 
-  Does anyone care?
+  Does anyone care?  Before we bother modifying the code, we ought to
+  get the manual translated first, because that's possibly more useful
+  and at any rate demonstrates desire.
 
-rsyncsh 
+                      --          --
+
+DEVELOPMENT --------------------------------------------------------
+
+Handling duplicate names
+
+  Some folks would like rsync to be deterministic in how it handles
+  duplicate names that come from mering multiple source directories
+  into a single destination directory; e.g. the last name wins.  We
+  could do this by switching our sort algorithm to one that will
+  guarantee that the names won't be reordered.  Alternately, we could
+  assign an ever-increasing number to each item as we insert it into
+  the list and then make sure that we leave the largest number when
+  cleaning the file list (see clean_flist()).  Another solution would
+  be to add a hash table, and thus never put any duplicate names into
+  the file list (and bump the protocol to handle this).
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Use generic zlib						2002/02/25
+
+  Perhaps don't use our own zlib.
+
+  Advantages:
+   
+    - will automatically be up to date with bugfixes in zlib
+
+    - can leave it out for small rsync on e.g. recovery disks
+
+    - can use a shared library
+
+    - avoids people breaking rsync by trying to do this themselves and
+      messing up
+
+  Should we ship zlib for systems that don't have it, or require
+  people to install it separately?
+
+  Apparently this will make us incompatible with versions of rsync
+  that use the patched version of rsync.  Probably the simplest way to
+  do this is to just disable gzip (with a warning) when talking to old
+  versions.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+TDB								2002/03/12
+
+  Rather than storing the file list in memory, store it in a TDB.
+
+  This *might* make memory usage lower while building the file list.
+
+  Hashtable lookup will mean files are not transmitted in order,
+  though... hm.
+
+  This would neatly eliminate one of the major post-fork shared data
+  structures.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Splint								2002/03/12
+
+  Build rsync with SPLINT to try to find security holes.  Add
+  annotations as necessary.  Keep track of the number of warnings
+  found initially, and see how many of them are real bugs, or real
+  security bugs.  Knowing the percentage of likely hits would be
+  really interesting for other projects.
+
+                      --          --
+
+PERFORMANCE ----------------------------------------------------------
+
+Traverse just one directory at a time
+
+  Traverse just one directory at a time.  Tridge says it's possible.
+
+  At the moment rsync reads the whole file list into memory at the
+  start, which makes us use a lot of memory and also not pipeline
+  network access as much as we could.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Allow skipping MD4 file_sum					2002/04/08
+
+  If we're doing a local transfer, or using -W, then perhaps don't
+  send the file checksum.  If we're doing a local transfer, then
+  calculating MD4 checksums uses 90% of CPU and is unlikely to be
+  useful.
+
+  We should not allow it to be disabled separately from -W, though
+  as it is the only thing that lets us know when the rsync algorithm
+  got out of sync and messed the file up (i.e. if the basis file
+  changed between checksum generation and reception).
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Accelerate MD4
+
+  Perhaps borrow an assembler MD4 from someone?
+
+  Make sure we call MD4 with properly-sized blocks whenever possible
+  to avoid copying into the residue region?
+
+                      --          --
+
+TESTING --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Torture test
+
+  Something that just keeps running rsync continuously over a data set
+  likely to generate problems.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Cross-test versions						2001/08/22
+
+  Part of the regression suite should be making sure that we
+  don't break backwards compatibility: old clients vs new
+  servers and so on.  Ideally we would test both up and down
+  from the current release to all old versions.
+
+  Run current rsync versions against significant past releases.
+
+  We might need to omit broken old versions, or versions in which
+  particular functionality is broken
+
+  It might be sufficient to test downloads from well-known public
+  rsync servers running different versions of rsync.  This will give
+  some testing and also be the most common case for having different
+  versions and not being able to upgrade.
+
+  The new --protocol option may help in this.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test on kernel source
+
+  Download all versions of kernel; unpack, sync between them.  Also
+  sync between uncompressed tarballs.  Compare directories after
+  transfer.
+
+  Use local mode; ssh; daemon; --whole-file and --no-whole-file.
+
+  Use awk to pull out the 'speedup' number for each transfer.  Make
+  sure it is >= x.
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Test large files
+
+  Sparse and non-sparse
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create mutator program for testing
+
+  Insert bytes, delete bytes, swap blocks, ...
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create configure option to enable dangerous tests
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create pipe program for testing
+
+  Create pipe program that makes slow/jerky connections for
+  testing Versions of read() and write() that corrupt the
+  stream, or abruptly fail
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+Create test makefile target for some tests
+
+  Separate makefile target to run rough tests -- or perhaps
+  just run them every time?
+
+                      --          --
+
+RELATED PROJECTS -----------------------------------------------------
+
+rsyncsh
 
    Write a small emulation of interactive ftp as a Pythonn program
    that calls rsync.  Commands such as "cd", "ls", "ls *.c" etc map
@@ -303,4 +518,37 @@ rsyncsh
    current host, directory and so on.  We can probably even do
    completion of remote filenames.
 
-%K%
+                      --          --
+
+
+http://rsync.samba.org/rsync-and-debian/
+
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncable gzip patch
+
+  Exhaustive, tortuous testing
+
+  Cleanups?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+rsyncsplit as alternative to real integration with gzip?
+
+                      --          --
+
+
+reverse rsync over HTTP Range
+
+  Goswin Brederlow suggested this on Debian; I think tridge and I
+  talked about it previous in relation to rproxy.
+
+  Addendum:  It looks like someone is working on a version of this:
+
+    http://zsync.moria.org.uk/
+
+                      --          --
+

access.c

@@ -1,83 +1,214 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  hosts allow/deny code for rsync
-
-  */
+ * Routines to authenticate access to a daemon (hosts allow/deny).
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
 static int match_hostname(char *host, char *tok)
 {
-	if (!host || !*host) return 0;
-	return (fnmatch(tok, host, 0) == 0);
+	if (!host || !*host)
+		return 0;
+	return wildmatch(tok, host);
 }
 
+static int match_binary(char *b1, char *b2, char *mask, int addrlen)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < addrlen; i++) {
+		if ((b1[i] ^ b2[i]) & mask[i])
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static void make_mask(char *mask, int plen, int addrlen)
+{
+	int w, b;
+
+	w = plen >> 3;
+	b = plen & 0x7;
+
+	if (w)
+		memset(mask, 0xff, w);
+	if (w < addrlen)
+		mask[w] = 0xff & (0xff<<(8-b));
+	if (w+1 < addrlen)
+		memset(mask+w+1, 0, addrlen-w-1);
+
+	return;
+}
 
 static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
 {
 	char *p;
-	unsigned long a, t, mask = (unsigned long)~0;
+	struct addrinfo hints, *resa, *rest;
+	int gai;
+	int ret = 0;
+	int addrlen = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+	long int bits;
+#else
+	int bits;
+#endif
+	char mask[16];
+	char *a = NULL, *t = NULL;
+	unsigned int len;
 
-	if (!addr || !*addr) return 0;
-
-	if (!isdigit(tok[0])) return 0;
+	if (!addr || !*addr)
+		return 0;
 
 	p = strchr(tok,'/');
-	if (p) *p = 0;
-
-	a = inet_addr(addr);
-	t = inet_addr(tok);
-
 	if (p) {
-		*p = '/';
-	}
+		*p = '\0';
+		len = p - tok;
+	} else
+		len = strlen(tok);
 
-	if (t == INADDR_NONE) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"malformed address %s\n", tok);
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname (not an address) */
+	if (strspn(tok, ".0123456789") != len
+#ifdef INET6
+	    && strchr(tok, ':') == NULL
+#endif
+	) {
+		if (p)
+			*p = '/';
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	a = ntohl(a);
-	t = ntohl(t);
+	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+	hints.ai_family = PF_UNSPEC;
+	hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+#ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
+	hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST;
+#endif
 
-	if (p) {
-		if (strchr(p+1,'.')) {
-			mask = inet_addr(p+1);
-			if (mask == INADDR_NONE) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			mask = ntohl(mask);
-		} else {
-			int bits = atoi(p+1);
-			if (bits == 0) return 1;
-			if (bits <= 0 || bits > 32) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			mask &= (mask << (32-bits));
-		}
+	if (getaddrinfo(addr, NULL, &hints, &resa) != 0) {
+		if (p)
+			*p = '/';
+		return 0;
 	}
 
-	return ((a&mask) == (t&mask));
+	gai = getaddrinfo(tok, NULL, &hints, &rest);
+	if (p)
+		*p++ = '/';
+	if (gai != 0) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "error matching address %s: %s\n",
+			tok, gai_strerror(gai));
+		freeaddrinfo(resa);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (rest->ai_family != resa->ai_family) {
+		ret = 0;
+		goto out;
+	}
+
+	switch(resa->ai_family) {
+	case PF_INET:
+		a = (char *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)resa->ai_addr)->sin_addr;
+		t = (char *)&((struct sockaddr_in *)rest->ai_addr)->sin_addr;
+		addrlen = 4;
+
+		break;
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	case PF_INET6:
+	    {
+		struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6a, *sin6t;
+
+		sin6a = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)resa->ai_addr;
+		sin6t = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)rest->ai_addr;
+
+		a = (char *)&sin6a->sin6_addr;
+		t = (char *)&sin6t->sin6_addr;
+
+		addrlen = 16;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
+		if (sin6t->sin6_scope_id &&
+		    sin6a->sin6_scope_id != sin6t->sin6_scope_id) {
+			ret = 0;
+			goto out;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		break;
+	    }
+#endif
+	default:
+	    rprintf(FLOG, "unknown family %u\n", rest->ai_family);
+	    ret = 0;
+	    goto out;
+	}
+
+	bits = -1;
+	if (p) {
+		if (inet_pton(resa->ai_addr->sa_family, p, mask) <= 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+			char *ep = NULL;
+#else
+			unsigned char *pp;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+			bits = strtol(p, &ep, 10);
+			if (!*p || *ep) {
+				rprintf(FLOG, "malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+				ret = 0;
+				goto out;
+			}
+#else
+			for (pp = (unsigned char *)p; *pp; pp++) {
+				if (!isascii(*pp) || !isdigit(*pp)) {
+					rprintf(FLOG, "malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+					ret = 0;
+					goto out;
+				}
+			}
+			bits = atoi(p);
+#endif
+			if (bits == 0) {
+				ret = 1;
+				goto out;
+			}
+			if (bits < 0 || bits > (addrlen << 3)) {
+				rprintf(FLOG, "malformed mask in %s\n", tok);
+				ret = 0;
+				goto out;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		bits = 128;
+	}
+
+	if (bits >= 0)
+		make_mask(mask, bits, addrlen);
+
+	ret = match_binary(a, t, mask, addrlen);
+
+  out:
+	freeaddrinfo(resa);
+	freeaddrinfo(rest);
+	return ret;
 }
 
 static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
@@ -85,12 +216,14 @@ static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
 	char *tok;
 	char *list2 = strdup(list);
 
-	if (!list2) out_of_memory("access_match");
+	if (!list2)
+		out_of_memory("access_match");
 
 	strlower(list2);
-	if (host) strlower(host);
+	if (host)
+		strlower(host);
 
-	for (tok=strtok(list2," ,\t"); tok; tok=strtok(NULL," ,\t")) {
+	for (tok = strtok(list2, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
 		if (match_hostname(host, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
 			free(list2);
 			return 1;
@@ -103,29 +236,25 @@ static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
 
 int allow_access(char *addr, char *host, char *allow_list, char *deny_list)
 {
-	/* if theres no deny list and no allow list then allow access */
-	if ((!deny_list || !*deny_list) && (!allow_list || !*allow_list))
-		return 1;
+	if (allow_list && !*allow_list)
+		allow_list = NULL;
+	if (deny_list && !*deny_list)
+		deny_list = NULL;
 
-	/* if there is an allow list but no deny list then allow only hosts
-	   on the allow list */
-	if (!deny_list || !*deny_list)
-		return(access_match(allow_list, addr, host));
+	/* If we match an allow-list item, we always allow access. */
+	if (allow_list) {
+		if (access_match(allow_list, addr, host))
+			return 1;
+		/* For an allow-list w/o a deny-list, disallow non-matches. */
+		if (!deny_list)
+			return 0;
+	}
 
-	/* if theres a deny list but no allow list then allow
-	   all hosts not on the deny list */
-	if (!allow_list || !*allow_list)
-		return(!access_match(deny_list,addr,host));
-
-	/* if there are both type of list then allow all hosts on the
-           allow list */
-	if (access_match(allow_list,addr,host))
-		return 1;
-
-	/* if there are both type of list and it's not on the allow then
-	   allow it if its not on the deny */
-	if (access_match(deny_list,addr,host))
+	/* If we match a deny-list item (and got past any allow-list
+	 * items), we always disallow access. */
+	if (deny_list && access_match(deny_list, addr, host))
 		return 0;
 
+	/* Allow all other access. */
 	return 1;
 }

acconfig.h

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#undef ino_t
-#undef HAVE_CONNECT
-#undef HAVE_SHORT_INO_T
-#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
-#undef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
-#undef REPLACE_INET_ATON
-#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
-#undef ENABLE_IPV6
-#undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN
-#undef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR

authenticate.c

@@ -1,39 +1,40 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell 
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Support rsync daemon authentication.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
-/* support rsync authentication */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+extern char *password_file;
+
 /***************************************************************************
 encode a buffer using base64 - simple and slow algorithm. null terminates
 the result.
   ***************************************************************************/
-static void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
+void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out, int pad)
 {
 	char *b64 = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
 	int bit_offset, byte_offset, idx, i;
 	unsigned char *d = (unsigned char *)buf;
 	int bytes = (len*8 + 5)/6;
 
-	memset(out, 0, bytes+1);
-
-	for (i=0;i<bytes;i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < bytes; i++) {
 		byte_offset = (i*6)/8;
 		bit_offset = (i*6)%8;
 		if (bit_offset < 3) {
@@ -46,15 +47,21 @@ static void base64_encode(char *buf, int len, char *out)
 		}
 		out[i] = b64[idx];
 	}
+
+	while (pad && (i % 4))
+		out[i++] = '=';
+
+	out[i] = '\0';
 }
 
-/* create a 16 byte challenge buffer */
+/* Generate a challenge buffer and return it base64-encoded. */
 static void gen_challenge(char *addr, char *challenge)
 {
 	char input[32];
+	char md4_out[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
 	struct timeval tv;
 
-	memset(input, 0, sizeof(input));
+	memset(input, 0, sizeof input);
 
 	strlcpy((char *)input, addr, 17);
 	sys_gettimeofday(&tv);
@@ -62,228 +69,249 @@ static void gen_challenge(char *addr, char *challenge)
 	SIVAL(input, 20, tv.tv_usec);
 	SIVAL(input, 24, getpid());
 
-	sum_init();
-	sum_update(input, sizeof(input));
-	sum_end(challenge);
+	sum_init(0);
+	sum_update(input, sizeof input);
+	sum_end(md4_out);
+
+	base64_encode(md4_out, MD4_SUM_LENGTH, challenge, 0);
 }
 
 
-/* return the secret for a user from the sercret file. maximum length
-   is len. null terminate it */
+/* Return the secret for a user from the secret file, null terminated.
+ * Maximum length is len (not counting the null). */
 static int get_secret(int module, char *user, char *secret, int len)
 {
 	char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
-	int fd, found=0;
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *p, *pass=NULL;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int ok = 1;
-	extern int am_root;
+	int fd, ok = 1;
+	char ch, *p;
 
-	if (!fname || !*fname) return 0;
+	if (!fname || !*fname)
+		return 0;
 
-	fd = open(fname,O_RDONLY);
-	if (fd == -1) return 0;
+	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		return 0;
 
 	if (do_stat(fname, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", fname);
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "stat(%s)", fname);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
 		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
+			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
 			ok = 0;
-		} else if (am_root && (st.st_uid != 0)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
+		} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
 			ok = 0;
 		}
 	}
 	if (!ok) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"continuing without secrets file\n");
+		rprintf(FLOG, "continuing without secrets file\n");
 		close(fd);
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	while (!found) {
-		int i = 0;
-		memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
-		while (i<(sizeof(line)-1)) {
-			if (read(fd, &line[i], 1) != 1) {
-				memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
-				close(fd);
-				return 0;
-			}
-			if (line[i] == '\r') continue;
-			if (line[i] == '\n') break;
-			i++;
-		}
-		line[i] = 0;
-		if (line[0] == '#') continue;
-		p = strchr(line,':');
-		if (!p) continue;
-		*p = 0;
-		if (strcmp(user, line)) continue;
-		pass = p+1;
-		found = 1;
+	if (*user == '#') {
+		/* Reject attempt to match a comment. */
+		close(fd);
+		return 0;
 	}
 
-	close(fd);
-	if (!found) return 0;
+	/* Try to find a line that starts with the user name and a ':'. */
+	p = user;
+	while (1) {
+		if (read(fd, &ch, 1) != 1) {
+			close(fd);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (ch == '\n')
+			p = user;
+		else if (p) {
+			if (*p == ch)
+				p++;
+			else if (!*p && ch == ':')
+				break;
+			else
+				p = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Slurp the secret into the "secret" buffer. */
+	p = secret;
+	while (len > 0) {
+		if (read(fd, p, 1) != 1 || *p == '\n')
+			break;
+		if (*p == '\r')
+			continue;
+		p++;
+		len--;
+	}
+	*p = '\0';
+	close(fd);
 
-	strlcpy(secret, pass, len);
 	return 1;
 }
 
 static char *getpassf(char *filename)
 {
-	char buffer[100];
-	int fd=0;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int ok = 1;
-	extern int am_root;
-	char *envpw=getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
+	char buffer[512], *p;
+	int fd, n, ok = 1;
+	char *envpw = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
 
-	if (!filename) return NULL;
+	if (!filename)
+		return NULL;
 
-	if ( (fd=open(filename,O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",filename);
-		if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");	
+	if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",
+			filename);
+		if (envpw)
+			rprintf(FERROR, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	
+
 	if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
 		ok = 0;
 	} else if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must not be other-accessible\n");
 		ok = 0;
-	} else if (am_root && (st.st_uid != 0)) {
+	} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
 		ok = 0;
 	}
 	if (!ok) {
 		rprintf(FERROR,"continuing without password file\n");
-		if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"using RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
+		if (envpw)
+			rprintf(FERROR, "using RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
 		close(fd);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (envpw) rprintf(FERROR,"RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable ignored\n");
+	if (envpw)
+		rprintf(FERROR, "RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable ignored\n");
 
-	buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1]='\0';
-	if (read(fd,buffer,sizeof(buffer)-1) > 0)
-	{
-		char *p = strtok(buffer,"\n\r");
-		close(fd);
-		if (p) p = strdup(p);
-		return p;
-	}	
+	n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
+	close(fd);
+	if (n > 0) {
+		buffer[n] = '\0';
+		if ((p = strtok(buffer, "\n\r")) != NULL)
+			return strdup(p);
+	}
 
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* generate a 16 byte hash from a password and challenge */
+/* Generate an MD4 hash created from the combination of the password
+ * and the challenge string and return it base64-encoded. */
 static void generate_hash(char *in, char *challenge, char *out)
 {
-	char buf[16];
+	char buf[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
 
-	sum_init();
+	sum_init(0);
 	sum_update(in, strlen(in));
 	sum_update(challenge, strlen(challenge));
 	sum_end(buf);
 
-	base64_encode(buf, 16, out);
+	base64_encode(buf, MD4_SUM_LENGTH, out, 0);
 }
 
-/* possible negotiate authentication with the client. Use "leader" to
-   start off the auth if necessary 
-
-   return NULL if authentication failed
-
-   return "" if anonymous access
-
-   otherwise return username
-*/
-char *auth_server(int fd, int module, char *addr, char *leader)
+/* Possibly negotiate authentication with the client.  Use "leader" to
+ * start off the auth if necessary.
+ *
+ * Return NULL if authentication failed.  Return "" if anonymous access.
+ * Otherwise return username.
+ */
+char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, char *host, char *addr,
+		  char *leader)
 {
 	char *users = lp_auth_users(module);
-	char challenge[16];
-	char b64_challenge[30];
-	char line[MAXPATHLEN];
-	static char user[100];
-	char secret[100];
-	char pass[30];
-	char pass2[30];
-	char *tok;
+	char challenge[MD4_SUM_LENGTH*2];
+	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
+	char secret[512];
+	char pass2[MD4_SUM_LENGTH*2];
+	char *tok, *pass;
 
 	/* if no auth list then allow anyone in! */
-	if (!users || !*users) return "";
+	if (!users || !*users)
+		return "";
 
 	gen_challenge(addr, challenge);
-	
-	base64_encode(challenge, 16, b64_challenge);
 
-	io_printf(fd,"%s%s\n", leader, b64_challenge);
+	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, challenge);
 
-	if (!read_line(fd, line, sizeof(line)-1)) {
+	if (!read_line(f_in, line, sizeof line - 1)
+	 || (pass = strchr(line, ' ')) == NULL) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"invalid challenge response\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
+	*pass++ = '\0';
 
-	memset(user, 0, sizeof(user));
-	memset(pass, 0, sizeof(pass));
+	if (!(users = strdup(users)))
+		out_of_memory("auth_server");
 
-	if (sscanf(line,"%99s %29s", user, pass) != 2) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	users = strdup(users);
-	if (!users) return NULL;
-
-	for (tok=strtok(users," ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL," ,\t")) {
-		if (fnmatch(tok, user, 0) == 0) break;
+	for (tok = strtok(users, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
+		if (wildmatch(tok, line))
+			break;
 	}
 	free(users);
 
 	if (!tok) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof(secret));
-	if (!get_secret(module, user, secret, sizeof(secret)-1)) {
-		memset(secret, 0, sizeof(secret));
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"unauthorized user\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	generate_hash(secret, b64_challenge, pass2);
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof(secret));
-	
-	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) == 0)
-		return user;
+	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+	if (!get_secret(module, line, secret, sizeof secret - 1)) {
+		memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"missing secret for user \"%s\"\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr, line);
+		return NULL;
+	}
 
-	return NULL;
+	generate_hash(secret, challenge, pass2);
+	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
+
+	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) != 0) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
+			"password mismatch\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return strdup(line);
 }
 
 
 void auth_client(int fd, char *user, char *challenge)
 {
 	char *pass;
-	char pass2[30];
-	extern char *password_file;
+	char pass2[MD4_SUM_LENGTH*2];
 
-	if (!user || !*user) return;
+	if (!user || !*user)
+		user = "nobody";
 
-	if (!(pass=getpassf(password_file)) && !(pass=getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD"))) {
+	if (!(pass = getpassf(password_file))
+	 && !(pass = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD"))) {
 		/* XXX: cyeoh says that getpass is deprecated, because
-		   it may return a truncated password on some systems,
-		   and it is not in the LSB. */
+		 * it may return a truncated password on some systems,
+		 * and it is not in the LSB.
+                 *
+                 * Andrew Klein says that getpassphrase() is present
+                 * on Solaris and reads up to 256 characters.
+                 *
+                 * OpenBSD has a readpassphrase() that might be more suitable.
+                 */
 		pass = getpass("Password: ");
 	}
 
-	if (!pass || !*pass) {
+	if (!pass)
 		pass = "";
-	}
 
 	generate_hash(pass, challenge, pass2);
 	io_printf(fd, "%s %s\n", user, pass2);
 }
-
-

backup.c

@@ -1,291 +1,280 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1999
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* backup handling code */
+/*
+ * Backup handling code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
+extern int backup_dir_len;
+extern unsigned int backup_dir_remainder;
+extern char backup_dir_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 extern char *backup_suffix;
 extern char *backup_dir;
 
-
 extern int am_root;
 extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_specials;
 extern int preserve_links;
-extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int safe_symlinks;
+
+/* make a complete pathname for backup file */
+char *get_backup_name(char *fname)
+{
+	if (backup_dir) {
+		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, backup_dir_remainder,
+			       fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < backup_dir_remainder)
+			return backup_dir_buf;
+	} else {
+		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf, MAXPATHLEN,
+			       fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < MAXPATHLEN)
+			return backup_dir_buf;
+	}
+
+	rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
+	return NULL;
+}
 
 /* simple backup creates a backup with a suffix in the same directory */
 static int make_simple_backup(char *fname)
 {
-	char fnamebak[MAXPATHLEN];
-	if (strlen(fname) + strlen(backup_suffix) > (MAXPATHLEN-1)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"backup filename too long\n");
+	int rename_errno;
+	char *fnamebak = get_backup_name(fname);
+
+	if (!fnamebak)
+		return 0;
+
+	while (1) {
+		if (do_rename(fname, fnamebak) == 0) {
+			if (verbose > 1) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
+					fname, fnamebak);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		/* cygwin (at least version b19) reports EINVAL */
+		if (errno == ENOENT || errno == EINVAL)
+			break;
+
+		rename_errno = errno;
+		if (errno == EISDIR && do_rmdir(fnamebak) == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (errno == ENOTDIR && do_unlink(fnamebak) == 0)
+			continue;
+
+		rsyserr(FERROR, rename_errno, "rename %s to backup %s",
+			fname, fnamebak);
+		errno = rename_errno;
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	snprintf(fnamebak,sizeof(fnamebak),"%s%s",fname,backup_suffix);
-	if (do_rename(fname,fnamebak) != 0) {
-		/* cygwin (at least version b19) reports EINVAL */
-		if (errno != ENOENT && errno != EINVAL) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "rename %s to backup %s", fname, fnamebak);
-			return 0;
-		}
-	} else if (verbose > 1) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"backed up %s to %s\n",fname,fnamebak);
-	}
 	return 1;
 }
 
 
-/* recursively make a directory path */
-static int make_dir(char *name, int mask)
-{
-	char newdir [MAXPATHLEN];
-	char *p, *d;
-
-	/* copy pathname over, look for last '/' */
-	for (p = d = newdir; *name; *d++ = *name++)
-		if (*name == '/')
-			p = d;
-	if (p == newdir)
-		return 0;
-	*p = 0;
-
-	/* make the new directory, if that fails then make its parent */
-	while (do_mkdir (newdir, mask) != 0)
-		if ((errno != ENOENT) || !make_dir (newdir, mask))
-			return 0;
-
-	return 1;
-} /* make_dir */
-
-
 /****************************************************************************
 Create a directory given an absolute path, perms based upon another directory
 path
 ****************************************************************************/
-static int make_bak_dir(char *fname,char *bak_path)
+static int make_bak_dir(char *fullpath)
 {
-        STRUCT_STAT st;
-        STRUCT_STAT *st2;
-        char fullpath[MAXPATHLEN];
-        extern int orig_umask;
-        char *p;
-        char *q;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	char *rel = fullpath + backup_dir_len;
+	char *end = rel + strlen(rel);
+	char *p = end;
 
-        while(strncmp(bak_path,"./",2)==0) bak_path += 2;
+	while (strncmp(fullpath, "./", 2) == 0)
+		fullpath += 2;
 
-        if(bak_path[strlen(bak_path)-1]!='/') {
-                snprintf(fullpath,sizeof(fullpath),"%s/",bak_path);
-        } else {
-                snprintf(fullpath,sizeof(fullpath),"%s",bak_path);
-        }
-        p=fullpath;
-        q=&fullpath[strlen(fullpath)];  /* End of bak_path string */
-        strcat(fullpath,fname);
+	/* Try to find an existing dir, starting from the deepest dir. */
+	while (1) {
+		if (--p == fullpath) {
+			p += strlen(p);
+			goto failure;
+		}
+		if (*p == '/') {
+			*p = '\0';
+			if (mkdir_defmode(fullpath) == 0)
+				break;
+			if (errno != ENOENT) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+					"make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
+					full_fname(fullpath));
+				goto failure;
+			}
+		}
+	}
 
-        /* Make the directories */
-        while ((p=strchr(p,'/'))) {
-                *p = 0;
-                if(do_lstat(fullpath,&st)!=0) {
-                        do_mkdir(fullpath,0777 & ~orig_umask);
-                        if(p>q) {
-                                if(do_lstat(q,&st)!=0) {
-                                        rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir stat %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                } else {
-                                        st2=&st;
-                                        set_modtime(fullpath,st2->st_mtime);
-                                        if(do_lchown(fullpath,st2->st_uid,st2->st_gid)!=0) {
-                                                rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir chown %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                        };
-                                        if(do_chmod(fullpath,st2->st_mode)!=0) {
-                                                rprintf(FERROR,"make_bak_dir failed to set permissions on %s : %s\n",fullpath,strerror(errno));
-                                        };
-                                };
-                        }
-                };
-                *p = '/';
-                p++;
-        }
-        return 0;
+	/* Make all the dirs that we didn't find on the way here. */
+	while (1) {
+		if (p >= rel) {
+			/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the
+			 * actual dir that the files are coming from. */
+			if (do_stat(rel, &st) < 0) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+					"make_bak_dir stat %s failed",
+					full_fname(rel));
+			} else {
+				do_lchown(fullpath, st.st_uid, st.st_gid);
+				do_chmod(fullpath, st.st_mode);
+			}
+		}
+		*p = '/';
+		p += strlen(p);
+		if (p == end)
+			break;
+		if (mkdir_defmode(fullpath) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
+				full_fname(fullpath));
+			goto failure;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+
+  failure:
+	while (p != end) {
+		*p = '/';
+		p += strlen(p);
+	}
+	return -1;
 }
 
 /* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
 static int robust_move(char *src, char *dst)
 {
-	int keep_trying = 4;
-	int keep_path_extfs = 0;
-	int failed;
-
-	while (keep_trying) {
-		if (keep_path_extfs) {
-			failed = copy_file(src, dst, 0755);
-			if (!failed) {
-				do_unlink(src);
-			}
-		} else {
-			failed = robust_rename (src, dst);
-		}
-
-		if (failed) {
-			if (verbose > 2)
-				rprintf (FERROR, "robust_move failed: %s(%d)\n",
-					strerror (errno), errno);
-			switch (errno) {
-				/* external filesystem */
-				case EXDEV:
-					keep_path_extfs = 1;
-					keep_trying--;
-					break;
-				/* no directory to write to */
-				case ENOENT:
-					make_dir (dst, 0755);
-					keep_trying--;
-					break;
-				default:
-					keep_trying = 0;
-			} /* switch */
-		} else
-			keep_trying = 0;
-	} /* while */
-	return (!failed);
-} /* robust_move */
+	if (robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0
+	 && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0
+	  || robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0))
+		return -1;
+	return 0;
+}
 
 
-/* if we have a backup_dir, then we get here from make_backup().
-   We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree */
+/* If we have a --backup-dir, then we get here from make_backup().
+ * We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree. */
 static int keep_backup(char *fname)
 {
-
-	static int initialised;
-
-	char keep_name [MAXPATHLEN];
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	struct file_struct *file;
-
-	int kept=0;
+	char *buf;
+	int kept = 0;
 	int ret_code;
 
-	if (!initialised) {
-		if (backup_dir[strlen(backup_dir) - 1] == '/')
-			backup_dir[strlen(backup_dir) - 1] = 0;
-		if (verbose > 0)
-			rprintf (FINFO, "backup_dir is %s\n", backup_dir);
-		initialised = 1;
+	/* return if no file to keep */
+	if (do_lstat(fname, &st) < 0)
+		return 1;
+
+	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
+		return 1; /* the file could have disappeared */
+
+	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname)))
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
+	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
+	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
+		do_unlink(buf);
+		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) < 0
+		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+		     || do_mknod(buf, file->mode, file->u.rdev) < 0)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed",
+				full_fname(buf));
+		} else if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
+				fname);
+		}
+		kept = 1;
+		do_unlink(fname);
 	}
 
-	/* return if no file to keep */
-#if SUPPORT_LINKS
-	if (do_lstat (fname, &st)) return 1;
-#else
-	if (do_stat (fname, &st)) return 1;
-#endif
-
-	file = make_file(-1, fname, NULL, 1);
-
-	/* the file could have disappeared */
-	if (!file) return 1;
-
-        /* make a complete pathname for backup file */
-        if (strlen(backup_dir) + strlen(fname) > (MAXPATHLEN - 1)) {
-                rprintf (FERROR, "keep_backup filename too long\n");
-                return 0;
-        }
-
-        snprintf(keep_name, sizeof (keep_name), "%s/%s", backup_dir, fname);
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MKNOD
-	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
-        if(IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
-                if(am_root && preserve_devices) {
-                        make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                        if(do_mknod(keep_name,file->mode,file->rdev)!=0) {
-                                rprintf(FERROR,"mknod %s : %s\n",keep_name,strerror(errno));
-                        } else {
-                                if(verbose>2)
-                                        rprintf(FINFO,"make_backup : DEVICE %s successful.\n",fname);
-                        };
-                };
-		kept=1;
-                do_unlink(fname);
-        };
-#endif
-
-	if(!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
+	if (!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
 		/* make an empty directory */
-                make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                do_mkdir(keep_name,file->mode);
-                ret_code=do_rmdir(fname);
-                if(verbose>2)
-                        rprintf(FINFO,"make_backup : RMDIR %s returns %i\n",fname,ret_code);
-		kept=1;
-        };
+		if (do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0
+		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+		     || do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0)) {
+			rsyserr(FINFO, errno, "mkdir %s failed",
+				full_fname(buf));
+		}
 
-#if SUPPORT_LINKS
-        if(!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-                extern int safe_symlinks;
-                if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->link, keep_name)) {
-                        if (verbose) {
-                                rprintf(FINFO,"ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
-                                        keep_name,file->link);
-                        }
-			kept=1;
-                }
-                make_bak_dir(fname,backup_dir);
-                if(do_symlink(file->link,keep_name) != 0) {
-                        rprintf(FERROR,"link %s -> %s : %s\n",keep_name,file->link,strerror(errno));
-                };
-                do_unlink(fname);
-		kept=1;
-        };
+		ret_code = do_rmdir(fname);
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RMDIR %s returns %i\n",
+				full_fname(fname), ret_code);
+		}
+		kept = 1;
+	}
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+	if (!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(file->u.link, buf)) {
+			if (verbose) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
+					full_fname(buf), file->u.link);
+			}
+			kept = 1;
+		} else {
+			do_unlink(buf);
+			if (do_symlink(file->u.link, buf) < 0
+			    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
+			     || do_symlink(file->u.link, buf) < 0)) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
+					full_fname(buf),
+					file->u.link);
+			}
+			do_unlink(fname);
+			kept = 1;
+		}
+	}
 #endif
-        if(!kept && preserve_hard_links && check_hard_link(file)) {
-                if(verbose > 1) rprintf(FINFO,"%s is a hard link\n",f_name(file));
-        };
 
-        if(!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-                rprintf(FINFO,"make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",fname);
-        }
+	if (!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",
+			fname);
+		return 1;
+	}
 
 	/* move to keep tree if a file */
-	if(!kept) {
-		if (!robust_move (fname, keep_name))
-			rprintf(FERROR, "keep_backup failed %s -> %s : %s\n",
-				fname, keep_name, strerror(errno));
-	};
-	set_perms (keep_name, file, NULL, 0);
-	free_file (file);
-	free (file);
+	if (!kept) {
+		if (robust_move(fname, buf) != 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "keep_backup failed: %s -> \"%s\"",
+				full_fname(fname), buf);
+		} else if (st.st_nlink > 1) {
+			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
+			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
+			robust_unlink(fname); /* Just in case... */
+		}
+	}
+	set_file_attrs(buf, file, NULL, 0);
+	free(file);
 
-	if (verbose > 1)
-		rprintf (FINFO, "keep_backup %s -> %s\n", fname, keep_name);
+	if (verbose > 1) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
+			fname, buf);
+	}
 	return 1;
-} /* keep_backup */
+}
 
 
 /* main backup switch routine */
 int make_backup(char *fname)
 {
 	if (backup_dir)
-		return (keep_backup(fname));
-	else
-		return (make_simple_backup(fname));
+		return keep_backup(fname);
+	return make_simple_backup(fname);
 }
-

batch.c

@@ -1,602 +1,231 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-   
-   Weiss 1/1999
-   Batch utilities for rsync.
-
-*/
+/*
+ * Support for the batch-file options.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Weiss
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Chris Shoemaker
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "zlib/zlib.h"
 #include <time.h>
 
-char rsync_flist_file[27] = "rsync_flist.";
-char rsync_csums_file[27] = "rsync_csums.";
-char rsync_delta_file[27] = "rsync_delta.";
-char rsync_argvs_file[27] = "rsync_argvs.";
+extern int eol_nulls;
+extern int recurse;
+extern int xfer_dirs;
+extern int preserve_links;
+extern int preserve_hard_links;
+extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_uid;
+extern int preserve_gid;
+extern int always_checksum;
+extern int do_compression;
+extern int def_compress_level;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern char *batch_name;
 
-char batch_file_ext[15];
+extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
 
-int fdb;
-int fdb_delta;
-int fdb_open;
-int fdb_close;
+static int tweaked_compress_level;
 
-struct file_list *batch_flist;
+static int *flag_ptr[] = {
+	&recurse,		/* 0 */
+	&preserve_uid,		/* 1 */
+	&preserve_gid,		/* 2 */
+	&preserve_links,	/* 3 */
+	&preserve_devices,	/* 4 */
+	&preserve_hard_links,	/* 5 */
+	&always_checksum,	/* 6 */
+	&xfer_dirs,		/* 7 (protocol 29) */
+	&tweaked_compress_level,/* 8 (protocol 29) */
+	NULL
+};
 
-void create_batch_file_ext()
+static char *flag_name[] = {
+	"--recurse (-r)",
+	"--owner (-o)",
+	"--group (-g)",
+	"--links (-l)",
+	"--devices (-D)",
+	"--hard-links (-H)",
+	"--checksum (-c)",
+	"--dirs (-d)",
+	"--compress (-z)",
+	NULL
+};
+
+void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	struct tm *timeptr;
-	time_t elapsed_seconds;
+	int i, flags;
 
-	/* Save run date and time to use for batch file extensions */
-	time(&elapsed_seconds);
-	timeptr = localtime(&elapsed_seconds);
+#if Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION == -1
+	tweaked_compress_level = do_compression ? def_compress_level + 2 : 0;
+#else
+#error internal logic error!  Fix def_compress_level logic above and below too!
+#endif
 
-	sprintf(batch_file_ext, "%4d%02d%02d%02d%02d%02d",
-		timeptr->tm_year + 1900, timeptr->tm_mon + 1,
-		timeptr->tm_mday, timeptr->tm_hour, timeptr->tm_min,
-		timeptr->tm_sec);
-	rprintf(FINFO,"batch file extension: %s\n", batch_file_ext);
+	/* Start the batch file with a bitmap of data-stream-affecting
+	 * flags. */
+	if (protocol_version < 29)
+		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
+	for (i = 0, flags = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		if (*flag_ptr[i])
+			flags |= 1 << i;
+	}
+	write_int(fd, flags);
 }
 
-void set_batch_file_ext(char *ext)
+void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	strcpy(batch_file_ext, ext);
-}
+	int i, flags;
 
-void write_batch_flist_file(char *buff, int bytes_to_write)
-{
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-		/* Set up file extension */
-		strcat(rsync_flist_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-		fdb =
-		    do_open(rsync_flist_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-			    S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
+	if (protocol_version < 29)
+		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
+	for (i = 0, flags = read_int(fd); flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		int set = flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
+		if (*flag_ptr[i] != set) {
+			if (verbose) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"%sing the %s option to match the batchfile.\n",
+					set ? "Sett" : "Clear", flag_name[i]);
+			}
+			*flag_ptr[i] = set;
 		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < 29) {
+		if (recurse)
+			xfer_dirs |= 1;
+		else if (xfer_dirs < 2)
+			xfer_dirs = 0;
 	}
 
-	/* Write buffer to batch flist file */
-
-	if (write(fdb, buff, bytes_to_write) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-
-
-	if (fdb_close) {
-		close(fdb);
-	}
-}
-
-void write_batch_flist_info(int flist_count, struct file_struct **fptr)
-{
-	int i;
-	int bytes_to_write;
-
-	/* Write flist info to batch file */
-
-	bytes_to_write =
-	    sizeof(unsigned) +
-	    sizeof(time_t) +
-	    sizeof(OFF_T) +
-	    sizeof(mode_t) +
-	    sizeof(INO64_T) +
-	    sizeof(DEV64_T) +
-	    sizeof(DEV64_T) +
-	    sizeof(uid_t) +
-	    sizeof(gid_t);
-
-	fdb_open = 1;
-	fdb_close = 0;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < flist_count; i++) {
-		write_batch_flist_file((char *) fptr[i], bytes_to_write);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->basename);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->dirname);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->basedir);
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->link);
-		if (i == flist_count - 1) {
-			fdb_close = 1;
-		}
-		write_char_bufs(fptr[i]->sum);
-	}
-
-}
-
-void write_char_bufs(char *buf)
-{
-	/* Write the size of the string which will follow  */
-
-	char b[4];
-	if (buf != NULL)
-		SIVAL(b, 0, strlen(buf));
+	if (tweaked_compress_level == 0 || tweaked_compress_level == 2)
+		do_compression = 0;
 	else {
-		SIVAL(b, 0, 0);
-	}
-
-	write_batch_flist_file(b, sizeof(int));
-
-	/*  Write the string if there is one */
-
-	if (buf != NULL) {
-		write_batch_flist_file(buf, strlen(buf));
+		do_compression = 1;
+		def_compress_level = tweaked_compress_level - 2;
 	}
 }
 
-void write_batch_argvs_file(int argc, char *argv[])
+static void write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
 {
-	int fdb;
-	int i;
-	char buff[256];
+	char *x, *s;
 
-	strcat(rsync_argvs_file, batch_file_ext);
+	if (*arg == '-' && (x = strchr(arg, '=')) != NULL) {
+		write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1);
+		arg += x - arg + 1;
+	}
 
+	if (strpbrk(arg, " \"'&;|[]()$#!*?^\\") != NULL) {
+		write(fd, "'", 1);
+		for (s = arg; (x = strchr(s, '\'')) != NULL; s = x + 1) {
+			write(fd, s, x - s + 1);
+			write(fd, "'", 1);
+		}
+		write(fd, s, strlen(s));
+		write(fd, "'", 1);
+		return;
+	}
 
-	/* Open batch argvs file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-	fdb = do_open(rsync_argvs_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-		      S_IREAD | S_IWRITE | S_IEXEC);
-	if (fdb == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-			rsync_argvs_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
+	write(fd, arg, strlen(arg));
+}
+
+static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
+{
+	struct filter_struct *ent;
+
+	write_sbuf(fd, " <<'#E#'\n");
+	for (ent = filter_list.head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
+		unsigned int plen;
+		char *p = get_rule_prefix(ent->match_flags, "- ", 0, &plen);
+		write_buf(fd, p, plen);
+		write_sbuf(fd, ent->pattern);
+		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY)
+			write_byte(fd, '/');
+		write_byte(fd, eol_nulls ? 0 : '\n');
+	}
+	if (eol_nulls)
+		write_sbuf(fd, ";\n");
+	write_sbuf(fd, "#E#");
+}
+
+/* This routine tries to write out an equivalent --read-batch command
+ * given the user's --write-batch args.  However, it doesn't really
+ * understand most of the options, so it uses some overly simple
+ * heuristics to munge the command line into something that will
+ * (hopefully) work. */
+void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
+{
+	int fd, i, len;
+	char *p, filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
+		   batch_name, ".sh", NULL);
+	fd = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
+		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IEXEC);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s open error",
+			filename);
 		exit_cleanup(1);
 	}
-	buff[0] = '\0';
-	/* Write argvs info to batch file */
 
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
-		if (i == argc - 2)
-		    continue;
-		/*
-		 * FIXME:
-		 * I think directly manipulating argv[] is probably bogus
-		 */
-		if (!strcmp(argv[i], "--write-batch")) {
-			/* Safer to change it here than script */
-			/* Change to --read-batch + ext * to get ready for remote */
-			strlcat(buff, "--read-batch ", sizeof(buff));
-			strlcat(buff, batch_file_ext, sizeof(buff));
-		} else {
-			strlcat(buff, argv[i], sizeof(buff));
+	/* Write argvs info to BATCH.sh file */
+	write_arg(fd, argv[0]);
+	if (filter_list.head) {
+		if (protocol_version >= 29)
+			write_sbuf(fd, " --filter=._-");
+		else
+			write_sbuf(fd, " --exclude-from=-");
+	}
+	for (i = 1; i < argc - file_arg_cnt; i++) {
+		p = argv[i];
+		if (strncmp(p, "--files-from", 12) == 0
+		    || strncmp(p, "--filter", 8) == 0
+		    || strncmp(p, "--include", 9) == 0
+		    || strncmp(p, "--exclude", 9) == 0) {
+			if (strchr(p, '=') == NULL)
+				i++;
+			continue;
 		}
-
-		if (i < (argc - 1)) {
-			strlcat(buff, " ", sizeof(buff));
+		if (strcmp(p, "-f") == 0) {
+			i++;
+			continue;
 		}
-	}
-	strlcat(buff, "\n", sizeof(buff));
-	if (!write(fdb, buff, strlen(buff))) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_argvs_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	close(fdb);
-}
-
-struct file_list *create_flist_from_batch()
-{
-	unsigned char flags;
-
-	fdb_open = 1;
-	fdb_close = 0;
-
-	batch_flist = (struct file_list *) malloc(sizeof(batch_flist[0]));
-	if (!batch_flist) {
-		out_of_memory("create_flist_from_batch");
-	}
-	batch_flist->count = 0;
-	batch_flist->malloced = 1000;
-	batch_flist->files =
-	    (struct file_struct **) malloc(sizeof(batch_flist->files[0]) *
-					   batch_flist->malloced);
-	if (!batch_flist->files) {
-		out_of_memory("create_flist_from_batch");	/* dw -- will exit */
-	}
-
-	for (flags = read_batch_flags(); flags; flags = read_batch_flags()) {
-
-		int i = batch_flist->count;
-
-		if (i >= batch_flist->malloced) {
-			if (batch_flist->malloced < 1000)
-				batch_flist->malloced += 1000;
-			else
-				batch_flist->malloced *= 2;
-			batch_flist->files =
-			    (struct file_struct **) realloc(batch_flist->
-							    files,
-							    sizeof
-							    (batch_flist->
-							     files[0]) *
-							    batch_flist->
-							    malloced);
-			if (!batch_flist->files)
-				out_of_memory("create_flist_from_batch");
-		}
-		read_batch_flist_info(&batch_flist->files[i]);
-		batch_flist->files[i]->flags = flags;
-
-		batch_flist->count++;
-	}
-
-	return batch_flist;
-
-}
-
-int read_batch_flist_file(char *buff, int len)
-{
-	int bytes_read;
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-
-		/*  Set up file extension  */
-		strcat(rsync_flist_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for reading */
-		fdb = do_open(rsync_flist_file, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Read flist batch file */
-
-	bytes_read = read(fdb, buff, len);
-
-	if (bytes_read == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
-			rsync_flist_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	if (bytes_read == 0) {	/* EOF */
-		close(fdb);
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-unsigned char read_batch_flags()
-{
-	int flags;
-
-	if (read_batch_flist_file((char *) &flags, 4)) {
-		return 1;
-	} else {
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-void read_batch_flist_info(struct file_struct **fptr)
-{
-	int int_str_len;
-	char char_str_len[4];
-	char buff[256];
-	struct file_struct *file;
-
-	file = (struct file_struct *) malloc(sizeof(*file));
-	if (!file)
-		out_of_memory("read_batch_flist_info");
-	memset((char *) file, 0, sizeof(*file));
-
-	(*fptr) = file;
-
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->modtime, sizeof(time_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->length, sizeof(OFF_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->mode, sizeof(mode_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->inode, sizeof(INO64_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->dev, sizeof(DEV64_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->rdev, sizeof(DEV64_T));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->uid, sizeof(uid_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file((char *) &file->gid, sizeof(gid_t));
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file->basename = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file->basename = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].dirname = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].dirname = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].basedir = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].basedir = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].link = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].link = NULL;
-	}
-
-	read_batch_flist_file(char_str_len, sizeof(char_str_len));
-	int_str_len = IVAL(char_str_len, 0);
-	if (int_str_len > 0) {
-		read_batch_flist_file(buff, int_str_len);
-		buff[int_str_len] = '\0';
-		file[0].sum = strdup(buff);
-	} else {
-		file[0].sum = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
-void write_batch_csums_file(char *buff, int bytes_to_write)
-{
-
-	static int fdb_open = 1;
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-		/* Set up file extension */
-		strcat(rsync_csums_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch csums file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-		fdb =
-		    do_open(rsync_csums_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-			    S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Write buffer to batch csums file */
-
-	if (write(fdb, buff, bytes_to_write) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-}
-
-void close_batch_csums_file()
-{
-	close(fdb);
-
-}
-
-void write_batch_csum_info(int *flist_entry, int flist_count,
-			   struct sum_struct *s)
-{
-	int i;
-	unsigned int int_zero = 0;
-	extern int csum_length;
-
-	fdb_open = 1;
-
-	/* Write csum info to batch file */
-
-	write_batch_csums_file((char *) flist_entry, sizeof(int));
-	write_batch_csums_file((char *) (s ? &s->count : &int_zero),
-			       sizeof(int));
-	if (s) {
-		for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
-			write_batch_csums_file((char *) &s->sums[i].sum1,
-					       sizeof(uint32));
-			if ((*flist_entry == flist_count - 1)
-			    && (i == s->count - 1)) {
-				fdb_close = 1;
+		write(fd, " ", 1);
+		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", len = 13) == 0
+		 || strncmp(p, "--only-write-batch", len = 18) == 0) {
+			write(fd, "--read-batch", 12);
+			if (p[len] == '=') {
+				write(fd, "=", 1);
+				write_arg(fd, p + len + 1);
 			}
-			write_batch_csums_file(s->sums[i].sum2,
-					       csum_length);
-		}
+		} else
+			write_arg(fd, p);
 	}
-}
-
-int read_batch_csums_file(char *buff, int len)
-{
-	static int fdb_open = 1;
-	int bytes_read;
-
-	if (fdb_open) {
-
-		/*  Set up file extension  */
-		strcat(rsync_csums_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for reading */
-		fdb = do_open(rsync_csums_file, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fdb == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Read csums batch file */
-
-	bytes_read = read(fdb, buff, len);
-
-	if (bytes_read == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
-			rsync_csums_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-
-void read_batch_csum_info(int flist_entry, struct sum_struct *s,
-			  int *checksums_match)
-{
-	int i;
-	int file_flist_entry;
-	int file_chunk_ct;
-	uint32 file_sum1;
-	char file_sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
-	extern int csum_length;
-
-
-	read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_flist_entry, sizeof(int));
-	if (file_flist_entry != flist_entry) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "file_list_entry NE flist_entry\n");
-		rprintf(FINFO, "file_flist_entry = %d  flist_entry = %d\n",
-			file_flist_entry, flist_entry);
-		close(fdb);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-
-	} else {
-		read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_chunk_ct,
-				      sizeof(int));
-		*checksums_match = 1;
-		for (i = 0; i < file_chunk_ct; i++) {
-
-			read_batch_csums_file((char *) &file_sum1,
-					      sizeof(uint32));
-			read_batch_csums_file(file_sum2, csum_length);
-
-			if ((s->sums[i].sum1 != file_sum1) ||
-			    (memcmp
-			     (s->sums[i].sum2, file_sum2,
-			      csum_length) != 0)) {
-				*checksums_match = 0;
-			}
-		}		/*  end for  */
-	}
-
-}
-
-void write_batch_delta_file(char *buff, int bytes_to_write)
-{
-	static int fdb_delta_open = 1;
-
-	if (fdb_delta_open) {
-		/* Set up file extension */
-		strcat(rsync_delta_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch delta file for writing; create it if it doesn't exist */
-		fdb_delta =
-		    do_open(rsync_delta_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-			    S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
-		if (fdb_delta == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb_delta);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_delta_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Write buffer to batch delta file */
-
-	if (write(fdb_delta, buff, bytes_to_write) == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s write error: %s\n",
-			rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb_delta);
+	if (!(p = check_for_hostspec(argv[argc - 1], &p, &i)))
+		p = argv[argc - 1];
+	write(fd, " ${1:-", 6);
+	write_arg(fd, p);
+	write_byte(fd, '}');
+	if (filter_list.head)
+		write_filter_rules(fd);
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s write error",
+			filename);
 		exit_cleanup(1);
 	}
 }
-void close_batch_delta_file()
-{
-	close(fdb_delta);
-
-}
-
-int read_batch_delta_file(char *buff, int len)
-{
-	static int fdb_delta_open = 1;
-	int bytes_read;
-
-	if (fdb_delta_open) {
-
-		/*  Set up file extension  */
-		strcat(rsync_delta_file, batch_file_ext);
-
-		/* Open batch flist file for reading */
-		fdb_delta = do_open(rsync_delta_file, O_RDONLY, 0);
-		if (fdb_delta == -1) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s open error: %s\n",
-				rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-			close(fdb_delta);
-			exit_cleanup(1);
-		}
-		fdb_delta_open = 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Read delta batch file */
-
-	bytes_read = read(fdb_delta, buff, len);
-
-	if (bytes_read == -1) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "Batch file %s read error: %s\n",
-			rsync_delta_file, strerror(errno));
-		close(fdb_delta);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
-	}
-	return bytes_read;
-}
-
-
-void show_flist(int index, struct file_struct **fptr)
-{
-	/*  for debugging    show_flist(flist->count, flist->files * */
-
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->flags=%#x\n", fptr[i]->flags);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->modtime=%#lx\n",
-			(long unsigned) fptr[i]->modtime);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->length=%.0f\n",
-			(double) fptr[i]->length);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->mode=%#o\n", (int) fptr[i]->mode);
-		rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basename=%s\n", fptr[i]->basename);
-		if (fptr[i]->dirname)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->dirname=%s\n",
-				fptr[i]->dirname);
-		if (fptr[i]->basedir)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "flist->basedir=%s\n",
-				fptr[i]->basedir);
-	}
-}
-
-void show_argvs(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	/*  for debugging  * */
-
-	int i;
-	rprintf(FINFO, "BATCH.C:show_argvs,argc=%d\n", argc);
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-		/*    if (argv[i])   */
-		rprintf(FINFO, "i=%d,argv[i]=%s\n", i, argv[i]);
-
-	}
-}

byteorder.h

@@ -1,25 +1,26 @@
-/* 
-   simple byteorder handling
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1992-1995
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Simple byteorder handling.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1992-1995 Andrew Tridgell
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #undef CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
 
-/* we know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the "right" 
+/* we know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the "right"
    byteorder */
 #ifdef __i386__
 #define CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT 0

checksum.c

@@ -1,21 +1,24 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Routines to support checksumming of bytes.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
@@ -23,24 +26,24 @@ int csum_length=2; /* initial value */
 
 #define CSUM_CHUNK 64
 
-int checksum_seed = 0;
-extern int remote_version;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int protocol_version;
 
 /*
   a simple 32 bit checksum that can be upadted from either end
   (inspired by Mark Adler's Adler-32 checksum)
   */
-uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1,int len)
+uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1, int32 len)
 {
-    int i;
+    int32 i;
     uint32 s1, s2;
     schar *buf = (schar *)buf1;
 
     s1 = s2 = 0;
     for (i = 0; i < (len-4); i+=4) {
-	s2 += 4*(s1 + buf[i]) + 3*buf[i+1] + 2*buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] + 
+	s2 += 4*(s1 + buf[i]) + 3*buf[i+1] + 2*buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] +
 	  10*CHAR_OFFSET;
-	s1 += (buf[i+0] + buf[i+1] + buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] + 4*CHAR_OFFSET); 
+	s1 += (buf[i+0] + buf[i+1] + buf[i+2] + buf[i+3] + 4*CHAR_OFFSET);
     }
     for (; i < len; i++) {
 	s1 += (buf[i]+CHAR_OFFSET); s2 += s1;
@@ -49,35 +52,43 @@ uint32 get_checksum1(char *buf1,int len)
 }
 
 
-void get_checksum2(char *buf,int len,char *sum)
+void get_checksum2(char *buf, int32 len, char *sum)
 {
-	int i;
+	int32 i;
 	static char *buf1;
-	static int len1;
+	static int32 len1;
 	struct mdfour m;
 
 	if (len > len1) {
-		if (buf1) free(buf1);
-		buf1 = (char *)malloc(len+4);
+		if (buf1)
+			free(buf1);
+		buf1 = new_array(char, len+4);
 		len1 = len;
-		if (!buf1) out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
+		if (!buf1)
+			out_of_memory("get_checksum2");
 	}
-	
+
 	mdfour_begin(&m);
-	
+
 	memcpy(buf1,buf,len);
 	if (checksum_seed) {
 		SIVAL(buf1,len,checksum_seed);
 		len += 4;
 	}
-	
+
 	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
 		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), CSUM_CHUNK);
 	}
-	if (len - i > 0) {
+	/*
+	 * Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+	 * even when there are no more bytes.
+	 */
+	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27) {
 		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)(buf1+i), (len-i));
 	}
-	
+
 	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 }
 
@@ -88,27 +99,29 @@ void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
 	struct map_struct *buf;
 	int fd;
 	OFF_T len = size;
-	char tmpchunk[CSUM_CHUNK];
 	struct mdfour m;
-	
+
 	memset(sum,0,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-	
+
 	fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
-	if (fd == -1) return;
-	
-	buf = map_file(fd,size);
-	
+	if (fd == -1)
+		return;
+
+	buf = map_file(fd, size, MAX_MAP_SIZE, CSUM_CHUNK);
+
 	mdfour_begin(&m);
 
 	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(tmpchunk, map_ptr(buf,i,CSUM_CHUNK), CSUM_CHUNK);
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)tmpchunk, CSUM_CHUNK);
+		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, CSUM_CHUNK),
+			      CSUM_CHUNK);
 	}
 
-	if (len - i > 0) {
-		memcpy(tmpchunk, map_ptr(buf,i,len-i), len-i);
-		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)tmpchunk, (len-i));
-	}
+	/* Prior to version 27 an incorrect MD4 checksum was computed
+	 * by failing to call mdfour_tail() for block sizes that
+	 * are multiples of 64.  This is fixed by calling mdfour_update()
+	 * even when there are no more bytes. */
+	if (len - i > 0 || protocol_version >= 27)
+		mdfour_update(&m, (uchar *)map_ptr(buf, i, len-i), len-i);
 
 	mdfour_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);
 
@@ -117,64 +130,58 @@ void file_checksum(char *fname,char *sum,OFF_T size)
 }
 
 
-void checksum_init(void)
-{
-  if (remote_version >= 14)
-    csum_length = 2; /* adaptive */
-  else
-    csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
-}
-
-
-
-static int sumresidue;
+static int32 sumresidue;
 static char sumrbuf[CSUM_CHUNK];
 static struct mdfour md;
 
-void sum_init(void)
+void sum_init(int seed)
 {
 	char s[4];
 	mdfour_begin(&md);
-	sumresidue=0;
-	SIVAL(s,0,checksum_seed);
-	sum_update(s,4);
+	sumresidue = 0;
+	SIVAL(s, 0, seed);
+	sum_update(s, 4);
 }
 
-void sum_update(char *p,int len)
+/**
+ * Feed data into an MD4 accumulator, md.  The results may be
+ * retrieved using sum_end().  md is used for different purposes at
+ * different points during execution.
+ *
+ * @todo Perhaps get rid of md and just pass in the address each time.
+ * Very slightly clearer and slower.
+ **/
+void sum_update(char *p, int32 len)
 {
-	int i;
 	if (len + sumresidue < CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(sumrbuf+sumresidue, p, len);
+		memcpy(sumrbuf + sumresidue, p, len);
 		sumresidue += len;
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (sumresidue) {
-		i = MIN(CSUM_CHUNK-sumresidue,len);
-		memcpy(sumrbuf+sumresidue,p,i);
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, (i+sumresidue));
+		int32 i = CSUM_CHUNK - sumresidue;
+		memcpy(sumrbuf + sumresidue, p, i);
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, CSUM_CHUNK);
 		len -= i;
 		p += i;
 	}
 
-	for(i = 0; i + CSUM_CHUNK <= len; i += CSUM_CHUNK) {
-		memcpy(sumrbuf,p+i,CSUM_CHUNK);
-		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, CSUM_CHUNK);
+	while (len >= CSUM_CHUNK) {
+		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)p, CSUM_CHUNK);
+		len -= CSUM_CHUNK;
+		p += CSUM_CHUNK;
 	}
 
-	if (len - i > 0) {
-		sumresidue = len-i;
-		memcpy(sumrbuf,p+i,sumresidue);
-	} else {
-		sumresidue = 0;    
-	}
+	sumresidue = len;
+	if (sumresidue)
+		memcpy(sumrbuf, p, sumresidue);
 }
 
 void sum_end(char *sum)
 {
-	if (sumresidue) {
+	if (sumresidue || protocol_version >= 27)
 		mdfour_update(&md, (uchar *)sumrbuf, sumresidue);
-	}
 
 	mdfour_result(&md, (uchar *)sum);
 }

chmod.c

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+ * Implement the core of the --chmod option.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Howard
+ * Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern mode_t orig_umask;
+
+#define FLAG_X_KEEP (1<<0)
+#define FLAG_DIRS_ONLY (1<<1)
+#define FLAG_FILES_ONLY (1<<2)
+
+struct chmod_mode_struct {
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
+	int ModeAND, ModeOR;
+	char flags;
+};
+
+#define CHMOD_ADD 1
+#define CHMOD_SUB 2
+#define CHMOD_EQ  3
+
+#define STATE_ERROR 0
+#define STATE_1ST_HALF 1
+#define STATE_2ND_HALF 2
+
+/* Parse a chmod-style argument, and break it down into one or more AND/OR
+ * pairs in a linked list.  We return a pointer to new items on succcess
+ * (appending the items to the specified list), or NULL on error. */
+struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
+				      struct chmod_mode_struct **root_mode_ptr)
+{
+	int state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
+	int where = 0, what = 0, op = 0, topbits = 0, topoct = 0, flags = 0;
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *first_mode = NULL, *curr_mode = NULL,
+				 *prev_mode = NULL;
+
+	while (state != STATE_ERROR) {
+		if (!*modestr || *modestr == ',') {
+			int bits;
+
+			if (!op) {
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+			prev_mode = curr_mode;
+			curr_mode = new_array(struct chmod_mode_struct, 1);
+			if (prev_mode)
+				prev_mode->next = curr_mode;
+			else
+				first_mode = curr_mode;
+			curr_mode->next = NULL;
+
+			if (where)
+				bits = where * what;
+			else {
+				where = 0111;
+				bits = (where * what) & ~orig_umask;
+			}
+
+			switch (op) {
+			case CHMOD_ADD:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_SUB:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - bits - topoct;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = 0;
+				break;
+			case CHMOD_EQ:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - (where * 7) - (topoct ? topbits : 0);
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			curr_mode->flags = flags;
+
+			if (!*modestr)
+				break;
+			modestr++;
+
+			state = STATE_1ST_HALF;
+			where = what = op = topoct = topbits = flags = 0;
+		}
+
+		if (state != STATE_2ND_HALF) {
+			switch (*modestr) {
+			case 'D':
+				if (flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+			  	flags |= FLAG_DIRS_ONLY;
+				break;
+			case 'F':
+				if (flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+			  	flags |= FLAG_FILES_ONLY;
+				break;
+			case 'u':
+				where |= 0100;
+				topbits |= 04000;
+				break;
+			case 'g':
+				where |= 0010;
+				topbits |= 02000;
+				break;
+			case 'o':
+				where |= 0001;
+				break;
+			case 'a':
+				where |= 0111;
+				break;
+			case '+':
+				op = CHMOD_ADD;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				op = CHMOD_SUB;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			case '=':
+				op = CHMOD_EQ;
+				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
+				break;
+			default:
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			switch (*modestr) {
+			case 'r':
+				what |= 4;
+				break;
+			case 'w':
+				what |= 2;
+				break;
+			case 'X':
+			  	flags |= FLAG_X_KEEP;
+				/* FALL THROUGH */
+			case 'x':
+				what |= 1;
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				if (topbits)
+					topoct |= topbits;
+				else
+					topoct = 04000;
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				topoct |= 01000;
+				break;
+			default:
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		modestr++;
+	}
+
+	if (state == STATE_ERROR) {
+		free_chmod_mode(first_mode);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!(curr_mode = *root_mode_ptr))
+		*root_mode_ptr = first_mode;
+	else {
+		while (curr_mode->next)
+			curr_mode = curr_mode->next;
+		curr_mode->next = first_mode;
+	}
+
+	return first_mode;
+}
+
+
+/* Takes an existing file permission and a list of AND/OR changes, and
+ * create a new permissions. */
+int tweak_mode(int mode, struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
+{
+	int IsX = mode & 0111;
+	int NonPerm = mode & ~CHMOD_BITS;
+
+	for ( ; chmod_modes; chmod_modes = chmod_modes->next) {
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_DIRS_ONLY) && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			continue;
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY) && S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			continue;
+		mode &= chmod_modes->ModeAND;
+		if ((chmod_modes->flags & FLAG_X_KEEP) && !IsX && !S_ISDIR(NonPerm))
+			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR & ~0111;
+		else
+			mode |= chmod_modes->ModeOR;
+	}
+
+	return mode | NonPerm;
+}
+
+/* Free the linked list created by parse_chmod. */
+int free_chmod_mode(struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes)
+{
+	struct chmod_mode_struct *next;
+
+	while (chmod_modes) {
+		next = chmod_modes->next;
+		free(chmod_modes);
+		chmod_modes = next;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}

cleanup.c

@@ -1,108 +1,189 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux" -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * End-of-run cleanup routines.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/* handling the cleanup when a transfer is interrupted is tricky when
-   --partial is selected. We need to ensure that the partial file is
-   kept if any real data has been transferred */
-int cleanup_got_literal=0;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int io_error;
+extern int keep_partial;
+extern int log_got_error;
+extern char *partial_dir;
+extern char *logfile_name;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
+static struct sigaction sigact;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Close all open sockets and files, allowing a (somewhat) graceful
+ * shutdown() of socket connections.  This eliminates the abortive
+ * TCP RST sent by a Winsock-based system when the close() occurs.
+ **/
+void close_all(void)
+{
+#ifdef SHUTDOWN_ALL_SOCKETS
+	int max_fd;
+	int fd;
+	int ret;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+
+	max_fd = sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) - 1;
+	for (fd = max_fd; fd >= 0; fd--) {
+		if ((ret = do_fstat(fd, &st)) == 0) {
+			if (is_a_socket(fd))
+				ret = shutdown(fd, 2);
+			ret = close(fd);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @file cleanup.c
+ *
+ * Code for handling interrupted transfers.  Depending on the @c
+ * --partial option, we may either delete the temporary file, or go
+ * ahead and overwrite the destination.  This second behaviour only
+ * occurs if we've sent literal data and therefore hopefully made
+ * progress on the transfer.
+ **/
+
+/**
+ * Set to True once literal data has been sent across the link for the
+ * current file. (????)
+ *
+ * Handling the cleanup when a transfer is interrupted is tricky when
+ * --partial is selected.  We need to ensure that the partial file is
+ * kept if any real data has been transferred.
+ **/
+int cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 
 static char *cleanup_fname;
 static char *cleanup_new_fname;
 static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
-static int cleanup_fd1, cleanup_fd2;
-static struct map_struct *cleanup_buf;
-static int cleanup_pid = 0;
-extern int io_error;
+static int cleanup_fd_r, cleanup_fd_w;
+static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
 
 pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
 
-/*
- * Code is one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
- */
+/**
+ * Eventually calls exit(), passing @p code, therefore does not return.
+ *
+ * @param code one of the RERR_* codes from errcode.h.
+ **/
 void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
-	extern int keep_partial;
-	extern int log_got_error;
+	int ocode = code;
+	static int inside_cleanup = 0;
 
-	signal(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
-	signal(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+	if (inside_cleanup > 10) {
+		/* prevent the occasional infinite recursion */
+		return;
+	}
+	inside_cleanup++;
+
+	SIGACTION(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
+	SIGACTION(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
+
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
+			code, file, line);
+	}
 
 	if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
 		int status;
-		if (waitpid(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG) == cleanup_child_pid) {
+		if (wait_process(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG)
+		 == cleanup_child_pid) {
 			status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
-			if (status > code) code = status;
+			if (status > code)
+				code = status;
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && keep_partial) {
+	if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_new_fname && keep_partial
+	    && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
 		char *fname = cleanup_fname;
 		cleanup_fname = NULL;
-		if (cleanup_buf) unmap_file(cleanup_buf);
-		if (cleanup_fd1 != -1) close(cleanup_fd1);
-		if (cleanup_fd2 != -1) close(cleanup_fd2);
-		finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, cleanup_file);
+		if (cleanup_fd_r != -1)
+			close(cleanup_fd_r);
+		if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
+			flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
+			close(cleanup_fd_w);
+		}
+		finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, NULL,
+				cleanup_file, 0, !partial_dir);
 	}
-	io_flush();
+	io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
 	if (cleanup_fname)
 		do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
-	if (code) {
+	if (code)
 		kill_all(SIGUSR1);
-	}
-	if ((cleanup_pid != 0) && (cleanup_pid == (int) getpid())) {
+	if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
 		char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
-		if (pidf && *pidf) {
+		if (pidf && *pidf)
 			unlink(lp_pid_file());
-		}
 	}
 
-	if (code == 0 && (io_error || log_got_error)) {
-		code = RERR_PARTIAL;
+	if (code == 0) {
+		if (io_error & IOERR_DEL_LIMIT)
+			code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
+		if (io_error & IOERR_VANISHED)
+			code = RERR_VANISHED;
+		if (io_error & IOERR_GENERAL || log_got_error)
+			code = RERR_PARTIAL;
 	}
 
-	if (code) log_exit(code, file, line);
+	if (code || am_daemon || (logfile_name && (am_server || !verbose)))
+		log_exit(code, file, line);
 
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): about to call exit(%d)\n",
+			ocode, file, line, code);
+	}
+
+	close_all();
 	exit(code);
 }
 
 void cleanup_disable(void)
 {
-	cleanup_fname = NULL;
+	cleanup_fname = cleanup_new_fname = NULL;
 	cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 }
 
 
 void cleanup_set(char *fnametmp, char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
-		 struct map_struct *buf, int fd1, int fd2)
+		 int fd_r, int fd_w)
 {
 	cleanup_fname = fnametmp;
-	cleanup_new_fname = fname;
+	cleanup_new_fname = fname; /* can be NULL on a partial-dir failure */
 	cleanup_file = file;
-	cleanup_buf = buf;
-	cleanup_fd1 = fd1;
-	cleanup_fd2 = fd2;
+	cleanup_fd_r = fd_r;
+	cleanup_fd_w = fd_w;
 }
 
-void cleanup_set_pid(int pid)
+void cleanup_set_pid(pid_t pid)
 {
 	cleanup_pid = pid;
 }

clientname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/*
+ * Functions for looking up the remote name or addr of a socket.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file is now converted to use the new-style getaddrinfo()
+ * interface, which supports IPv6 but is also supported on recent
+ * IPv4-only machines.  On systems that don't have that interface, we
+ * emulate it using the KAME implementation.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+static const char default_name[] = "UNKNOWN";
+extern int am_server;
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the IP addr of the client as a string
+ **/
+char *client_addr(int fd)
+{
+	static char addr_buf[100];
+	static int initialised;
+	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
+	socklen_t length = sizeof ss;
+	char *ssh_info, *p;
+
+	if (initialised)
+		return addr_buf;
+
+	initialised = 1;
+
+	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		strcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0");
+		if ((ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
+		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
+		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
+			strlcpy(addr_buf, ssh_info, sizeof addr_buf);
+			/* Truncate the value to just the IP address. */
+			if ((p = strchr(addr_buf, ' ')) != NULL)
+				*p = '\0';
+		}
+	} else {
+		client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &length);
+		getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *)&ss, length,
+			    addr_buf, sizeof addr_buf, NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
+	}
+
+	return addr_buf;
+}
+
+
+static int get_sockaddr_family(const struct sockaddr_storage *ss)
+{
+	return ((struct sockaddr *) ss)->sa_family;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Return the DNS name of the client.
+ *
+ * The name is statically cached so that repeated lookups are quick,
+ * so there is a limit of one lookup per customer.
+ *
+ * If anything goes wrong, including the name->addr->name check, then
+ * we just use "UNKNOWN", so you can use that value in hosts allow
+ * lines.
+ *
+ * After translation from sockaddr to name we do a forward lookup to
+ * make sure nobody is spoofing PTR records.
+ **/
+char *client_name(int fd)
+{
+	static char name_buf[100];
+	static char port_buf[100];
+	static int initialised;
+	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
+	socklen_t ss_len;
+
+	if (initialised)
+		return name_buf;
+
+	strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	initialised = 1;
+
+	memset(&ss, 0, sizeof ss);
+
+	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		char *addr = client_addr(fd);
+		struct addrinfo hint, *answer;
+		int err;
+
+		memset(&hint, 0, sizeof hint);
+
+#ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
+		hint.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST;
+#endif
+		hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+
+		if ((err = getaddrinfo(addr, NULL, &hint, &answer)) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "malformed address %s: %s\n",
+			        addr, gai_strerror(err));
+			return name_buf;
+		}
+
+		switch (answer->ai_family) {
+		case AF_INET:
+			ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
+			break;
+#ifdef INET6
+		case AF_INET6:
+			ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6);
+			memcpy(&ss, answer->ai_addr, ss_len);
+			break;
+#endif
+		}
+		freeaddrinfo(answer);
+	} else {
+		ss_len = sizeof ss;
+		client_sockaddr(fd, &ss, &ss_len);
+	}
+
+	if (lookup_name(fd, &ss, ss_len, name_buf, sizeof name_buf,
+			port_buf, sizeof port_buf) == 0)
+		check_name(fd, &ss, name_buf);
+
+	return name_buf;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the sockaddr for the client.
+ *
+ * If it comes in as an ipv4 address mapped into IPv6 format then we
+ * convert it back to a regular IPv4.
+ **/
+void client_sockaddr(int fd,
+		     struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
+		     socklen_t *ss_len)
+{
+	memset(ss, 0, sizeof *ss);
+
+	if (getpeername(fd, (struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len)) {
+		/* FIXME: Can we really not continue? */
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "getpeername on fd%d failed", fd);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
+	}
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	if (get_sockaddr_family(ss) == AF_INET6 &&
+	    IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(&((struct sockaddr_in6 *)ss)->sin6_addr)) {
+		/* OK, so ss is in the IPv6 family, but it is really
+		 * an IPv4 address: something like
+		 * "::ffff:10.130.1.2".  If we use it as-is, then the
+		 * reverse lookup might fail or perhaps something else
+		 * bad might happen.  So instead we convert it to an
+		 * equivalent address in the IPv4 address family.  */
+		struct sockaddr_in6 sin6;
+		struct sockaddr_in *sin;
+
+		memcpy(&sin6, ss, sizeof sin6);
+		sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)ss;
+		memset(sin, 0, sizeof *sin);
+		sin->sin_family = AF_INET;
+		*ss_len = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_LEN
+		sin->sin_len = *ss_len;
+#endif
+		sin->sin_port = sin6.sin6_port;
+
+		/* There is a macro to extract the mapped part
+		 * (IN6_V4MAPPED_TO_SINADDR ?), but it does not seem
+		 * to be present in the Linux headers. */
+		memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, &sin6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[12],
+		    sizeof sin->sin_addr);
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Look up a name from @p ss into @p name_buf.
+ *
+ * @param fd file descriptor for client socket.
+ **/
+int lookup_name(int fd, const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
+		socklen_t ss_len,
+		char *name_buf, size_t name_buf_len,
+		char *port_buf, size_t port_buf_len)
+{
+	int name_err;
+
+	/* reverse lookup */
+	name_err = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) ss, ss_len,
+			       name_buf, name_buf_len,
+			       port_buf, port_buf_len,
+			       NI_NAMEREQD | NI_NUMERICSERV);
+	if (name_err != 0) {
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		rprintf(FLOG, "name lookup failed for %s: %s\n",
+			client_addr(fd), gai_strerror(name_err));
+		return name_err;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Compare an addrinfo from the resolver to a sockinfo.
+ *
+ * Like strcmp, returns 0 for identical.
+ **/
+int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
+			      const struct sockaddr_storage *ss)
+{
+	int ss_family = get_sockaddr_family(ss);
+	const char fn[] = "compare_addrinfo_sockaddr";
+
+	if (ai->ai_family != ss_family) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "%s: response family %d != %d\n",
+			fn, ai->ai_family, ss_family);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	/* The comparison method depends on the particular AF. */
+	if (ss_family == AF_INET) {
+		const struct sockaddr_in *sin1, *sin2;
+
+		sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in *) ss;
+		sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in *) ai->ai_addr;
+
+		return memcmp(&sin1->sin_addr, &sin2->sin_addr,
+			      sizeof sin1->sin_addr);
+	}
+
+#ifdef INET6
+	if (ss_family == AF_INET6) {
+		const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1, *sin2;
+
+		sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *) ss;
+		sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *) ai->ai_addr;
+
+		if (ai->ai_addrlen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6)) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "%s: too short sockaddr_in6; length=%d\n",
+				fn, ai->ai_addrlen);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		if (memcmp(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr,
+			   sizeof sin1->sin6_addr))
+			return 1;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID
+		if (sin1->sin6_scope_id != sin2->sin6_scope_id)
+			return 1;
+#endif
+		return 0;
+	}
+#endif /* INET6 */
+
+	/* don't know */
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Do a forward lookup on @p name_buf and make sure it corresponds to
+ * @p ss -- otherwise we may be being spoofed.  If we suspect we are,
+ * then we don't abort the connection but just emit a warning, and
+ * change @p name_buf to be "UNKNOWN".
+ *
+ * We don't do anything with the service when checking the name,
+ * because it doesn't seem that it could be spoofed in any way, and
+ * getaddrinfo on random service names seems to cause problems on AIX.
+ **/
+int check_name(int fd,
+	       const struct sockaddr_storage *ss,
+	       char *name_buf)
+{
+	struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
+	int error;
+	int ss_family = get_sockaddr_family(ss);
+
+	memset(&hints, 0, sizeof hints);
+	hints.ai_family = ss_family;
+	hints.ai_flags = AI_CANONNAME;
+	hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM;
+	error = getaddrinfo(name_buf, NULL, &hints, &res0);
+	if (error) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "forward name lookup for %s failed: %s\n",
+			name_buf, gai_strerror(error));
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+		return error;
+	}
+
+	/* Given all these results, we expect that one of them will be
+	 * the same as ss.  The comparison is a bit complicated. */
+	for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) {
+		if (!compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(res, ss))
+			break;	/* OK, identical */
+	}
+
+	if (!res0) {
+		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
+		 * address that was the same as ss. */
+		rprintf(FLOG, "no known address for \"%s\": "
+			"spoofed address?\n", name_buf);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	} else if (res == NULL) {
+		/* We hit the end of the list without finding an
+		 * address that was the same as ss. */
+		rprintf(FLOG, "%s is not a known address for \"%s\": "
+			"spoofed address?\n", client_addr(fd), name_buf);
+		strcpy(name_buf, default_name);
+	}
+
+	freeaddrinfo(res0);
+	return 0;
+}

compat.c

@@ -1,75 +1,119 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* compatability routines for older rsync protocol versions */
+/*
+ * Compatibility routines for older rsync protocol versions.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
+ * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int am_server;
+int remote_protocol = 0;
 
-extern int preserve_links;
-extern int preserve_perms;
-extern int preserve_devices;
-extern int preserve_uid;
-extern int preserve_gid;
-extern int preserve_times;
-extern int always_checksum;
-extern int checksum_seed;
-
-
-extern int remote_version;
 extern int verbose;
-
-extern int read_batch;  /* dw */
-extern int write_batch;  /* dw */
+extern int am_server;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int fuzzy_basis;
+extern int read_batch;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int basis_dir_cnt;
+extern int prune_empty_dirs;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern char *dest_option;
 
 void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 {
-	if (remote_version == 0) {
-		if (am_server) {
-			remote_version = read_int(f_in);
-			write_int(f_out,PROTOCOL_VERSION);
-		} else {
-			write_int(f_out,PROTOCOL_VERSION);
-			remote_version = read_int(f_in);
-		}
+	if (remote_protocol == 0) {
+		if (!read_batch)
+			write_int(f_out, protocol_version);
+		remote_protocol = read_int(f_in);
+		if (protocol_version > remote_protocol)
+			protocol_version = remote_protocol;
+	}
+	if (read_batch && remote_protocol > protocol_version) {
+	        rprintf(FERROR, "The protocol version in the batch file is too new (%d > %d).\n",
+			remote_protocol, protocol_version);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (remote_version < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION ||
-	    remote_version > MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"protocol version mismatch - is your shell clean?\n");
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "(%s) Protocol versions: remote=%d, negotiated=%d\n",
+			am_server? "Server" : "Client", remote_protocol, protocol_version);
+	}
+	if (remote_protocol < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION
+	 || remote_protocol > MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR,"protocol version mismatch -- is your shell clean?\n");
 		rprintf(FERROR,"(see the rsync man page for an explanation)\n");
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-	}	
-	
-	if (remote_version >= 12) {
-		if (am_server) {
-		    if (read_batch || write_batch) /* dw */
-			checksum_seed = 32761;
-		    else
-			checksum_seed = time(NULL);
-			write_int(f_out,checksum_seed);
-		} else {
-			checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);
+	}
+	if (remote_protocol < OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,"%s is very old version of rsync, upgrade recommended.\n",
+			am_server? "Client" : "Server");
+	}
+	if (protocol_version < MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "--protocol must be at least %d on the %s.\n",
+			MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	if (protocol_version > PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "--protocol must be no more than %d on the %s.\n",
+			PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+
+	if (protocol_version < 29) {
+		if (fuzzy_basis) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--fuzzy requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (basis_dir_cnt && inplace) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "%s with --inplace requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    dest_option, protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (basis_dir_cnt > 1) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "Using more than one %s option requires protocol"
+			    " 29 or higher (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    dest_option, protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+
+		if (prune_empty_dirs) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+			    "--prune-empty-dirs requires protocol 29 or higher"
+			    " (negotiated %d).\n",
+			    protocol_version);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 	}
-	
-	checksum_init();
-}
 
+	if (am_server) {
+		if (!checksum_seed)
+			checksum_seed = time(NULL);
+		write_int(f_out, checksum_seed);
+	} else {
+		checksum_seed = read_int(f_in);
+	}
+}

config.sub

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-timestamp='2001-06-08'
+timestamp='2006-02-23'
 
 # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
 # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
@@ -21,15 +21,17 @@ timestamp='2001-06-08'
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
 # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
 
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
 #
 # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
 # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
@@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
 version="\
 GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
 
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
@@ -82,11 +84,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information."
 while test $# -gt 0 ; do
   case $1 in
     --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
     --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
     --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
     -- )     # Stop option processing
        shift; break ;;
     - )	# Use stdin as input.
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do
     *local*)
        # First pass through any local machine types.
        echo $1
-       exit 0;;
+       exit ;;
 
     * )
        break ;;
@@ -117,7 +119,9 @@ esac
 # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
 maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
 case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | windows32-*)
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
+  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
     os=-$maybe_os
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
     ;;
@@ -143,7 +147,7 @@ case $os in
 	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
 	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
 	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis)
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
@@ -168,6 +172,10 @@ case $os in
 	-hiux*)
 		os=-hiuxwe2
 		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-sco5)
 		os=-sco3.2v5
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -184,6 +192,10 @@ case $os in
 		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
+	-sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-sco*)
 		os=-sco3.2v2
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -223,26 +235,58 @@ esac
 case $basic_machine in
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
 	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc \
-	        | arm | arme[lb] | arm[bl]e | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | strongarm | xscale \
-		| pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
-		| 580 | i960 | h8300 \
-		| x86 | ppcbe | mipsbe | mipsle | shbe | shle \
-		| hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \
-		| hppa64 \
-		| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \
-		| alphaev6[78] \
-		| we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | sh[34] \
-		| powerpc | powerpcle \
-		| 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp10 | pdp11 \
-		| mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \
-		| mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
-		| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
-		| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el | mcore | s390 | s390x \
-		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
-		| v850 | c4x \
-		| thumb | d10v | d30v | fr30 | avr | openrisc | tic80 \
-		| pj | pjl | h8500 | z8k)
+	1750a | 580 \
+	| a29k \
+	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+	| am33_2.0 \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+	| bfin \
+	| c4x | clipper \
+	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+	| fr30 | frv \
+	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+	| ip2k | iq2000 \
+	| m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore \
+	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+	| mips16 \
+	| mips64 | mips64el \
+	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| mt \
+	| msp430 \
+	| nios | nios2 \
+	| ns16k | ns32k \
+	| or32 \
+	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+	| pyramid \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| sh64 | sh64le \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
+	| strongarm \
+	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+	| v850 | v850e \
+	| we32k \
+	| x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
+	m32c)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
 	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
@@ -252,6 +296,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
 		;;
+	ms1)
+		basic_machine=mt-unknown
+		;;
 
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
@@ -265,31 +312,68 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		exit 1
 		;;
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	# FIXME: clean up the formatting here.
-	vax-* | tahoe-* | i*86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
-	      | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | c[123]* \
-	      | arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* | strongarm-* | xscale-* \
-	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
-	      | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \
-	      | xmp-* | ymp-* \
-	      | x86-* | ppcbe-* | mipsbe-* | mipsle-* | shbe-* | shle-* \
-	      | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* \
-	      | hppa2.0n-* | hppa64-* \
-	      | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \
-	      | alphaev6[78]-* \
-	      | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \
-	      | clipper-* | orion-* \
-	      | sparclite-* | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | sh[34]-* | sh[34]eb-* \
-	      | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* | sparc64-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparc86x-* \
-	      | mips16-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
-	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
-	      | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
-	      | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \
-	      | f30[01]-* | f700-* | s390-* | s390x-* | sv1-* | t3e-* \
-	      | [cjt]90-* \
-	      | m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \
-	      | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | tic80-* | c30-* | fr30-* \
-	      | bs2000-* | tic54x-* | c54x-* | x86_64-* | pj-* | pjl-*)
+	580-* \
+	| a29k-* \
+	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+	| avr-* \
+	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+	| elxsi-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
+	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+	| m32r-* | m32rle-* \
+	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
+	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+	| mips16-* \
+	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
+	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| mmix-* \
+	| mt-* \
+	| msp430-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| orion-* \
+	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+	| pyramid-* \
+	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+	| sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+	| tron-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+	| we32k-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \
+	| ymp-* \
+	| z8k-*)
+		;;
+	m32c-*)
 		;;
 	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
 	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
@@ -307,6 +391,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
 		;;
+    	abacus)
+		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+		;;
 	adobe68k)
 		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
 		os=-scout
@@ -321,6 +408,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-none
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
+	amd64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		;;
+	amd64-*)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	amdahl)
 		basic_machine=580-amdahl
 		os=-sysv
@@ -352,6 +445,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
 		os=-dynix
 		;;
+	c90)
+		basic_machine=c90-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
 	convex-c1)
 		basic_machine=c1-convex
 		os=-bsd
@@ -372,30 +469,45 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=c38-convex
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
-	cray | ymp)
-		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+	cray | j90)
+		basic_machine=j90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
-	cray2)
-		basic_machine=cray2-cray
-		os=-unicos
+	craynv)
+		basic_machine=craynv-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
 		;;
-	[cjt]90)
-		basic_machine=${basic_machine}-cray
-		os=-unicos
+	cr16c)
+		basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
+		os=-elf
 		;;
 	crds | unos)
 		basic_machine=m68k-crds
 		;;
+	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+		;;
 	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
 		basic_machine=cris-axis
 		;;
+	crx)
+		basic_machine=crx-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	da30 | da30-*)
 		basic_machine=m68k-da30
 		;;
 	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
 		basic_machine=mips-dec
 		;;
+	decsystem10* | dec10*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops10
+		;;
+	decsystem20* | dec20*)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
 	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
 	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
 		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
@@ -404,6 +516,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
+	djgpp)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		os=-msdosdjgpp
+		;;
 	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
 		os=-bosx
@@ -576,32 +692,27 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-atari
 		os=-mint
 		;;
-	mipsel*-linux*)
-		basic_machine=mipsel-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
-	mips*-linux*)
-		basic_machine=mips-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
 	mips3*-*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
 		;;
 	mips3*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
 		;;
-	mmix*)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
 	monitor)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
 		;;
+	morphos)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+		os=-morphos
+		;;
 	msdos)
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-msdos
 		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+		;;
 	mvs)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		os=-mvs
@@ -677,6 +788,13 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
+	openrisc | openrisc-*)
+		basic_machine=or32-unknown
+		;;
+	os400)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-os400
+		;;
 	OSE68000 | ose68000)
 		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
 		os=-ose
@@ -699,42 +817,64 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	pbb)
 		basic_machine=m68k-tti
 		;;
-        pc532 | pc532-*)
+	pc532 | pc532-*)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
 		;;
-	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen)
+	pc98)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
 		basic_machine=i586-pc
 		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon)
+	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
 		basic_machine=i686-pc
 		;;
-	pentiumii | pentium2)
+	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
 		basic_machine=i686-pc
 		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-*)
+	pentium4)
+		basic_machine=i786-pc
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
 		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
 	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
 		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
-	pentiumii-* | pentium2-*)
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
 		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
+	pentium4-*)
+		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	pn)
 		basic_machine=pn-gould
 		;;
 	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
 		;;
 	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-	        ;;
+		;;
 	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
 	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
 		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
-	        ;;
+		;;
 	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
 		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
+	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+		;;
+	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	ps2)
 		basic_machine=i386-ibm
 		;;
@@ -742,6 +882,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i586-unknown
 		os=-pw32
 		;;
+	rdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
 	rom68k)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -752,10 +896,26 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	rtpc | rtpc-*)
 		basic_machine=romp-ibm
 		;;
+	s390 | s390-*)
+		basic_machine=s390-ibm
+		;;
+	s390x | s390x-*)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		;;
 	sa29200)
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
 		;;
+	sb1)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+		;;
+	sb1el)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+		;;
+	sei)
+		basic_machine=mips-sei
+		os=-seiux
+		;;
 	sequent)
 		basic_machine=i386-sequent
 		;;
@@ -763,7 +923,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
 		os=-hms
 		;;
-	sparclite-wrs)
+	sh64)
+		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+		;;
+	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
 		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
 		os=-vxworks
 		;;
@@ -830,22 +993,42 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		os=-dynix
 		;;
 	t3e)
-		basic_machine=t3e-cray
+		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
+	t90)
+		basic_machine=t90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
 	tic54x | c54x*)
 		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
 		os=-coff
 		;;
+	tic55x | c55x*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x | c6x*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		os=-coff
+		;;
 	tx39)
 		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
 		;;
 	tx39el)
 		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
 		;;
+	toad1)
+		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+		os=-tops20
+		;;
 	tower | tower-32)
 		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
 		;;
+	tpf)
+		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
 	udi29k)
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
@@ -867,8 +1050,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		os=-vms
 		;;
 	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
-               basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
-               ;;
+		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+		;;
 	vxworks960)
 		basic_machine=i960-wrs
 		os=-vxworks
@@ -889,17 +1072,17 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
-	windows32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-windows32-msvcrt
+	xbox)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
 		;;
-	xmp)
-		basic_machine=xmp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-        xps | xps100)
+	xps | xps100)
 		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
 		;;
+	ymp)
+		basic_machine=ymp-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
 	z8k-*-coff)
 		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
 		os=-sim
@@ -920,16 +1103,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	op60c)
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
 		;;
-	mips)
-		if [ x$os = x-linux-gnu ]; then
-			basic_machine=mips-unknown
-		else
-			basic_machine=mips-mips
-		fi
-		;;
 	romp)
 		basic_machine=romp-ibm
 		;;
+	mmix)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		;;
 	rs6000)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
 		;;
@@ -946,13 +1125,13 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	we32k)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
-	sh3 | sh4)
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
 		basic_machine=sh-unknown
 		;;
-	sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
 		basic_machine=sparc-sun
 		;;
-        cydra)
+	cydra)
 		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
 		;;
 	orion)
@@ -967,10 +1146,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	pmac | pmac-mpw)
 		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
 		;;
-	c4x*)
-		basic_machine=c4x-none
-		os=-coff
-		;;
 	*-unknown)
 		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
 		;;
@@ -1026,16 +1201,23 @@ case $os in
 	      | -aos* \
 	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
 	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
-	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
 	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
 	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
 	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
-	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
 	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
-	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* | -os2*)
+	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
 	-qnx*)
@@ -1047,16 +1229,21 @@ case $os in
 			;;
 		esac
 		;;
+	-nto-qnx*)
+		;;
 	-nto*)
-		os=-nto-qnx
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
 		;;
 	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
 	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
 		;;
 	-mac*)
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
 		;;
+	-linux-dietlibc)
+		os=-linux-dietlibc
+		;;
 	-linux*)
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
 		;;
@@ -1069,6 +1256,9 @@ case $os in
 	-opened*)
 		os=-openedition
 		;;
+        -os400*)
+		os=-os400
+		;;
 	-wince*)
 		os=-wince
 		;;
@@ -1087,14 +1277,23 @@ case $os in
 	-acis*)
 		os=-aos
 		;;
+	-atheos*)
+		os=-atheos
+		;;
+	-syllable*)
+		os=-syllable
+		;;
 	-386bsd)
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
 	-ctix* | -uts*)
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
+	-nova*)
+		os=-rtmk-nova
+		;;
 	-ns2 )
-	        os=-nextstep2
+		os=-nextstep2
 		;;
 	-nsk*)
 		os=-nsk
@@ -1106,6 +1305,9 @@ case $os in
 	-sinix*)
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
+        -tpf*)
+		os=-tpf
+		;;
 	-triton*)
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
@@ -1133,8 +1335,17 @@ case $os in
 	-xenix)
 		os=-xenix
 		;;
-        -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-	        os=-mint
+	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
+	-aros*)
+		os=-aros
+		;;
+	-kaos*)
+		os=-kaos
+		;;
+	-zvmoe)
+		os=-zvmoe
 		;;
 	-none)
 		;;
@@ -1167,10 +1378,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	arm*-semi)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
+    c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        os=-coff
+        ;;
+	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
 	pdp10-*)
 		os=-tops20
 		;;
-        pdp11-*)
+	pdp11-*)
 		os=-none
 		;;
 	*-dec | vax-*)
@@ -1197,6 +1412,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	mips*-*)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
+	or32-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
 	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
@@ -1206,9 +1424,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-be)
 		os=-beos
 		;;
+	*-haiku)
+		os=-haiku
+		;;
 	*-ibm)
 		os=-aix
 		;;
+    	*-knuth)
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
 	*-wec)
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
@@ -1260,19 +1484,19 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-next)
 		os=-nextstep3
 		;;
-        *-gould)
+	*-gould)
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
-        *-highlevel)
+	*-highlevel)
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
 	*-encore)
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
-        *-sgi)
+	*-sgi)
 		os=-irix
 		;;
-        *-siemens)
+	*-siemens)
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
 	*-masscomp)
@@ -1341,10 +1565,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-mvs* | -opened*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
+			-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
 			-ptx*)
 				vendor=sequent
 				;;
-			-vxsim* | -vxworks*)
+			-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
 				vendor=wrs
 				;;
 			-aux*)
@@ -1359,13 +1589,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
 				vendor=atari
 				;;
+			-vos*)
+				vendor=stratus
+				;;
 		esac
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
 		;;
 esac
 
 echo $basic_machine$os
-exit 0
+exit
 
 # Local variables:
 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)

configure.in

@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
 AC_INIT()
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
-AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+AC_PREREQ(2.59)
 
-RSYNC_VERSION=2.5.2pre1
+RSYNC_VERSION=2.6.9pre1
 AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
 AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
 
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ AC_CANONICAL_TARGET([])
 dnl Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
 AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_EGREP
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
 AC_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_SUBST(SHELL)
@@ -25,25 +26,21 @@ AC_SUBST(SHELL)
 AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
           [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
 
-if test "$xac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = xno
-then
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
 fi
 
-# compile with optimisation and without debugging by default, unless
-# --debug is given.  We must decide this before testing the compiler.
+# We must decide this before testing the compiler.
 
 # Please allow this to default to yes, so that your users have more
 # chance of getting a useful stack trace if problems occur.
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
-		[including debugging symbols and features (default yes)]),
-		[], [])
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-debug],
+		[turn off debugging symbols and features]))
 
-if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"
-then
+if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
 else
@@ -54,42 +51,99 @@ else
 fi
 
 
-
-
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],	
-		[turn on CPU profiling (default no)],
-		[], []))
-if test x"$enable_profile" = xyes
-then
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],
+		[turn on CPU profiling]))
+if test x"$enable_profile" = x"yes"; then
 	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pg"
 fi
 
 
+# Specifically, this turns on panic_action handling.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-maintainer-mode],
+		[turn on extra debug features]))
+if test x"$enable_maintainer_mode" = x"yes"; then
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DMAINTAINER_MODE"
+fi
+
+
 # This is needed for our included version of popt.  Kind of silly, but
 # I don't want our version too far out of sync.
 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_CONFIG_H"
 
 # If GCC, turn on warnings.
-if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"
-then
+if test x"$GCC" = x"yes"; then
 	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall -W"
 fi
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(included-popt,
-        [  --with-included-popt    use bundled popt library, not from system])
+        AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-popt], [use bundled popt library, not from system]))
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(rsync-path,
-	[  --with-rsync-path=PATH  set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: \"rsync\")],
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsync-path=PATH], [set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: rsync)]),
 	[ RSYNC_PATH="$with_rsync_path" ],
 	[ RSYNC_PATH="rsync" ])
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_PATH, "$RSYNC_PATH", [ ])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_PATH, "$RSYNC_PATH", [location of rsync on remote machine])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsyncd-conf,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsyncd-conf=PATH], [set configuration file for rsync server to PATH (default: /etc/rsyncd.conf)]),
+	[ if test ! -z "$with_rsyncd_conf" ; then
+		case $with_rsyncd_conf in
+			yes|no)
+				RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+				;;
+			/*)
+				RSYNCD_SYSCONF="$with_rsyncd_conf"
+				;;
+			*)
+                                AC_MSG_ERROR(You must specify an absolute path to --with-rsyncd-conf=PATH)
+				;;
+		esac
+	else
+		RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+	fi ],
+	[ RSYNCD_SYSCONF="/etc/rsyncd.conf" ])
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNCD_SYSCONF, "$RSYNCD_SYSCONF", [location of configuration file for rsync server])
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(rsh,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsh=CMD], [set remote shell command to CMD (default: ssh)]))
 
 AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_REMSH, remsh, 1, 0)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_REMSH, $HAVE_REMSH, [ ])
+if test x$HAVE_REMSH = x1; then
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_REMSH, 1, [Define to 1 if remote shell is remsh, not rsh])
+fi
 
+if test x"$with_rsh" != x; then
+	RSYNC_RSH="$with_rsh"
+else
+	RSYNC_RSH="ssh"
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_RSH, "$RSYNC_RSH", [default -e command])
 
-# arrgh. libc in the current debian stable screws up the largefile
+AC_ARG_WITH(nobody-group,
+    AC_HELP_STRING([--with-nobody-group=GROUP],
+		   [set the default unprivileged group (default nobody or nogroup)]),
+    [ NOBODY_GROUP="$with_nobody_group" ])
+
+if test x"$with_nobody_group" = x; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([the group for user "nobody"])
+    if grep '^nobody:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	NOBODY_GROUP=nobody
+    elif grep '^nogroup:' /etc/group >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	NOBODY_GROUP=nogroup
+    else
+	NOBODY_GROUP=nobody # test for others?
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($NOBODY_GROUP)
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NOBODY_USER, "nobody", [unprivileged user--e.g. nobody])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NOBODY_GROUP, "$NOBODY_GROUP", [unprivileged group for unprivileged user])
+
+# arrgh. libc in some old debian version screwed up the largefile
 # stuff, getting byte range locking wrong
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken largefile support],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_LARGEFILE,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -99,24 +153,29 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/wait.h>
 
-int main(void) 
+int main(void)
 {
 	struct flock lock;
-        int status;
-	int fd = open("conftest.dat", O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0600);
+	int status;
+	char tpl[32] = "/tmp/locktest.XXXXXX";
+	int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		strcpy(tpl, "conftest.dat");
+		fd = open(tpl, O_CREAT|O_RDWR, 0600);
+	}
+
 	lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
 	lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
 	lock.l_start = 0;
 	lock.l_len = 1;
 	lock.l_pid = 0;
-	
 	fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock);
 	if (fork() == 0) {
-		lock.l_start = 1;		
-		exit(fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock) == 0);
-        }
-        wait(&status);
-	unlink("conftest.dat");
+		lock.l_start = 1;
+		_exit(fcntl(fd,F_SETLK,&lock) == 0);
+	}
+	wait(&status);
+	unlink(tpl);
 	exit(WEXITSTATUS(status));
 }
 ],
@@ -129,11 +188,10 @@ ipv6type=unknown
 ipv6lib=none
 ipv6trylibc=yes
 
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6, 
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6], [don't even try to use IPv6]))
-
-if test "x$enable_ipv6" != xno
-then
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],
+		[don't even try to use IPv6]))
+if test x"$enable_ipv6" != x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
 	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
 		case $i in
@@ -155,7 +213,7 @@ yes
 #ifdef __KAME__
 yes
 #endif],
-				[ipv6type=$i; 
+				[ipv6type=$i;
 				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
 			;;
 		linux-glibc)
@@ -222,22 +280,70 @@ yes
 	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(getaddrinfo, inet6)
 fi
 
+dnl Do you want to disable use of locale functions
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([locale],
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-locale],
+		[turn off locale features]))
+AH_TEMPLATE([CONFIG_LOCALE],
+[Undefine if you don't want locale features.  By default this is defined.])
+if test x"$enable_locale" != x"no"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_LOCALE)
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to call shutdown on all sockets])
+case $host_os in
+	*cygwin* ) AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+                   AC_DEFINE(SHUTDOWN_ALL_SOCKETS, 1,
+			    [Define to 1 if sockets need to be shutdown])
+		   ;;
+	       * ) AC_MSG_RESULT(no);;
+esac
+
 AC_C_BIGENDIAN
 AC_HEADER_DIRENT
 AC_HEADER_TIME
 AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h unistd.h utime.h grp.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h sys/ioctl.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(glob.h alloca.h mcheck.h sys/sysctl.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(netdb.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(malloc.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h \
+    unistd.h utime.h grp.h compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h \
+    sys/ioctl.h sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h \
+    sys/un.h glob.h mcheck.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h locale.h \
+    netdb.h malloc.h float.h limits.h iconv.h libcharset.h langinfo.h)
+AC_HEADER_MAJOR
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if makedev takes 3 args],rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS,[
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+#include <sys/mkdev.h>
+# if !defined makedev && (defined mkdev || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+#  define makedev mkdev
+# endif
+#elif defined MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#endif
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	dev_t dev = makedev(0, 5, 7);
+	if (major(dev) != 5 || minor(dev) != 7)
+		exit(1);
+	return 0;
+}
+],
+rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS=yes,rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS=no,rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS" = x"yes"; then
+   AC_DEFINE(MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS, 1, [Define to 1 if makedev() takes 3 args])
+fi
 
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long long)
 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off_t)
+AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(off64_t)
 
 AC_C_INLINE
+AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
 
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
 AC_TYPE_UID_T
@@ -248,14 +354,13 @@ AC_TYPE_PID_T
 AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
 
-AC_CHECK_TYPE([ino_t], [unsigned])
 TYPE_SOCKLEN_T
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for errno in errno.h],rsync_cv_errno, [
     AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <errno.h>],[int i = errno],
 	rsync_cv_errno=yes,rsync_cv_have_errno_decl=no)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_errno" = x"yes"; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO_DECL, 1, [ ])
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ERRNO_DECL, 1, [Define to 1 if errno is declared in errno.h])
 fi
 
 # The following test taken from the cvs sources
@@ -286,41 +391,123 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_func_connect" = x"no"; then
     esac
     dnl We can't just call AC_CHECK_FUNCS(connect) here, because the value
     dnl has been cached.
-    if test x"$ac_cv_lib_socket_connect" = x"yes" || 
+    if test x"$ac_cv_lib_socket_connect" = x"yes" ||
        test x"$ac_cv_lib_inet_connect" = x"yes"; then
         # ac_cv_func_connect=yes
         # don't!  it would cause AC_CHECK_FUNC to succeed next time configure is run
-        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CONNECT, 1, [ ])
+        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CONNECT, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "connect" function])
     fi
 fi
 
-AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, inet_ntop)
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(inet_ntop, resolv)
+
+# Solaris and HP-UX weirdness:
+# Search for libiconv_open (not iconv_open) to discover if -liconv is needed!
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(libiconv_open, iconv)
 
 dnl AC_MSG_NOTICE([Looking in libraries: $LIBS])
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_ntop)) 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_pton))
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_ntop, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_ntop)])
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/inet_pton)])
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)) 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo, , AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo))
+# Irix 6.5 has getaddrinfo but not the corresponding defines, so use
+#   builtin getaddrinfo if one of the defines don't exist
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether defines needed by getaddrinfo exist],
+               rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES,[
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+			#include <sys/types.h>
+			#include <sys/socket.h>
+			#include <netdb.h>
+			#ifdef AI_PASSIVE
+			yes
+			#endif],
+			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=yes,
+			rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETADDR_DEFINES" = x"yes"; then
+	# Tru64 UNIX has getaddrinfo() but has it renamed in libc as
+	# something else so we must include <netdb.h> to get the
+	# redefinition.
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getaddrinfo, ,
+		[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getaddrinfo by including <netdb.h>])
+		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+		#include <sys/socket.h>
+		#include <netdb.h>],[getaddrinfo(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+			AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETADDRINFO, 1,
+				[Define to 1 if you have the "getaddrinfo" function.])],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+			AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)])])
+	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getnameinfo, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)])
+else
+	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getaddrinfo)
+	AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getnameinfo)
+fi
 
-AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len], 
-		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN) ],
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr.sa_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr.sa_len?]) ],
 		[],
 		[
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/socket.h>
 ])
 
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in.sin_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in.sin_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_un.sun_len],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_UN_LEN, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_un.sun_len?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct sockaddr_storage)
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/socket.h>],
 [struct sockaddr_storage x;],
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE, 1, 
-		[Define if you have strct sockaddr_storage.] ),
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_STORAGE, 1,
+		[Define to 1 if you have struct sockaddr_storage.] ),
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
 
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id],
+		[ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKADDR_IN6_SCOPE_ID, 1, [Do we have sockaddr_in6.sin6_scope_id?]) ],
+		[],
+		[
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+])
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct stat64)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+],[struct stat64 st;],
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64,1,[Define to 1 if you have struct stat64.]),
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+
 # if we can't find strcasecmp, look in -lresolv (for Unixware at least)
 #
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcasecmp)
@@ -330,14 +517,80 @@ fi
 
 dnl At the moment we don't test for a broken memcmp(), because all we
 dnl need to do is test for equality, not comparison, and it seems that
-dnl every platform has a memcmp that can do at least that.  
+dnl every platform has a memcmp that can do at least that.
 dnl AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
 
 AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup strerror chown chmod mknod)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fchmod fstat strchr readlink link utime utimes strftime)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk)
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strlcat strlcpy mtrace mallinfo)
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup chown chmod lchmod mknod mkfifo \
+    fchmod fstat ftruncate strchr readlink link utime utimes lutimes strftime \
+    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk \
+    strlcat strlcpy strtol mallinfo getgroups setgroups geteuid getegid \
+    setlocale setmode open64 lseek64 mkstemp64 mtrace va_copy __va_copy \
+    strerror putenv iconv_open locale_charset nl_langinfo \
+    sigaction sigprocmask)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpgrp tcgetpgrp)
+if test $ac_cv_func_getpgrp = yes; then
+    AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether chown() modifies symlinks],rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink,[
+  AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+    main() {
+	char const *dangling_symlink = "conftest.dangle";
+	unlink(dangling_symlink);
+	if (symlink("conftest.no-such", dangling_symlink) < 0) abort();
+	if (chown(dangling_symlink, getuid(), getgid()) < 0 && errno == ENOENT) exit(1);
+	exit(0);
+    }],
+  rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink=yes,rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink=no,rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink=no)])
+if test $rsync_cv_chown_modifies_symlink = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK, 1, [Define to 1 if chown modifies symlinks.])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether link() can hard-link symlinks],rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink,[
+  AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#define FILENAME "conftest.dangle"
+    main() {
+	unlink(FILENAME);
+	if (symlink("conftest.no-such", FILENAME) < 0) abort();
+	if (link(FILENAME, FILENAME "2") < 0) exit(1);
+	exit(0);
+    }],
+  rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink=yes,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink=no,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink=no)])
+if test $rsync_cv_can_hardlink_symlink = yes; then
+  AC_DEFINE(CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK, 1, [Define to 1 if link() can hard-link symlinks.])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether link() can hard-link special files],rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special,[
+  AC_TRY_RUN([
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#define FILENAME "conftest.fifi"
+    main() {
+	unlink(FILENAME);
+	if (mkfifo(FILENAME, 0777) < 0) abort();
+	if (link(FILENAME, FILENAME "2") < 0) exit(1);
+	exit(0);
+    }],
+  rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special=yes,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special=no,rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special=no)])
+if test $rsync_cv_can_hardlink_special = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(CAN_HARDLINK_SPECIAL, 1, [Define to 1 if link() can hard-link special files.])
+fi
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working socketpair],rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
@@ -350,66 +603,33 @@ main() {
 }],
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [ ])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "socketpair" function])
 fi
 
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working fnmatch],rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <fnmatch.h>
-main() { exit((fnmatch("*.o", "x.o", FNM_PATHNAME) == 0 &&
-               fnmatch("a/b/*", "a/b/c/d", FNM_PATHNAME) != 0) ? 0: 1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_FNMATCH" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FNMATCH, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"
-then
+if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"; then
     AC_CHECK_LIB(popt, poptGetContext, , [with_included_popt=yes])
 fi
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libpopt])
-if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"
-then
+if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT($srcdir/popt)
     BUILD_POPT='$(popt_OBJS)'
     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir/popt"
+    if test x"$ALLOCA" != x
+    then
+	# this can be removed when/if we add an included alloca.c;
+	#  see autoconf documentation on AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+	AC_MSG_WARN([included libpopt will use malloc, not alloca (which wastes a small amount of memory)])
+    fi
 else
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
 fi
 
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long],rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main() { long long x = 1000000; x *= x; exit(((x/1000000) == 1000000)? 0: 1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_LONGLONG" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONGLONG, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for off64_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-main() { struct stat64 st; off64_t s; if (sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(off64_t)) exit(1); exit((lstat64("/dev/null", &st)==0)?0:1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_OFF64_T" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OFF64_T, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for short ino_t],rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-main() { if (sizeof(ino_t) < sizeof(unsigned int)) return 0; return 1; }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SHORT_INO_T" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHORT_INO_T, 1, [ ])
-fi
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdio.h>
-main() { char c; c=250; exit((c > 0)?0:1); }],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR, 1, [ ])
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[signed char *s = ""],
+rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK=yes,rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(SIGNED_CHAR_OK, 1, [Define to 1 if "signed char" is a valid type])
 fi
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken readdir],rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR,[
@@ -420,33 +640,32 @@ if (di && di->d_name[-2] == '.' && di->d_name[-1] == 0 &&
 di->d_name[0] == 0) exit(0); exit(1);} ],
 rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR, 1, [ ])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR, 1, [Define to 1 if readdir() is broken])
 fi
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for utimbuf],rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF,[
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <utime.h>],
 [struct utimbuf tbuf;  tbuf.actime = 0; tbuf.modtime = 1; exit(utime("foo.c",&tbuf));],
-rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=cross)])
+rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF=no)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_UTIMBUF" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF, 1, [ ])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UTIMBUF, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "struct utimbuf" type])
 fi
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([if gettimeofday takes tz argument],rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ,[
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-main() { struct timeval tv; exit(gettimeofday(&tv, NULL));}],
-           rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ, 1, [ ])
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>],
+[struct timeval tv; exit(gettimeofday(&tv, NULL));],
+rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ" != x"no"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ, 1, [Define to 1 if gettimeofday() takes a time-zone arg])
 fi
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for C99 vsnprintf],rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
-void foo(const char *format, ...) { 
+void foo(const char *format, ...) {
        va_list ap;
        int len;
        char buf[5];
@@ -464,7 +683,7 @@ main() { foo("hello"); }
 ],
 rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF, 1, [ ])
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF, 1, [Define to 1 if vsprintf has a C99-compatible return value])
 fi
 
 
@@ -473,10 +692,10 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([#include <stdlib.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
-main() { 
+main() {
   struct stat st;
-  char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX"; 
-  int fd = mkstemp(tpl); 
+  char tpl[20]="/tmp/test.XXXXXX";
+  int fd = mkstemp(tpl);
   if (fd == -1) exit(1);
   unlink(tpl);
   if (fstat(fd, &st) != 0) exit(1);
@@ -487,37 +706,46 @@ rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [ ])
+    case $target_os in
+    hpux*)
+	dnl HP-UX has a broken mkstemp() implementation they refuse to fix,
+	dnl so we noisily skip using it.  See HP change request JAGaf34426
+	dnl for details. (sbonds)
+	AC_MSG_WARN(Skipping broken HP-UX mkstemp() -- using mktemp() instead)
+	;;
+    *)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP, 1, [Define to 1 if mkstemp() is available and works right])
+	;;
+    esac
 fi
 
 
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_ntoa],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA,[
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if mknod creates FIFOs],rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip; ip.s_addr = 0x12345678;
-if (strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"18.52.86.120") &&
-    strcmp(inet_ntoa(ip),"120.86.52.18")) { exit(1); } 
-exit(0);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_NTOA" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_NTOA, 1, [ ])
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+main() { int rc, ec; char *fn = "fifo-test";
+unlink(fn); rc = mknod(fn,S_IFIFO,0600); ec = errno; unlink(fn);
+if (rc) {printf("(%d %d) ",rc,ec); return ec;}
+return 0;}],
+           rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=yes,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=no,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(MKNOD_CREATES_FIFOS, 1, [Define to 1 if mknod() can create FIFOs.])
 fi
 
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for broken inet_aton],rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON,[
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([if mknod creates sockets],rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS,[
 AC_TRY_RUN([
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <arpa/inet.h>
-main() { struct in_addr ip; 
-if (inet_aton("example", &ip) == 0) exit(0); exit(1);}],
-           rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=no,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=yes,rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON=cross)])
-if test x"$rsync_cv_REPLACE_INET_ATON" = x"yes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(REPLACE_INET_ATON, 1, [ ])
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+main() { int rc, ec; char *fn = "sock-test";
+unlink(fn); rc = mknod(fn,S_IFSOCK,0600); ec = errno; unlink(fn);
+if (rc) {printf("(%d %d) ",rc,ec); return ec;}
+return 0;}],
+           rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=yes,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=no,rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS=cross)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(MKNOD_CREATES_SOCKETS, 1, [Define to 1 if mknod() can create sockets.])
 fi
 
 #
@@ -553,3 +781,7 @@ AC_SUBST(BUILD_POPT)
 
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy popt/dummy shconfig])
 AC_OUTPUT
+
+AC_MSG_RESULT()
+AC_MSG_RESULT([    rsync ${RSYNC_VERSION} configuration successful])
+AC_MSG_RESULT()

connection.c

@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Support the max connections option.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
-/* support the max connections option */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
 /****************************************************************************
 simple routine to do connection counting
 ****************************************************************************/
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ int claim_connection(char *fname,int max_connections)
 	/* find a free spot */
 	for (i=0;i<max_connections;i++) {
 		if (lock_range(fd, i*4, 4)) return 1;
-	}		
+	}
 
 	/* only interested in open failures */
 	errno = 0;

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+rsync.pdf
+rsync.ps

doc/README-SGML

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Handling the rsync SGML documentation
+
+rsync documentation is now primarily in Docbook format.  Docbook is an
+SGML/XML documentation format that is becoming standard on free
+operating systems.  It's also used for Samba documentation.
+
+The SGML files are source code that can be translated into various
+useful output formats, primarily PDF, HTML, Postscript and plain text.  
+
+To do this transformation on Debian, you should install the
+docbook-utils package.  Having done that, you can say 
+
+  docbook2pdf rsync.sgml
+
+and so on.
+
+On other systems you probably need James Clark's "sp" and "JadeTeX"
+packages.  Work it out for yourself and send a note to the mailing
+list.
+

doc/profile.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Notes on rsync profiling
+
+strlcpy is hot:
+
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     push_dir [68]
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     pop_dir [71]
+                0.00    0.00       1/7735635     send_file_list [15]
+                0.01    0.00   18857/7735635     send_files [4]
+                0.04    0.00  129260/7735635     send_file_entry [18]
+                0.04    0.00  129260/7735635     make_file [20]
+                0.04    0.00  141666/7735635     send_directory <cycle 1> [36]
+                2.29    0.00 7316589/7735635     f_name [13]
+[14]    11.7    2.42    0.00 7735635         strlcpy [14]
+
+
+Here's the top few functions:
+
+ 46.23      9.57     9.57 13160929     0.00     0.00  mdfour64
+ 14.78     12.63     3.06 13160929     0.00     0.00  copy64
+ 11.69     15.05     2.42  7735635     0.00     0.00  strlcpy
+ 10.05     17.13     2.08    41438     0.05     0.38  sum_update
+  4.11     17.98     0.85 13159996     0.00     0.00  mdfour_update
+  1.50     18.29     0.31                             file_compare
+  1.45     18.59     0.30   129261     0.00     0.01  send_file_entry
+  1.23     18.84     0.26  2557585     0.00     0.00  f_name
+  1.11     19.07     0.23  1483750     0.00     0.00  u_strcmp
+  1.11     19.30     0.23   118129     0.00     0.00  writefd_unbuffered
+  0.92     19.50     0.19  1085011     0.00     0.00  writefd
+  0.43     19.59     0.09   156987     0.00     0.00  read_timeout
+  0.43     19.68     0.09   129261     0.00     0.00  clean_fname
+  0.39     19.75     0.08    32887     0.00     0.38  matched
+  0.34     19.82     0.07        1    70.00 16293.92  send_files
+  0.29     19.89     0.06   129260     0.00     0.00  make_file
+  0.29     19.95     0.06    75430     0.00     0.00  read_unbuffered
+
+
+
+mdfour could perhaps be made faster:
+
+/* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast!  */
+
+There might be an optimized version somewhere that we can borrow.

doc/rsync.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN">
+<book id="rsync">
+  <bookinfo>
+    <title>rsync</title>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>1996 -- 2002</year>
+      <holder>Martin Pool</holder>
+      <holder>Andrew Tridgell</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    <author>
+      <firstname>Martin</firstname>
+      <surname>Pool</surname>
+    </author>
+  </bookinfo>
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+
+    <para>rsync is a flexible program for efficiently copying files or
+      directory trees.
+
+    <para>rsync has many options to select which files will be copied
+      and how they are to be transferred.  It may be used as an
+      alternative to ftp, http, scp or rcp.
+
+    <para>The rsync remote-update protocol allows rsync to transfer just
+      the differences between two sets of files across the network link,
+      using an efficient checksum-search algorithm described in the
+      technical report that accompanies this package.</para>
+
+    <para>Some of the additional features of rsync are:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+      
+      <listitem>
+	<para>support for copying links, devices, owners, groups and
+	  permissions
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+      
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  exclude and exclude-from options similar to GNU tar
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  a CVS exclude mode for ignoring the same files that CVS would ignore
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  can use any transparent remote shell, including rsh or ssh
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  does not require root privileges
+      </listitem>
+
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  pipelining of file transfers to minimize latency costs
+      </listitem>
+		
+      <listitem>
+	<para>
+	  support for anonymous or authenticated rsync servers (ideal for
+	  mirroring)
+	</para>
+      </listitem>
+    </itemizedlist>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Using rsync</title>
+    <section>
+      <title>
+	Introductory example
+      </title>
+      
+      <para>
+	Probably the most common case of rsync usage is to copy files
+	to or from a remote machine using
+	<application>ssh</application> as a network transport.  In
+	this situation rsync is a good alternative to
+	<application>scp</application>.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	The most commonly used arguments for rsync are
+      </para>
+
+      <variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+	  <term><option>-v</option></term>
+	  <listitem>
+	    <para>Be verbose.  Primarily, display the name of each file as it is copied.</para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+
+
+	<varlistentry>
+	  <term><option>-a</option></term>
+	  <listitem>
+	    <para>
+	      Reproduce the structure and attributes of the origin files as exactly
+	      as possible: this includes copying subdirectories, symlinks, special
+	      files, ownership and permissions.  (@xref{Attributes to
+	      copy}.)
+	    </para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+      </variablelist>
+
+
+	
+      <para><option>-v </option>
+      
+      <para><option>-z</option>
+	Compress network traffic, using a modified version of the
+	@command{zlib} library.</para>
+      
+      <para><option>-P</option>
+	Display a progress indicator while files are transferred.  This should
+	normally be ommitted if rsync is not run on a terminal.
+      </para>
+    </section>
+
+
+
+
+    <section>
+      <title>Local and remote</title>
+      
+      <para>There are six different ways of using rsync. They
+      are:</para>
+
+      
+
+      <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE MSGSET PROCEDURE SIDEBAR QANDASET ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS ABSTRACT AUTHORBLURB EPIGRAPH INDEXTERM REFENTRY SECTION) -->
+      <orderedlist>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying local files. This is invoked when neither
+	    source nor destination path contains a @code{:} separator
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from the local machine to a remote machine using
+	    a remote shell program as the transport (such as rsh or
+	    ssh). This is invoked when the destination path contains a
+	    single @code{:} separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from a remote machine to the local machine
+	    using a remote shell program. This is invoked when the source
+	    contains a @code{:} separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from a remote rsync server to the local
+	    machine. This is invoked when the source path contains a @code{::}
+	    separator or a @code{rsync://} URL.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for copying from the local machine to a remote rsync
+	    server. This is invoked when the destination path contains a @code{::}
+	    separator.
+
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    for listing files on a remote machine. This is done the
+	    same way as rsync transfers except that you leave off the
+	    local destination.  
+
+	</listitem>
+      </orderedlist>
+	  <para>
+Note that in all cases (other than listing) at least one of the source
+and destination paths must be local.
+
+	  <para>
+Any one invocation of rsync makes a copy in a single direction.  rsync
+currently has no equivalent of @command{ftp}'s interactive mode.
+
+@cindex @sc{nfs}
+@cindex network filesystems
+@cindex remote filesystems
+
+	  <para>
+rsync's network protocol is generally faster at copying files than
+network filesystems such as @sc{nfs} or @sc{cifs}.  It is better to
+run rsync on the file server either as a daemon or over ssh than
+running rsync giving the network directory.
+      </para>
+    </section>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+
+  <chapter>
+    <title>Frequently asked questions</title>
+
+    
+    <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE MSGSET PROCEDURE SIDEBAR QANDASET ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS ABSTRACT AUTHORBLURB EPIGRAPH INDEXTERM SECTION SIMPLESECT REFENTRY SECT1) -->
+    <qandaset>
+      <!-- one of (QANDADIV QANDAENTRY) -->
+
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <!-- one of (CALLOUTLIST GLOSSLIST ITEMIZEDLIST ORDEREDLIST
+	  SEGMENTEDLIST SIMPLELIST VARIABLELIST CAUTION IMPORTANT NOTE
+	  TIP WARNING LITERALLAYOUT PROGRAMLISTING PROGRAMLISTINGCO
+	  SCREEN SCREENCO SCREENSHOT SYNOPSIS CMDSYNOPSIS FUNCSYNOPSIS
+	  CLASSSYNOPSIS FIELDSYNOPSIS CONSTRUCTORSYNOPSIS
+	  DESTRUCTORSYNOPSIS METHODSYNOPSIS FORMALPARA PARA SIMPARA
+	  ADDRESS BLOCKQUOTE GRAPHIC GRAPHICCO MEDIAOBJECT
+	  MEDIAOBJECTCO INFORMALEQUATION INFORMALEXAMPLE
+	  INFORMALFIGURE INFORMALTABLE EQUATION EXAMPLE FIGURE TABLE
+	  PROCEDURE ANCHOR BRIDGEHEAD REMARK HIGHLIGHTS INDEXTERM) -->
+	  <para>Are there mailing lists for rsync?
+	</question>
+
+	<answer>
+	  <para>Yes, and you can subscribe and unsubscribe through a
+	  web interface at
+	    <ulink
+	      url="http://lists.samba.org/">http://lists.samba.org/</ulink>
+	  </para>
+
+	  <para>
+	    If you are having trouble with the mailing list, please
+	    send mail to the administrator
+	    
+	    <email>rsync-admin@lists.samba.org</email>
+
+	    not to the list itself.
+	  </para>
+
+	  <para>
+	    The mailing list archives are searchable.  Use 
+	    <ulink url="http://google.com/">Google</ulink> and prepend
+	    the search with <userinput>site:lists.samba.org
+	    rsync</userinput>, plus relevant keywords.
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+
+
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <para>
+	    Why is rsync so much bigger when I build it with
+	    <command>gcc</command>?
+	  </para>
+	</question>
+	<answer>
+	  <para>
+	    On gcc, rsync builds by default with debug symbols
+	    included.  If you strip both executables, they should end
+	    up about the same size.  (Use <command>make
+	    install-strip</command>.)
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+
+      
+      <qandaentry>
+	<question>
+	  <para>Is rsync useful for a single large file like an ISO image?</para>
+	</question>
+	<answer>
+	  <para>
+	    Yes, but note the following:
+
+	  <para>
+   Background: A common use of rsync is to update a file (or set of files) in one location from a more
+   correct or up-to-date copy in another location, taking advantage of portions of the files that are
+   identical to speed up the process. (Note that rsync will transfer a file in its entirety if no copy
+   exists at the destination.)
+
+	  <para>
+   (This discussion is written in terms of updating a local copy of a file from a correct file in a
+   remote location, although rsync can work in either direction.)
+
+	  <para>
+   The file to be updated (the local file) must be in a destination directory that has enough space for
+   two copies of the file. (In addition, keep an extra copy of the file to be updated in a different
+   location for safety -- see the discussion (below) about rsync's behavior when the rsync process is
+   interrupted before completion.)
+
+	  <para>
+   The local file must have the same name as the remote file being sync'd to (I think?). If you are
+   trying to upgrade an iso from, for example, beta1 to beta2, rename the local file to the same name
+   as the beta2 file. *(This is a useful thing to do -- only the changed portions will be
+   transmitted.)*
+
+	  <para>
+   The extra copy of the local file kept in a different location is because of rsync's behavior if
+   interrupted before completion:
+
+	  <para>
+   * If you specify the --partial option and rsync is interrupted, rsync will save the partially
+   rsync'd file and throw away the original local copy. (The partially rsync'd file is correct but
+   truncated.) If rsync is restarted, it will not have a local copy of the file to check for duplicate
+   blocks beyond the section of the file that has already been rsync'd, thus the remainder of the rsync
+   process will be a "pure transfer" of the file rather than taking advantage of the rsync algorithm.
+
+	  <para>
+   * If you don't specify the --partial option and rsync is interrupted, rsync will throw away the
+   partially rsync'd file, and, when rsync is restarted starts the rsync process over from the
+   beginning.
+
+	  <para>
+   Which of these is most desirable depends on the degree of commonality between the local and remote
+   copies of the file *and how much progress was made before the interruption*.
+
+	  <para>
+   The ideal approach after an interruption would be to create a new file by taking the original file
+   and deleting a portion equal in size to the portion already rsync'd and then appending *the
+   remaining* portion to the portion of the file that has already been rsync'd. (There has been some
+   discussion about creating an option to do this automatically.)
+
+   The --compare-dest option is useful when transferring multiple files, but is of no benefit in
+   transferring a single file. (AFAIK)
+
+   *Other potentially useful information can be found at:
+   -[3]http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/Wikilearn/RsyncingALargeFile
+
+   This answer, formatted with "real" bullets, can be found at:
+   -[4]http://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/Wikilearn/RsyncingALargeFileFAQ*
+
+	  </para>
+	</answer>
+      </qandaentry>
+    </qandaset>
+  </chapter>
+
+
+  <appendix>
+    <title>Other Resources</title>
+    
+    <para><ulink url="http://www.ccp14.ac.uk/ccp14admin/rsync/"></ulink></para>
+  </appendix>
+</book>

errcode.h

@@ -1,42 +1,49 @@
-/* -*- c-file-style: "linux"; -*-
-   
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2000 by Andrew Tridgell
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
- * error codes returned by rsync.  If you change these, please also update the
- * string mappings in log.c
+ * Error codes returned by rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
  */
 
+/* If you change these, please also update the string mappings in log.c and
+ * the EXIT VALUES in rsync.yo. */
+
+#define RERR_OK         0
 #define RERR_SYNTAX     1       /* syntax or usage error */
 #define RERR_PROTOCOL   2       /* protocol incompatibility */
 #define RERR_FILESELECT 3       /* errors selecting input/output files, dirs */
-#define RERR_UNSUPPORTED 4       /* requested action not supported */
+#define RERR_UNSUPPORTED 4      /* requested action not supported */
+#define RERR_STARTCLIENT 5      /* error starting client-server protocol */
 
 #define RERR_SOCKETIO   10      /* error in socket IO */
 #define RERR_FILEIO     11      /* error in file IO */
 #define RERR_STREAMIO   12      /* error in rsync protocol data stream */
 #define RERR_MESSAGEIO  13      /* errors with program diagnostics */
 #define RERR_IPC        14      /* error in IPC code */
+#define RERR_CRASHED    15      /* sibling crashed */
+#define RERR_TERMINATED 16      /* sibling terminated abnormally */
 
-#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1, SIGINT */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL1    19      /* status returned when sent SIGUSR1 */
+#define RERR_SIGNAL     20      /* status returned when sent SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP */
 #define RERR_WAITCHILD  21      /* some error returned by waitpid() */
 #define RERR_MALLOC     22      /* error allocating core memory buffers */
 #define RERR_PARTIAL    23      /* partial transfer */
+#define RERR_VANISHED   24      /* file(s) vanished on sender side */
+#define RERR_DEL_LIMIT  25      /* skipped some deletes due to --max-delete */
 
 #define RERR_TIMEOUT    30      /* timeout in data send/receive */
 

fileio.c

@@ -1,29 +1,35 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  File IO utilities used in rsync 
-  */
+ * File IO utilities used in rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
 #include "rsync.h"
 
+#ifndef ENODATA
+#define ENODATA EAGAIN
+#endif
+
+extern int sparse_files;
+
 static char last_byte;
 static int last_sparse;
-extern int sparse_files;
 
 int sparse_end(int f)
 {
@@ -38,11 +44,11 @@ int sparse_end(int f)
 
 static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 {
-	int l1=0,l2=0;
+	size_t l1=0, l2=0;
 	int ret;
 
-	for (l1=0;l1<len && buf[l1]==0;l1++) ;
-	for (l2=0;l2<(len-l1) && buf[len-(l2+1)]==0;l2++) ;
+	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
+	for (l2 = 0; l2 < len-l1 && buf[len-(l2+1)] == 0; l2++) {}
 
 	last_byte = buf[len-1];
 
@@ -50,38 +56,83 @@ static int write_sparse(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 		last_sparse=1;
 
 	if (l1 > 0) {
-		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);  
+		do_lseek(f,l1,SEEK_CUR);
 	}
 
-	if (l1 == len) 
+	if (l1 == len)
 		return len;
 
-	if ((ret=write(f,buf+l1,len-(l1+l2))) != len-(l1+l2)) {
-		if (ret == -1 || ret == 0) return ret;
+	ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2));
+	if (ret == -1 || ret == 0)
+		return ret;
+	else if (ret != (int) (len - (l1+l2)))
 		return (l1+ret);
-	}
 
 	if (l2 > 0)
 		do_lseek(f,l2,SEEK_CUR);
-	
+
 	return len;
 }
 
 
+static char *wf_writeBuf;
+static size_t wf_writeBufSize;
+static size_t wf_writeBufCnt;
 
+int flush_write_file(int f)
+{
+	int ret = 0;
+	char *bp = wf_writeBuf;
+
+	while (wf_writeBufCnt > 0) {
+		if ((ret = write(f, bp, wf_writeBufCnt)) < 0) {
+			if (errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			return ret;
+		}
+		wf_writeBufCnt -= ret;
+		bp += ret;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * write_file does not allow incomplete writes.  It loops internally
+ * until len bytes are written or errno is set.
+ */
 int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 
-	if (!sparse_files) {
-		return write(f,buf,len);
-	}
-
-	while (len>0) {
-		int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
-		int r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
+	while (len > 0) {
+		int r1;
+		if (sparse_files) {
+			int len1 = MIN(len, SPARSE_WRITE_SIZE);
+			r1 = write_sparse(f, buf, len1);
+		} else {
+			if (!wf_writeBuf) {
+				wf_writeBufSize = WRITE_SIZE * 8;
+				wf_writeBufCnt  = 0;
+				wf_writeBuf = new_array(char, wf_writeBufSize);
+				if (!wf_writeBuf)
+					out_of_memory("write_file");
+			}
+			r1 = MIN(len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
+			if (r1) {
+				memcpy(wf_writeBuf + wf_writeBufCnt, buf, r1);
+				wf_writeBufCnt += r1;
+			}
+			if (wf_writeBufCnt == wf_writeBufSize) {
+				if (flush_write_file(f) < 0)
+					return -1;
+				if (!r1 && len)
+					continue;
+			}
+		}
 		if (r1 <= 0) {
-			if (ret > 0) return ret;
+			if (ret > 0)
+				return ret;
 			return r1;
 		}
 		len -= r1;
@@ -92,75 +143,67 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 }
 
 
-
-/* this provides functionality somewhat similar to mmap() but using
-   read(). It gives sliding window access to a file. mmap() is not
-   used because of the possibility of another program (such as a
-   mailer) truncating the file thus giving us a SIGBUS */
-struct map_struct *map_file(int fd,OFF_T len)
+/* This provides functionality somewhat similar to mmap() but using read().
+ * It gives sliding window access to a file.  mmap() is not used because of
+ * the possibility of another program (such as a mailer) truncating the
+ * file thus giving us a SIGBUS. */
+struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size,
+			    int32 blk_size)
 {
 	struct map_struct *map;
-	map = (struct map_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*map));
-	if (!map) out_of_memory("map_file");
 
+	if (!(map = new(struct map_struct)))
+		out_of_memory("map_file");
+
+	if (blk_size && (read_size % blk_size))
+		read_size += blk_size - (read_size % blk_size);
+
+	memset(map, 0, sizeof map[0]);
 	map->fd = fd;
 	map->file_size = len;
-	map->p = NULL;
-	map->p_size = 0;
-	map->p_offset = 0;
-	map->p_fd_offset = 0;
-	map->p_len = 0;
+	map->def_window_size = read_size;
 
 	return map;
 }
 
+
 /* slide the read window in the file */
-char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
+char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 {
-	int nread;
+	int32 nread;
 	OFF_T window_start, read_start;
-	int window_size, read_size, read_offset;
+	int32 window_size, read_size, read_offset;
 
-	if (len == 0) {
+	if (len == 0)
 		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* can't go beyond the end of file */
-	if (len > (map->file_size - offset)) {
-		len = map->file_size - offset;
+	if (len < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "invalid len passed to map_ptr: %ld\n",
+			(long)len);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 
 	/* in most cases the region will already be available */
-	if (offset >= map->p_offset && 
-	    offset+len <= map->p_offset+map->p_len) {
-		return (map->p + (offset - map->p_offset));
-	}
-
+	if (offset >= map->p_offset && offset+len <= map->p_offset+map->p_len)
+		return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset);
 
 	/* nope, we are going to have to do a read. Work out our desired window */
-	if (offset > 2*CHUNK_SIZE) {
-		window_start = offset - 2*CHUNK_SIZE;
-		window_start &= ~((OFF_T)(CHUNK_SIZE-1)); /* assumes power of 2 */
-	} else {
-		window_start = 0;
-	}
-	window_size = MAX_MAP_SIZE;
-	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size) {
+	window_start = offset;
+	window_size = map->def_window_size;
+	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size)
 		window_size = map->file_size - window_start;
-	}
-	if (offset + len > window_start + window_size) {
-		window_size = (offset+len) - window_start;
-	}
+	if (len > window_size)
+		window_size = len;
 
 	/* make sure we have allocated enough memory for the window */
 	if (window_size > map->p_size) {
-		map->p = (char *)Realloc(map->p, window_size);
-		if (!map->p) out_of_memory("map_ptr");
+		map->p = realloc_array(map->p, char, window_size);
+		if (!map->p)
+			out_of_memory("map_ptr");
 		map->p_size = window_size;
 	}
 
-	/* now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes from the previous
-	   buffer. */
+	/* Now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes
+	 * from the previous buffer. */
 	if (window_start >= map->p_offset &&
 	    window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len &&
 	    window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
@@ -175,39 +218,53 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map,OFF_T offset,int len)
 	}
 
 	if (read_size <= 0) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,"Warning: unexpected read size of %d in map_ptr\n", read_size);
-	} else {
-		if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
-			if (do_lseek(map->fd,read_start,SEEK_SET) != read_start) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"lseek failed in map_ptr\n");
-				exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
-			}
-			map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
-		}
-
-		if ((nread=read(map->fd,map->p + read_offset,read_size)) != read_size) {
-			if (nread < 0) nread = 0;
-			/* the best we can do is zero the buffer - the file
-			   has changed mid transfer! */
-			memset(map->p+read_offset+nread, 0, read_size - nread);
-		}
-		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
+		rprintf(FERROR, "invalid read_size of %ld in map_ptr\n",
+			(long)read_size);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 
+	if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
+		OFF_T ret = do_lseek(map->fd, read_start, SEEK_SET);
+		if (ret != read_start) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "lseek returned %.0f, not %.0f",
+				(double)ret, (double)read_start);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
+	}
 	map->p_offset = window_start;
 	map->p_len = window_size;
-  
-	return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset); 
+
+	while (read_size > 0) {
+		nread = read(map->fd, map->p + read_offset, read_size);
+		if (nread <= 0) {
+			if (!map->status)
+				map->status = nread ? errno : ENODATA;
+			/* The best we can do is zero the buffer -- the file
+			 * has changed mid transfer! */
+			memset(map->p + read_offset, 0, read_size);
+			break;
+		}
+		map->p_fd_offset += nread;
+		read_offset += nread;
+		read_size -= nread;
+	}
+
+	return map->p;
 }
 
 
-void unmap_file(struct map_struct *map)
+int unmap_file(struct map_struct *map)
 {
+	int	ret;
+
 	if (map->p) {
 		free(map->p);
 		map->p = NULL;
 	}
-	memset(map, 0, sizeof(*map));
+	ret = map->status;
+	memset(map, 0, sizeof map[0]);
 	free(map);
-}
 
+	return ret;
+}

getfsdev.c

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	int ret;
+
+	while (--argc > 0) {
+#ifdef USE_STAT64_FUNCS
+		ret = stat64(*++argv, &st);
+#else
+		ret = stat(*++argv, &st);
+#endif
+		if (ret < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "Unable to stat `%s'\n", *argv);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		printf("%ld/%ld\n", (long)major(st.st_dev),
+				    (long)minor(st.st_dev));
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}

getgroups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * Print out the gids of all groups for the current user.  This is like
+ * `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable equivalent.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+int
+main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
+{
+	int n, i;
+	gid_t *list;
+	gid_t gid = MY_GID();
+	int gid_in_list = 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+	if ((n = getgroups(0, NULL)) < 0) {
+		perror("getgroups");
+		return 1;
+	}
+#else
+	n = 0;
+#endif
+
+	list = (gid_t*)malloc(sizeof (gid_t) * (n + 1));
+	if (!list) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "out of memory!\n");
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+	if (n > 0)
+		n = getgroups(n, list);
+#endif
+
+	for (i = 0; i < n; i++)  {
+		printf("%lu ", (unsigned long)list[i]);
+		if (list[i] == gid)
+			gid_in_list = 1;
+	}
+	/* The default gid might not be in the list on some systems. */
+	if (!gid_in_list)
+		printf("%lu", (unsigned long)gid);
+	printf("\n");
+
+	return 0;
+}

hlink.c

@@ -1,179 +1,311 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Routines to support hard-linking.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int dry_run;
 extern int verbose;
+extern int do_xfers;
+extern int link_dest;
+extern int make_backups;
+extern int remove_source_files;
+extern int stdout_format_has_i;
+extern char *basis_dir[];
+extern struct file_list *the_file_list;
 
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static int hlink_compare(struct file_struct *f1, struct file_struct *f2)
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+
+#define SKIPPED_LINK (-1)
+#define FINISHED_LINK (-2)
+
+#define FPTR(i) (the_file_list->files[i])
+#define LINKED(p1,p2) (FPTR(p1)->F_DEV == FPTR(p2)->F_DEV \
+		    && FPTR(p1)->F_INODE == FPTR(p2)->F_INODE)
+
+static int hlink_compare(int *int1, int *int2)
 {
-	if (!S_ISREG(f1->mode) && !S_ISREG(f2->mode))
-		return 0;
-	if (!S_ISREG(f1->mode))
-		return -1;
-	if (!S_ISREG(f2->mode))
-		return 1;
+	struct file_struct *f1 = FPTR(*int1);
+	struct file_struct *f2 = FPTR(*int2);
 
-	if (f1->dev != f2->dev)
-		return (int) (f1->dev > f2->dev ? 1 : -1);
+	if (f1->F_DEV != f2->F_DEV)
+		return (int) (f1->F_DEV > f2->F_DEV ? 1 : -1);
 
-	if (f1->inode != f2->inode)
-		return (int) (f1->inode > f2->inode ? 1 : -1);
+	if (f1->F_INODE != f2->F_INODE)
+		return (int) (f1->F_INODE > f2->F_INODE ? 1 : -1);
 
-	return file_compare(&f1, &f2);
+	return f_name_cmp(f1, f2);
 }
 
+static int32 *hlink_list;
+static int32 hlink_count;
 
-static struct file_struct *hlink_list;
-static int hlink_count;
+/* Analyze the data in the hlink_list[], remove items that aren't multiply
+ * linked, and replace the dev+inode data with the hlindex+next linked list. */
+static void link_idev_data(void)
+{
+	int32 cur, from, to, start;
+
+	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
+	alloc_pool_t idev_pool = the_file_list->hlink_pool;
+
+	hlink_pool = pool_create(128 * 1024, sizeof (struct hlink),
+	    out_of_memory, POOL_INTERN);
+
+	for (from = to = 0; from < hlink_count; from++) {
+		start = from;
+		while (1) {
+			cur = hlink_list[from];
+			if (from == hlink_count-1
+			    || !LINKED(cur, hlink_list[from+1]))
+				break;
+			pool_free(idev_pool, 0, FPTR(cur)->link_u.idev);
+			FPTR(cur)->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
+			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
+
+			FPTR(cur)->F_HLINDEX = to;
+			FPTR(cur)->F_NEXT = hlink_list[++from];
+		}
+		pool_free(idev_pool, 0, FPTR(cur)->link_u.idev);
+		if (from > start) {
+			int head = hlink_list[start];
+			FPTR(cur)->link_u.links = pool_talloc(hlink_pool,
+			    struct hlink, 1, "hlink_list");
+
+			FPTR(head)->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_TOL;
+			FPTR(cur)->F_HLINDEX = to;
+			FPTR(cur)->F_NEXT = head;
+			FPTR(cur)->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_EOL;
+			hlink_list[to++] = head;
+		} else
+			FPTR(cur)->link_u.links = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!to) {
+		free(hlink_list);
+		hlink_list = NULL;
+		pool_destroy(hlink_pool);
+		hlink_pool = NULL;
+	} else {
+		hlink_count = to;
+		hlink_list = realloc_array(hlink_list, int32, hlink_count);
+		if (!hlink_list)
+			out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
+	}
+	the_file_list->hlink_pool = hlink_pool;
+	pool_destroy(idev_pool);
+}
 #endif
 
-void init_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
+void init_hard_links(void)
 {
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 	int i;
-	if (flist->count < 2)
-		return;
 
 	if (hlink_list)
 		free(hlink_list);
 
-	if (!(hlink_list =
-	      (struct file_struct *) malloc(sizeof(hlink_list[0]) *
-					    flist->count)))
+	if (!(hlink_list = new_array(int32, the_file_list->count)))
 		out_of_memory("init_hard_links");
 
-	for (i = 0; i < flist->count; i++)
-		memcpy(&hlink_list[i], flist->files[i],
-		       sizeof(hlink_list[0]));
+	hlink_count = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < the_file_list->count; i++) {
+		if (FPTR(i)->link_u.idev)
+			hlink_list[hlink_count++] = i;
+	}
 
-	qsort(hlink_list, flist->count,
-	      sizeof(hlink_list[0]), (int (*)()) hlink_compare);
+	qsort(hlink_list, hlink_count,
+	    sizeof hlink_list[0], (int (*)()) hlink_compare);
 
-	hlink_count = flist->count;
+	if (!hlink_count) {
+		free(hlink_list);
+		hlink_list = NULL;
+	} else
+		link_idev_data();
 #endif
 }
 
-/* check if a file should be skipped because it is the same as an
-   earlier hard link */
-int check_hard_link(struct file_struct *file)
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+static int maybe_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
+			   char *fname, int statret, STRUCT_STAT *st,
+			   char *toname, STRUCT_STAT *to_st,
+			   int itemizing, enum logcode code)
 {
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	int low = 0, high = hlink_count - 1;
-	int ret = 0;
-
-	if (!hlink_list || !S_ISREG(file->mode))
-		return 0;
-
-	while (low != high) {
-		int mid = (low + high) / 2;
-		ret = hlink_compare(&hlink_list[mid], file);
-		if (ret == 0) {
-			low = mid;
-			break;
+	if (statret == 0) {
+		if (st->st_dev == to_st->st_dev
+		 && st->st_ino == to_st->st_ino) {
+			if (itemizing) {
+				itemize(file, ndx, statret, st,
+					ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS,
+					0, "");
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (make_backups) {
+			if (!make_backup(fname))
+				return -1;
+		} else if (robust_unlink(fname)) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "unlink %s failed",
+				full_fname(fname));
+			return -1;
 		}
-		if (ret > 0)
-			high = mid;
-		else
-			low = mid + 1;
 	}
-
-	if (hlink_compare(&hlink_list[low], file) != 0)
-		return 0;
-
-	if (low > 0 &&
-	    S_ISREG(hlink_list[low - 1].mode) &&
-	    file->dev == hlink_list[low - 1].dev &&
-	    file->inode == hlink_list[low - 1].inode)
-		return 1;
+	return hard_link_one(file, ndx, fname, statret, st, toname,
+			     0, itemizing, code);
+}
 #endif
 
+int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
+		    int statret, STRUCT_STAT *st, int itemizing,
+		    enum logcode code, int skip)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	int head;
+	if (skip && !(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL))
+		head = hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX] = file->F_NEXT;
+	else
+		head = hlink_list[file->F_HLINDEX];
+	if (ndx != head) {
+		struct file_struct *head_file = FPTR(head);
+		if (!stdout_format_has_i && verbose > 1) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "\"%s\" is a hard link\n",
+				f_name(file, NULL));
+		}
+		if (head_file->F_HLINDEX == FINISHED_LINK) {
+			STRUCT_STAT st2, st3;
+			char toname[MAXPATHLEN];
+			int ldu = head_file->link_u.links->link_dest_used;
+			if (ldu) {
+				pathjoin(toname, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[ldu-1],
+					 f_name(head_file, NULL));
+			} else
+				f_name(head_file, toname);
+			if (link_stat(toname, &st2, 0) < 0) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat %s failed",
+					full_fname(toname));
+				return -1;
+			}
+			if (statret < 0 && basis_dir[0] != NULL) {
+				char cmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+				int j = 0;
+				do {
+					pathjoin(cmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[j], fname);
+					if (link_stat(cmpbuf, &st3, 0) < 0)
+						continue;
+					if (link_dest) {
+						if (st2.st_dev != st3.st_dev
+						 || st2.st_ino != st3.st_ino)
+							continue;
+						statret = 1;
+						st = &st3;
+						if (verbose < 2 || !stdout_format_has_i)
+							itemizing = code = 0;
+						break;
+					}
+					if (!unchanged_file(cmpbuf, file, &st3))
+						continue;
+					statret = 1;
+					st = &st3;
+					if (unchanged_attrs(file, &st3))
+						break;
+				} while (basis_dir[++j] != NULL);
+			}
+			maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, st,
+					toname, &st2, itemizing, code);
+			if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers) {
+				char numbuf[4];
+				SIVAL(numbuf, 0, ndx);
+				send_msg(MSG_SUCCESS, numbuf, 4);
+			}
+			file->F_HLINDEX = FINISHED_LINK;
+		} else
+			file->F_HLINDEX = SKIPPED_LINK;
+		return 1;
+	}
+#endif
 	return 0;
 }
 
-
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-static void hard_link_one(int i)
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+int hard_link_one(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
+		  int statret, STRUCT_STAT *st, char *toname, int terse,
+		  int itemizing, enum logcode code)
 {
+	if (do_link(toname, fname)) {
+		if (terse) {
+			if (!verbose)
+				return -1;
+			code = FINFO;
+		} else
+			code = FERROR;
+		rsyserr(code, errno, "link %s => %s failed",
+			full_fname(fname), toname);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (itemizing) {
+		itemize(file, ndx, statret, st,
+			ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS, 0,
+			terse ? "" : toname);
+	}
+	if (code && verbose && !terse)
+		rprintf(code, "%s => %s\n", fname, toname);
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void hard_link_cluster(struct file_struct *file, int master, int itemizing,
+		       enum logcode code)
+{
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	char hlink1[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *hlink2;
 	STRUCT_STAT st1, st2;
+	int statret, ndx = master;
 
-	if (link_stat(f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]), &st1) != 0)
+	file->F_HLINDEX = FINISHED_LINK;
+	if (link_stat(f_name(file, hlink1), &st1, 0) < 0)
 		return;
-
-	if (link_stat(f_name(&hlink_list[i]), &st2) != 0) {
-		if (do_link
-		    (f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-		     f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0) {
-			if (verbose > 0)
-				rprintf(FINFO, "link %s => %s : %s\n",
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-					strerror(errno));
-			return;
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (st2.st_dev == st1.st_dev && st2.st_ino == st1.st_ino)
-			return;
-
-		if (robust_unlink(f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0 ||
-		    do_link(f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-			    f_name(&hlink_list[i])) != 0) {
-			if (verbose > 0)
-				rprintf(FINFO, "link %s => %s : %s\n",
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-					f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]),
-					strerror(errno));
-			return;
+	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_TOL)) {
+		while (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL)) {
+			ndx = file->F_NEXT;
+			file = FPTR(ndx);
 		}
 	}
-	if (verbose > 0)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "%s => %s\n",
-			f_name(&hlink_list[i]),
-			f_name(&hlink_list[i - 1]));
-}
-#endif
-
-
-
-/**
- * Create any hard links in the global hlink_list.  They were put
- * there by running init_hard_links on the filelist.
- **/
-void do_hard_links(void)
-{
-#if SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
-	int i;
-
-	if (!hlink_list)
-		return;
-
-	for (i = 1; i < hlink_count; i++) {
-		if (S_ISREG(hlink_list[i].mode) &&
-		    S_ISREG(hlink_list[i - 1].mode) &&
-		    hlink_list[i].basename && hlink_list[i - 1].basename &&
-		    hlink_list[i].dev == hlink_list[i - 1].dev &&
-		    hlink_list[i].inode == hlink_list[i - 1].inode) {
-			hard_link_one(i);
+	do {
+		ndx = file->F_NEXT;
+		file = FPTR(ndx);
+		if (file->F_HLINDEX != SKIPPED_LINK)
+			continue;
+		hlink2 = f_name(file, NULL);
+		statret = link_stat(hlink2, &st2, 0);
+		maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, hlink2, statret, &st2,
+				hlink1, &st1, itemizing, code);
+		if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers) {
+			char numbuf[4];
+			SIVAL(numbuf, 0, ndx);
+			send_msg(MSG_SUCCESS, numbuf, 4);
 		}
-	}
+		file->F_HLINDEX = FINISHED_LINK;
+	} while (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_EOL));
 #endif
 }

install-sh

@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ else
 
 # Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
 
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
 
 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name
 

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,49 +1 @@
-.cvsignore
-Makefile
-a
-b
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.log
-config.status
-dist.tar.gz
 dummy
-rsync
-rsync-0.1
-rsync-0.1
-rsync-0.1
-rsync-0.1.tar.gz
-rsync-0.2
-rsync-0.2
-rsync-0.2.tar.gz
-rsync-0.3
-rsync-0.3
-rsync-0.3.tar.gz
-rsync-0.4
-rsync-0.4
-rsync-0.4.tar.gz
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5
-rsync-0.5.tar.gz
-rsync-0.6
-rsync-0.7
-rsync-0.7
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-0.8
-rsync-ERSION
-rsync.aux
-rsync.dvi
-rsync.log
-tech_report.aux
-tech_report.dvi
-tech_report.log
-tech_report.ps
-test

lib/compat.c

@@ -1,29 +1,27 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1998
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
 /*
-  compatibility functions - replacing functions for platforms that don't
-  have them.
+ * Reimplementations of standard functions for platforms that don't have them.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
-  */
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-
 #ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
  char *strdup(char *s)
 {
@@ -78,9 +76,11 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
-/* Find the first ocurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  
-   derived from glibc 
-*/
+/**
+ * Find the first ocurrence in @p s of any character in @p accept.
+ *
+ * Derived from glibc
+ **/
  char *strpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
 {
 	while (*s != '\0')  {
@@ -97,36 +97,45 @@
 
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
-/* Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
- * terminates. bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
+/**
+ * Like strncpy but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
+ * terminates.
  *
- * Returns the index of the terminating byte. */
+ * @param bufsize is the size of the destination buffer.
+ *
+ * @return index of the terminating byte.
+ **/
  size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize)
 {
 	size_t len = strlen(s);
 	size_t ret = len;
-	if (bufsize <= 0) return 0;
-	if (len >= bufsize) len = bufsize-1;
-	memcpy(d, s, len);
-	d[len] = 0;
+	if (bufsize > 0) {
+		if (len >= bufsize)
+			len = bufsize-1;
+		memcpy(d, s, len);
+		d[len] = 0;
+	}
 	return ret;
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
-/* like strncat but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null 
-   terminates. bufsize is the length of the buffer, which should
-   be one more than the maximum resulting string length */
+/**
+ * Like strncat() but does not 0 fill the buffer and always null
+ * terminates.
+ *
+ * @param bufsize length of the buffer, which should be one more than
+ * the maximum resulting string length.
+ **/
  size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize)
 {
 	size_t len1 = strlen(d);
 	size_t len2 = strlen(s);
 	size_t ret = len1 + len2;
 
-	if (len1+len2 >= bufsize) {
-		len2 = bufsize - (len1+1);
-	}
-	if (len2 > 0) {
+	if (len1 < bufsize - 1) {
+		if (len2 >= bufsize - len1)
+			len2 = bufsize - len1 - 1;
 		memcpy(d+len1, s, len2);
 		d[len1+len2] = 0;
 	}
@@ -134,53 +143,10 @@
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
- char *rep_inet_ntoa(struct in_addr ip)
-{
-	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)&ip.s_addr;
-	static char buf[18];
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[0], (int)p[1], (int)p[2], (int)p[3]);
-#else
-	snprintf(buf, 18, "%d.%d.%d.%d", 
-		 (int)p[3], (int)p[2], (int)p[1], (int)p[0]);
-#endif
-	return buf;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_ATON
- int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *inp)
-{
-	unsigned int a1, a2, a3, a4;
-	unsigned long ret;
-
-	if (strcmp(cp, "255.255.255.255") == 0) {
-		inp->s_addr = (unsigned) -1;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (sscanf(cp, "%u.%u.%u.%u", &a1, &a2, &a3, &a4) != 4 ||
-	    a1 > 255 || a2 > 255 || a3 > 255 || a4 > 255) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	ret = (a1 << 24) | (a2 << 16) | (a3 << 8) | a4;
-
-	inp->s_addr = htonl(ret);
-	
-	if (inp->s_addr == (unsigned) -1) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
 /* some systems don't take the 2nd argument */
 int sys_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
 {
-#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
+#ifdef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY_TZ
 	return gettimeofday(tv, NULL);
 #else
 	return gettimeofday(tv);

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-#include "../rsync.h"
-#ifndef HAVE_FNMATCH
-
-/* ----- THE FOLLOWING UP TO 'END' is glibc-2.1.2 posix/fnmatch.c
-     except for the parts with '#if 0' */
-
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if 0	/* header files included better by ../rsync.h */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#endif /* 0 */
-/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
-   support user defined character classes.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
-# include <wchar.h>
-# include <wctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if 1
-
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-#ifdef isblank
-# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
-#else
-# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
-#endif
-#ifdef isgraph
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
-#else
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
-#endif
-
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
-
-# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
-
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
-   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
-#  ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#  else
-/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
-   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
-#  else
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
-
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
-   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
-    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
-# endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-# if !defined _LIBC && !defined getenv
-extern char *getenv ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-# endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
-   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
-static int
-#ifdef _LIBC
-internal_function
-#endif
-internal_fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string,
-		  int no_leading_period, int flags)
-{
-  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
-  register unsigned char c;
-
-/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# else
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# endif
-
-  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
-    {
-      c = FOLD (c);
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '?':
-	  if (*n == '\0')
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period
-		   && (n == string
-		       || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case '\\':
-	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-	    {
-	      c = *p++;
-	      if (c == '\0')
-		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      c = FOLD (c);
-	    }
-	  if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) != c)
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case '*':
-	  if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period
-	      && (n == string
-		  || (n[-1] == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
-	    {
-	      if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
-		{
-		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
-		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
-		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		  else
-		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
-		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
-		       less than three characters.  */
-		    ++n;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (c == '\0')
-	    /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
-	       If the name is a file name and contains another slash
-	       this does mean it cannot match.  */
-	    return ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && strchr (n, '/') != NULL
-		    ? FNM_NOMATCH : 0);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const char *endp;
-
-#if 0
-	      endp = __strchrnul (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? '/' : '\0');
-#else
-/* replace call to internal glibc function with equivalent */
-	      if (!(flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) || ((endp = strchr(n, '/')) == NULL))
-		endp = n + strlen(n);
-#endif
-
-	      if (c == '[')
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (internal_fnmatch (p, n,
-					  (no_leading_period
-					   && (n == string
-					       || (n[-1] == '/'
-						   && (flags
-						       & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-					  flags2)
-			== 0)
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	      else if (c == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		{
-		  while (*n != '\0' && *n != '/')
-		    ++n;
-		  if (*n == '/'
-		      && (internal_fnmatch (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD,
-					    flags) == 0))
-		    return 0;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  if (c == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-		    c = *p;
-		  c = FOLD (c);
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FOLD ((unsigned char) *n) == c
-			&& (internal_fnmatch (p, n,
-					      (no_leading_period
-					       && (n == string
-						   || (n[-1] == '/'
-						       && (flags
-							   & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-					      flags2) == 0))
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
-	  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	case '[':
-	  {
-	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
-	    static int posixly_correct;
-	    register int not;
-	    char cold;
-
-	    if (posixly_correct == 0)
-	      posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
-
-	    if (*n == '\0')
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == '.' && no_leading_period && (n == string
-						   || (n[-1] == '/'
-						       && (flags
-							   & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	      /* `/' cannot be matched.  */
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    not = (*p == '!' || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == '^'));
-	    if (not)
-	      ++p;
-
-	    c = *p++;
-	    for (;;)
-	      {
-		unsigned char fn = FOLD ((unsigned char) *n);
-
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  {
-		    if (*p == '\0')
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    c = FOLD ((unsigned char) *p);
-		    ++p;
-
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-		  }
-		else if (c == '[' && *p == ':')
-		  {
-		    /* Leave room for the null.  */
-		    char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-		    size_t c1 = 0;
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wctype_t wt;
-# endif
-		    const char *startp = p;
-
-		    for (;;)
-		      {
-			if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-			  /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
-			     is ill-formed.  */
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			c = *++p;
-			if (c == ':' && p[1] == ']')
-			  {
-			    p += 2;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			if (c < 'a' || c >= 'z')
-			  {
-			    /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
-			       Match it as a normal range.  */
-			    p = startp;
-			    c = '[';
-			    goto normal_bracket;
-			  }
-			str[c1++] = c;
-		      }
-		    str[c1] = '\0';
-
-# if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
-		    if (wt == 0)
-		      /* Invalid character class name.  */
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		    if (__iswctype (__btowc ((unsigned char) *n), wt))
-		      goto matched;
-# else
-		    if ((STREQ (str, "alnum") && ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "alpha") && ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "blank") && ISBLANK ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "cntrl") && ISCNTRL ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "digit") && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "graph") && ISGRAPH ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "lower") && ISLOWER ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "print") && ISPRINT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "punct") && ISPUNCT ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "space") && ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "upper") && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, "xdigit") && ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char) *n)))
-		      goto matched;
-# endif
-		  }
-		else if (c == '\0')
-		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		else
-		  {
-		  normal_bracket:
-		    if (FOLD (c) == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-
-		    cold = c;
-		    c = *p++;
-
-		    if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
-		      {
-			/* It is a range.  */
-			unsigned char cend = *p++;
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == '\0')
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			if (cold <= fn && fn <= FOLD (cend))
-			  goto matched;
-
-			c = *p++;
-		      }
-		  }
-
-		if (c == ']')
-		  break;
-	      }
-
-	    if (!not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	    break;
-
-	  matched:
-	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
-	    while (c != ']')
-	      {
-		if (c == '\0')
-		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		c = *p++;
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  {
-		    if (*p == '\0')
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		    ++p;
-		  }
-		else if (c == '[' && *p == ':')
-		  {
-		    do
-		      if (*++p == '\0')
-			return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    while (*p != ':' || p[1] == ']');
-		    p += 2;
-		    c = *p;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    if (not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  if (c != FOLD ((unsigned char) *n))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	}
-
-      ++n;
-    }
-
-  if (*n == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
-    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-# undef FOLD
-}
-
-
-int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
-{
-  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-}
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-/* ----- END glibc-2.1.2 posix/fnmatch.c */
-
-#else	/* HAVE_FNMATCH */
-void fnmatch_dummy(void) {}
-#endif

lib/fnmatch.h

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
-#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32
-# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P
-#  undef	__P
-#  define __P(protos)	protos
-# endif
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# undef	__P
-# define __P(protos)	()
-/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
-   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
-   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#ifndef const
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-#  define __const	const
-# else
-#  define __const
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
-   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
-#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
-#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
-#undef	FNM_PERIOD
-
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-
-#ifndef FNM_FILE_NAME
-# define FNM_FILE_NAME	 FNM_PATHNAME	/* Preferred GNU name.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)	/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD	 (1 << 4)	/* Compare without regard to case.  */
-#endif
-
-/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
-#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
-
-/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
-   `fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
-   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
-   to be defined.  */
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-# define FNM_NOSYS	(-1)
-#endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
-   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__string,
-			 int __flags));
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* fnmatch.h */

lib/inet_pton.c

@@ -27,10 +27,12 @@
  */
 
 static int inet_pton4(const char *src, unsigned char *dst);
+#ifdef INET6
 static int inet_pton6(const char *src, unsigned char *dst);
+#endif
 
 /* int
- * isc_net_pton(af, src, dst)
+ * inet_pton(af, src, dst)
  *	convert from presentation format (which usually means ASCII printable)
  *	to network format (which is usually some kind of binary format).
  * return:

lib/mdfour.c

@@ -1,30 +1,31 @@
 /* 
-   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
-   Version 1.9.
-   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+ * Version 1.9.
+ * An implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 2005 Wayne Davison
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 /* NOTE: This code makes no attempt to be fast! 
-
-   It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long
-*/
+ *
+ * It assumes that a int is at least 32 bits long. */
 
 static struct mdfour *m;
 
@@ -109,29 +110,53 @@ void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md)
 	md->C = 0x98badcfe;
 	md->D = 0x10325476;
 	md->totalN = 0;
+	md->totalN2 = 0;
 }
 
 
-static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, int n)
+static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 {
 	unsigned char buf[128];
 	uint32 M[16];
-	uint32 b;
+	extern int protocol_version;
 
-	m->totalN += n;
-
-	b = m->totalN * 8;
+	/*
+	 * Count total number of bits, modulo 2^64
+	 */
+	m->totalN += n << 3;
+	if (m->totalN < (n << 3)) {
+		m->totalN2++;
+	}
+	m->totalN2 += n >> 29;
 
 	memset(buf, 0, 128);
 	if (n) memcpy(buf, in, n);
 	buf[n] = 0x80;
 
 	if (n <= 55) {
-		copy4(buf+56, b);
+		copy4(buf+56, m->totalN);
+		/*
+		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
+		 * modulo 2^32 was included.  MD4 requires the number
+		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
+		 * protocol version 27.
+		 */
+		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
+			copy4(buf+60, m->totalN2);
+		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 	} else {
-		copy4(buf+120, b); 
+		copy4(buf+120, m->totalN); 
+		/*
+		 * Prior to protocol version 27 only the number of bits
+		 * modulo 2^32 was included.  MD4 requires the number
+		 * of bits modulo 2^64, which was fixed starting with
+		 * protocol version 27.
+		 */
+		if (protocol_version >= 27) {
+			copy4(buf+124, m->totalN2); 
+		}
 		copy64(M, buf);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		copy64(M, buf+64);
@@ -139,20 +164,23 @@ static void mdfour_tail(unsigned char *in, int n)
 	}
 }
 
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, int n)
+void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n)
 {
 	uint32 M[16];
 
-	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
-
 	m = md;
 
+	if (n == 0) mdfour_tail(in, n);
+
 	while (n >= 64) {
 		copy64(M, in);
 		mdfour64(M);
 		in += 64;
 		n -= 64;
-		m->totalN += 64;
+		m->totalN += 64 << 3;
+		if (m->totalN < 64 << 3) {
+			m->totalN2++;
+		}
 	}
 
 	if (n) mdfour_tail(in, n);
@@ -179,9 +207,11 @@ void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n)
 }
 
 #ifdef TEST_MDFOUR
+int protocol_version = 28;
+
 static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 {
-	int fd, i;
+	int fd, i, was_multiple_of_64 = 1;
 	struct mdfour md;
 	unsigned char buf[64*1024], sum[16];
 	
@@ -195,9 +225,13 @@ static void file_checksum1(char *fname)
 
 	while (1) {
 		int n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
-		if (n <= 0) break;
+		if (n <= 0)
+			break;
+		was_multiple_of_64 = !(n % 64);
 		mdfour_update(&md, buf, n);
 	}
+	if (was_multiple_of_64 && protocol_version >= 27)
+		mdfour_update(&md, buf, 0);
 
 	close(fd);
 

lib/mdfour.h

@@ -1,34 +1,32 @@
 /* 
-   Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
-   Version 1.9.
-   a implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1997-1998.
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+ * Unix SMB/Netbios implementation.
+ * Version 1.9.
+ * An implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Andrew Tridgell
+ * 
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ * 
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ * 
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 struct mdfour {
 	uint32 A, B, C, D;
-	uint32 totalN;
+	uint32 totalN;          /* bit count, lower 32 bits */
+	uint32 totalN2;         /* bit count, upper 32 bits */
 };
 
 void mdfour_begin(struct mdfour *md);
-void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, int n);
+void mdfour_update(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *in, uint32 n);
 void mdfour_result(struct mdfour *md, unsigned char *out);
 void mdfour(unsigned char *out, unsigned char *in, int n);
-
-
-
-

lib/permstring.c

@@ -1,41 +1,40 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * A single utility routine.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-/**
- * Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by
- * ls(1).
- *
- * @param buf buffer of at least 11 characters
- **/
-void permstring(char *perms,
-		int mode)
+/* Produce a string representation of Unix mode bits like that used by ls(1).
+ * The "buf" buffer must be at least 11 characters. */
+void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode)
 {
 	static const char *perm_map = "rwxrwxrwx";
 	int i;
 
 	strcpy(perms, "----------");
-	
-	for (i=0;i<9;i++) {
-		if (mode & (1<<i)) perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
+		if (mode & (1 << i))
+			perms[9-i] = perm_map[8-i];
 	}
 
 	/* Handle setuid/sticky bits.  You might think the indices are
@@ -46,16 +45,22 @@ void permstring(char *perms,
 
 	if (mode & S_ISGID)
 		perms[6] = (mode & S_IXGRP) ? 's' : 'S';
-	
+
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
 	if (mode & S_ISVTX)
 		perms[9] = (mode & S_IXOTH) ? 't' : 'T';
-		
-	if (S_ISLNK(mode)) perms[0] = 'l';
-	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) perms[0] = 'd';
-	if (S_ISBLK(mode)) perms[0] = 'b';
-	if (S_ISCHR(mode)) perms[0] = 'c';
-	if (S_ISSOCK(mode)) perms[0] = 's';
-	if (S_ISFIFO(mode)) perms[0] = 'p';
-}
+#endif
 
-	
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'd';
+	else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'l';
+	else if (S_ISBLK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'b';
+	else if (S_ISCHR(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'c';
+	else if (S_ISSOCK(mode))
+		perms[0] = 's';
+	else if (S_ISFIFO(mode))
+		perms[0] = 'p';
+}

lib/permstring.h

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 #define PERMSTRING_SIZE 11
 
-void permstring(char *perms, int mode);
+void permstring(char *perms, mode_t mode);

lib/pool_alloc.3

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+.ds d \-\^\-
+.ds o \fR[\fP
+.ds c \fR]\fP
+.ds | \fR|\fP
+.de D
+\\.B \*d\\$1
+..
+.de DI
+\\.BI \*d\\$1 \\$2
+..
+.de DR
+\\.BR \*d\\$1 \\$2
+..
+.de Di
+\\.BI \*d\\$1 " \\$2"
+..
+.de Db
+\\.B \*d\\$1 " \\$2"
+..
+.de Df
+\\.B \*d\*ono\*c\\$1
+..
+.de See
+See \fB\\$1\fP for details.
+..
+.de SeeIn
+See \fB\\$1\fP in \fB\\$2\fP for details.
+..
+.TH POOL_ALLOC 3
+.SH NAME
+pool_alloc, pool_free, pool_talloc, pool_tfree, pool_create, pool_destroy
+\- Allocate and free memory in managed allocation pools.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include "pool_alloc.h"
+
+\fBstruct alloc_pool *pool_create(size_t \fIsize\fB, size_t \fIquantum\fB, void (*\fIbomb\fB)(char *), int \fIflags\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_destroy(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB);
+
+\fBvoid *pool_alloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, size_t \fIsize\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_free(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, sise_t \fIsize\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+
+\fBvoid *pool_talloc(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB), int \fIcount\fB, char *\fImsg\fB);
+
+\fBvoid pool_tfree(struct alloc_pool *\fIpool\fB, \fItype\fB, int \fIcount\fB, void *\fIaddr\fB);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.P
+The pool allocation routines use
+.B malloc()
+for underlying memory management.
+What allocation pools do is cause
+memory within a given pool to be in large contigious blocks
+(called extents) that when freed will be reusable.  Unlike
+.B malloc()
+the allocations are not managed individually.
+Instead each extent tracks the total free memory within the
+extent.  Each extent can either be used to allocate memory
+or to manage the freeing of memory within that extent.
+When an extent has less free memory than a given
+allocation request or when the first request to free
+memory within that extent is received the extent ceases to
+be used for allocation.
+.P
+This form of memory management is suited to large numbers of small
+related allocations that are held for a while
+and then freed as a group.
+Because the
+underlying allocations are done in large contigious extents
+when an extent is freed it releases a large enough
+contigious block of memory to be useful to subsequent
+.B malloc()
+and
+.B pool_alloc()
+calls even if allocations from other pools or from
+.B malloc()
+are made between allocations from a given pool.
+.P
+.B pool_create()
+Creates an allocation pool for subsequent calls to the pool
+allocation functions.
+When an extent is created for allocations it will be
+.I size 
+bytes.
+Allocations from the pool have their sizes rounded up to a
+multiple of
+.I quantum
+bytes in length.
+Specifying
+.B 0
+for
+.I quantum
+Will produce a quantum that should meet maximal allignment
+on most platforms.
+If the
+.B POOL_QALIGN
+.I flag
+is set allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
+multiple of
+.IR quantum .
+If the
+.B POOL_CLEAR
+.I flag
+is set all allocations from the pool will be zero filled.
+.P
+.B pool_destroy()
+destroys an allocation pool and frees all memory allocated
+in that pool.
+.P
+.B pool_alloc()
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes from the specified
+.IR pool .
+If
+.I size
+is
+.B 0
+.I quantum
+bytes will be freed.
+If the requested memory cannot be allocated
+.B pool_alloc()
+will call
+.I bomb()
+function, if defined, with
+.I msg
+as it's sole argument and
+.B NULL
+will be returned.
+.P
+.B pool_free()
+frees
+.I size
+bytes pointed to by
+.I addr
+previously allocated in the specified
+.IR pool .
+The memory freed within an extent will not be reusable until
+all of the memory in that extent has been freed but 
+depending on the order in which the
+allocations are freed some extents may be released for reuse
+while others are still in use.
+If
+.I size
+is
+.B 0
+.I quantum
+bytes will be freed.
+If
+.I addr
+is
+.B 0
+no memory will be freed but subsequent allocations will come
+from a new extent.
+.P
+.B pool_talloc()
+is a macro that take a
+.I type
+and
+.I count
+instead of
+.I size
+and will cast the return value to the correct type.
+.P
+.B pool_tfree
+is a macro to free memory previously allocated in the
+specified
+.IR pool .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.B pool_create()
+returns a pointer to
+.BR "struct alloc_pool" .
+.P
+.B pool_alloc()
+and
+.B pool_talloc()
+return pointers to the allocated memory,
+or NULL if the request fails.
+For each extent so long as no allocations are smaller than varaible
+allignment requirements this pointer will be suitably
+alligned for any kind of variable.
+The return type of
+.B pool_alloc()
+will normally require casting to the desired type but
+.B pool_talloc()
+will returns a pointer of the requested
+.IR type .
+.P
+.BR pool_free() ,
+.B pool_tfree()
+and
+.B pool_destroy()
+return no value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.nf
+malloc(3)
+.SH AUTHOR
+pool_alloc was created by J.W. Schultz of Pegasystems Technologies.
+.SH BUGS AND ISSUES

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define POOL_DEF_EXTENT	(32 * 1024)
+
+struct alloc_pool
+{
+	size_t			size;		/* extent size		*/
+	size_t			quantum;	/* allocation quantum	*/
+	struct pool_extent	*live;		/* current extent for
+						 * allocations		*/
+	struct pool_extent	*free;		/* unfreed extent list	*/
+	void			(*bomb)();
+						/* function to call if
+						 * malloc fails		*/
+	int			flags;
+
+	/* statistical data */
+	unsigned long		e_created;	/* extents created	*/
+	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents detroyed	*/
+	int64			n_allocated;	/* calls to alloc	*/
+	int64			n_freed;	/* calls to free	*/
+	int64			b_allocated;	/* cum. bytes allocated	*/
+	int64			b_freed;	/* cum. bytes freed	*/
+};
+
+struct pool_extent
+{
+	void			*start;		/* starting address	*/
+	size_t			free;		/* free bytecount	*/
+	size_t			bound;		/* bytes bound by padding,
+						 * overhead and freed	*/
+	struct pool_extent	*next;
+};
+
+struct align_test {
+    void *foo;
+    int64 bar;
+};
+
+#define MINALIGN	offsetof(struct align_test, bar)
+
+/* Temporarily cast a void* var into a char* var when adding an offset (to
+ * keep some compilers from complaining about the pointer arithmetic). */
+#define PTR_ADD(b,o)	( (void*) ((char*)(b) + (o)) )
+
+alloc_pool_t
+pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum,
+    void (*bomb)(char *), int flags)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool	*pool;
+
+	if (!(pool = (struct alloc_pool*) malloc(sizeof (struct alloc_pool))))
+		return pool;
+	memset(pool, 0, sizeof (struct alloc_pool));
+
+	pool->size = size	/* round extent size to min alignment reqs */
+	    ? (size + MINALIGN - 1) & ~(MINALIGN - 1)
+	    : POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
+	if (pool->flags & POOL_INTERN) {
+		pool->size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+		flags |= POOL_APPEND;
+	}
+	pool->quantum = quantum ? quantum : MINALIGN;
+	pool->bomb = bomb;
+	pool->flags = flags;
+
+	return pool;
+}
+
+void
+pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur, *next;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	if (pool->live) {
+		cur = pool->live;
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+	}
+	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = next) {
+		next = cur->next;
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+	}
+	free(pool);
+}
+
+void *
+pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, char *bomb)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	if (!pool)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (!len)
+		len = pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
+		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+
+	if (len > pool->size)
+		goto bomb;
+
+	if (!pool->live || len > pool->live->free) {
+		void	*start;
+		size_t	free;
+		size_t	bound;
+		size_t	sqew;
+		size_t	asize;
+
+		if (pool->live) {
+			pool->live->next = pool->free;
+			pool->free = pool->live;
+		}
+
+		free = pool->size;
+		bound = 0;
+
+		asize = pool->size;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
+			asize += sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+
+		if (!(start = (void *) malloc(asize)))
+			goto bomb;
+
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+			memset(start, 0, pool->size);
+
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
+			pool->live = PTR_ADD(start, free);
+		else if (!(pool->live = (struct pool_extent *) malloc(sizeof (struct pool_extent))))
+			goto bomb;
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+		    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(start, free) % pool->quantum)) {
+			bound  += sqew;
+			free -= sqew;
+		}
+		pool->live->start = start;
+		pool->live->free = free;
+		pool->live->bound = bound;
+		pool->live->next = NULL;
+
+		pool->e_created++;
+	}
+
+	pool->n_allocated++;
+	pool->b_allocated += len;
+
+	pool->live->free -= len;
+
+	return PTR_ADD(pool->live->start, pool->live->free);
+
+bomb:
+	if (pool->bomb)
+		(*pool->bomb)(bomb);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur;
+	struct pool_extent	*prev;
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	if (!len)
+		len = pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
+		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+
+	if (!addr && pool->live) {
+		pool->live->next = pool->free;
+		pool->free = pool->live;
+		pool->live = NULL;
+		return;
+	}
+	pool->n_freed++;
+	pool->b_freed += len;
+
+	cur = pool->live;
+	if (cur && addr >= cur->start
+	    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size)) {
+		if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
+				memset(addr, 0, len);
+			pool->b_freed += len;
+		} else
+			cur->bound += len;
+		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size) {
+			size_t sqew;
+
+			cur->free = pool->size;
+			cur->bound = 0;
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
+			    && (sqew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum)) {
+				cur->bound += sqew;
+				cur->free -= sqew;
+			}
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+	for (prev = NULL, cur = pool->free; cur; prev = cur, cur = cur->next) {
+		if (addr >= cur->start
+		    && addr < PTR_ADD(cur->start, pool->size))
+			break;
+	}
+	if (!cur)
+		return;
+
+	if (prev) {
+		prev->next = cur->next;
+		cur->next = pool->free;
+		pool->free = cur;
+	}
+	cur->bound += len;
+
+	if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size) {
+		pool->free = cur->next;
+
+		free(cur->start);
+		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			free(cur);
+		pool->e_freed++;
+	}
+	return;
+}
+
+#define FDPRINT(label, value) \
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+
+#define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+		(long) ext->free, \
+		(long) ext->bound), \
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+
+void
+pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
+{
+	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
+	struct pool_extent	*cur;
+	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	if (!pool)
+		return;
+
+	FDPRINT("  Extent size:       %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->size);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc quantum:     %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->quantum);
+	FDPRINT("  Extents created:   %12ld\n",		pool->e_created);
+	FDPRINT("  Extents freed:     %12ld\n",		pool->e_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc count:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Free Count:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->n_freed);
+	FDPRINT("  Alloc bytes:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_allocated);
+	FDPRINT("  Free bytes:        %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
+
+	if (summarize)
+		return;
+
+	if (!pool->live && !pool->free)
+		return;
+
+	write(fd, "\n", 1);
+
+	if (pool->live)
+		FDEXTSTAT(pool->live);
+	strcpy(buf, "   FREE    BOUND\n");
+	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+
+	for (cur = pool->free; cur; cur = cur->next)
+		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
+}

lib/pool_alloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define POOL_CLEAR	(1<<0)		/* zero fill allocations	*/
+#define POOL_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* align data to quanta		*/
+#define POOL_INTERN	(1<<2)		/* Allocate extent structures	*/
+#define POOL_APPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or appended to extent data	*/
+
+typedef void *alloc_pool_t;
+
+alloc_pool_t pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(char *), int flags);
+void pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t pool);
+void *pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, char *bomb);
+void pool_free(alloc_pool_t pool, size_t size, void *addr);
+
+#define pool_talloc(pool, type, count, bomb) \
+	((type *)pool_alloc(pool, sizeof(type) * count, bomb))
+
+#define pool_tfree(pool, type, count, addr) \
+	(pool_free(pool, sizeof(type) * count, addr))
+

lib/snprintf.c

@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+/*
+ * NOTE: If you change this file, please merge it into rsync, samba, etc.
+ */
+
 /*
  * Copyright Patrick Powell 1995
  * This code is based on code written by Patrick Powell (papowell@astart.com)
@@ -53,11 +57,57 @@
  *    got rid of fcvt code (twas buggy and made testing harder)
  *    added C99 semantics
  *
+ * date: 2002/12/19 19:56:31;  author: herb;  state: Exp;  lines: +2 -0
+ * actually print args for %g and %e
+ * 
+ * date: 2002/06/03 13:37:52;  author: jmcd;  state: Exp;  lines: +8 -0
+ * Since includes.h isn't included here, VA_COPY has to be defined here.  I don't
+ * see any include file that is guaranteed to be here, so I'm defining it
+ * locally.  Fixes AIX and Solaris builds.
+ * 
+ * date: 2002/06/03 03:07:24;  author: tridge;  state: Exp;  lines: +5 -13
+ * put the ifdef for HAVE_VA_COPY in one place rather than in lots of
+ * functions
+ * 
+ * date: 2002/05/17 14:51:22;  author: jmcd;  state: Exp;  lines: +21 -4
+ * Fix usage of va_list passed as an arg.  Use __va_copy before using it
+ * when it exists.
+ * 
+ * date: 2002/04/16 22:38:04;  author: idra;  state: Exp;  lines: +20 -14
+ * Fix incorrect zpadlen handling in fmtfp.
+ * Thanks to Ollie Oldham <ollie.oldham@metro-optix.com> for spotting it.
+ * few mods to make it easier to compile the tests.
+ * addedd the "Ollie" test to the floating point ones.
+ *
+ * Martin Pool (mbp@samba.org) April 2003
+ *    Remove NO_CONFIG_H so that the test case can be built within a source
+ *    tree with less trouble.
+ *    Remove unnecessary SAFE_FREE() definition.
+ *
+ * Martin Pool (mbp@samba.org) May 2003
+ *    Put in a prototype for dummy_snprintf() to quiet compiler warnings.
+ *
+ *    Move #endif to make sure VA_COPY, LDOUBLE, etc are defined even
+ *    if the C library has some snprintf functions already.
  **************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef NO_CONFIG_H /* for some tests */
+#ifndef NO_CONFIG_H
 #include "config.h"
-#endif
+#else
+#define NULL 0
+#endif 
+
+#ifdef TEST_SNPRINTF /* need math library headers for testing */
+
+/* In test mode, we pretend that this system doesn't have any snprintf
+ * functions, regardless of what config.h says. */
+#  undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+#  undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+#  undef HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
+#  undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+#  undef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+#  include <math.h>
+#endif /* TEST_SNPRINTF */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
 #include <string.h>
@@ -79,8 +129,9 @@
 /* only include stdio.h if we are not re-defining snprintf or vsnprintf */
 #include <stdio.h>
  /* make the compiler happy with an empty file */
+ void dummy_snprintf(void);
  void dummy_snprintf(void) {} 
-#else
+#endif /* HAVE_SNPRINTF, etc */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
 #define LDOUBLE long double
@@ -88,21 +139,22 @@
 #define LDOUBLE double
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#if SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
 #define LLONG long long
 #else
 #define LLONG long
 #endif
 
-static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, 
-		   va_list args);
-static void fmtstr(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
-		    char *value, int flags, int min, int max);
-static void fmtint(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
-		    long value, int base, int min, int max, int flags);
-static void fmtfp(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
-		   LDOUBLE fvalue, int min, int max, int flags);
-static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c);
+#ifndef VA_COPY
+#if defined HAVE_VA_COPY || defined va_copy
+#define VA_COPY(dest, src) va_copy(dest, src)
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE___VA_COPY
+#define VA_COPY(dest, src) __va_copy(dest, src)
+#else
+#define VA_COPY(dest, src) (dest) = (src)
+#endif
+#endif
 
 /*
  * dopr(): poor man's version of doprintf
@@ -138,7 +190,20 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c);
 #define MAX(p,q) (((p) >= (q)) ? (p) : (q))
 #endif
 
-static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args)
+/* yes this really must be a ||. Don't muck with this (tridge) */
+#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+
+static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, 
+		   va_list args_in);
+static void fmtstr(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
+		    char *value, int flags, int min, int max);
+static void fmtint(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
+		    long value, int base, int min, int max, int flags);
+static void fmtfp(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
+		   LDOUBLE fvalue, int min, int max, int flags);
+static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c);
+
+static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args_in)
 {
 	char ch;
 	LLONG value;
@@ -150,6 +215,9 @@ static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args
 	int flags;
 	int cflags;
 	size_t currlen;
+	va_list args;
+
+	VA_COPY(args, args_in);
 	
 	state = DP_S_DEFAULT;
 	currlen = flags = cflags = min = 0;
@@ -319,6 +387,7 @@ static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args
 					fvalue = va_arg (args, LDOUBLE);
 				else
 					fvalue = va_arg (args, double);
+				fmtfp (buffer, &currlen, maxlen, fvalue, min, max, flags);
 				break;
 			case 'G':
 				flags |= DP_F_UP;
@@ -327,12 +396,14 @@ static size_t dopr(char *buffer, size_t maxlen, const char *format, va_list args
 					fvalue = va_arg (args, LDOUBLE);
 				else
 					fvalue = va_arg (args, double);
+				fmtfp (buffer, &currlen, maxlen, fvalue, min, max, flags);
 				break;
 			case 'c':
 				dopr_outch (buffer, &currlen, maxlen, va_arg (args, int));
 				break;
 			case 's':
 				strvalue = va_arg (args, char *);
+				if (!strvalue) strvalue = "(NULL)";
 				if (max == -1) {
 					max = strlen(strvalue);
 				}
@@ -561,28 +632,26 @@ static double my_modf(double x0, double *iptr)
 
 	for (i=0;i<100;i++) {
 		l = (long)x;
-		if (l <= (x+1) && l >= (x-1)) break;
+		if (l <= (x+1) && l >= (x-1)) {
+			if (i != 0) {
+				double i2;
+				double ret;
+
+				ret = my_modf(x0-l*f, &i2);
+				(*iptr) = l*f + i2;
+				return ret;
+			} 
+
+			(*iptr) = l;
+			return x - (*iptr);
+		}
 		x *= 0.1;
 		f *= 10.0;
 	}
 
-	if (i == 100) {
-		/* yikes! the number is beyond what we can handle. What do we do? */
-		(*iptr) = 0;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (i != 0) {
-		double i2;
-		double ret;
-
-		ret = my_modf(x0-l*f, &i2);
-		(*iptr) = l*f + i2;
-		return ret;
-	} 
-
-	(*iptr) = l;
-	return x - (*iptr);
+	/* yikes! the number is beyond what we can handle. What do we do? */
+	(*iptr) = 0;
+	return 0;
 }
 
 
@@ -598,7 +667,7 @@ static void fmtfp (char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
 	int padlen = 0; /* amount to pad */
 	int zpadlen = 0; 
 	int caps = 0;
-	int index;
+	int idx;
 	double intpart;
 	double fracpart;
 	double temp;
@@ -655,14 +724,13 @@ static void fmtfp (char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
 
 	/* Convert integer part */
 	do {
-		temp = intpart;
-		my_modf(intpart*0.1, &intpart);
-		temp = temp*0.1;
-		index = (int) ((temp -intpart +0.05)* 10.0);
-		/* index = (int) (((double)(temp*0.1) -intpart +0.05) *10.0); */
-		/* printf ("%llf, %f, %x\n", temp, intpart, index); */
+		temp = intpart*0.1;
+		my_modf(temp, &intpart);
+		idx = (int) ((temp -intpart +0.05)* 10.0);
+		/* idx = (int) (((double)(temp*0.1) -intpart +0.05) *10.0); */
+		/* printf ("%llf, %f, %x\n", temp, intpart, idx); */
 		iconvert[iplace++] =
-			(caps? "0123456789ABCDEF":"0123456789abcdef")[index];
+			(caps? "0123456789ABCDEF":"0123456789abcdef")[idx];
 	} while (intpart && (iplace < 311));
 	if (iplace == 311) iplace--;
 	iconvert[iplace] = 0;
@@ -671,14 +739,13 @@ static void fmtfp (char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
 	if (fracpart)
 	{
 		do {
-			temp = fracpart;
-			my_modf(fracpart*0.1, &fracpart);
-			temp = temp*0.1;
-			index = (int) ((temp -fracpart +0.05)* 10.0);
-			/* index = (int) ((((temp/10) -fracpart) +0.05) *10); */
-			/* printf ("%lf, %lf, %ld\n", temp, fracpart, index); */
+			temp = fracpart*0.1;
+			my_modf(temp, &fracpart);
+			idx = (int) ((temp -fracpart +0.05)* 10.0);
+			/* idx = (int) ((((temp/10) -fracpart) +0.05) *10); */
+			/* printf ("%lf, %lf, %ld\n", temp, fracpart, idx ); */
 			fconvert[fplace++] =
-			(caps? "0123456789ABCDEF":"0123456789abcdef")[index];
+			(caps? "0123456789ABCDEF":"0123456789abcdef")[idx];
 		} while(fracpart && (fplace < 311));
 		if (fplace == 311) fplace--;
 	}
@@ -725,14 +792,14 @@ static void fmtfp (char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen,
 	if (max > 0) {
 		dopr_outch (buffer, currlen, maxlen, '.');
 		
+		while (zpadlen > 0) {
+			dopr_outch (buffer, currlen, maxlen, '0');
+			--zpadlen;
+		}
+
 		while (fplace > 0) 
 			dopr_outch (buffer, currlen, maxlen, fconvert[--fplace]);
 	}
-	
-	while (zpadlen > 0) {
-		dopr_outch (buffer, currlen, maxlen, '0');
-		--zpadlen;
-	}
 
 	while (padlen < 0) {
 		dopr_outch (buffer, currlen, maxlen, ' ');
@@ -748,15 +815,21 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
 	(*currlen)++;
 }
 
-#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
- int vsnprintf (char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+ int rsync_vsnprintf (char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args)
 {
 	return dopr(str, count, fmt, args);
 }
+#define vsnprintf rsync_vsnprintf
 #endif
 
+/* yes this really must be a ||. Don't muck with this (tridge)
+ *
+ * The logic for these two is that we need our own definition if the
+ * OS *either* has no definition of *sprintf, or if it does have one
+ * that doesn't work properly according to the autoconf test.
+ */
 #if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
- int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...)
+int rsync_snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...)
 {
 	size_t ret;
 	va_list ap;
@@ -766,6 +839,7 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
 	va_end(ap);
 	return ret;
 }
+#define snprintf rsync_snprintf
 #endif
 
 #endif 
@@ -774,13 +848,19 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
  int vasprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, va_list ap)
 {
 	int ret;
+	va_list ap2;
+
+	VA_COPY(ap2, ap);
 	
-	ret = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, ap);
+	ret = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, ap2);
 	if (ret <= 0) return ret;
 
 	(*ptr) = (char *)malloc(ret+1);
 	if (!*ptr) return -1;
-	ret = vsnprintf(*ptr, ret+1, format, ap);
+
+	VA_COPY(ap2, ap);
+
+	ret = vsnprintf(*ptr, ret+1, format, ap2);
 
 	return ret;
 }
@@ -793,6 +873,7 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
 	va_list ap;
 	int ret;
 	
+	*ptr = NULL;
 	va_start(ap, format);
 	ret = vasprintf(ptr, format, ap);
 	va_end(ap);
@@ -827,8 +908,9 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
 		"-16.16f",
 		NULL
 	};
-	double fp_nums[] = { 6442452944.1234, -1.5, 134.21, 91340.2, 341.1234, 0203.9, 0.96, 0.996, 
-			     0.9996, 1.996, 4.136,  0};
+	double fp_nums[] = { 6442452944.1234, -1.5, 134.21, 91340.2, 341.1234, 203.9, 0.96, 0.996, 
+			     0.9996, 1.996, 4.136, 5.030201, 0.00205,
+			     /* END LIST */ 0};
 	char *int_fmt[] = {
 		"%-1.5d",
 		"%1.5d",
@@ -923,8 +1005,10 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
 	{
 		double v0 = 0.12345678901234567890123456789012345678901;
 		for (x=0; x<100; x++) {
-			snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "%1.1f", v0*pow(10, x));
-			sprintf(buf2,                "%1.1f", v0*pow(10, x));
+			double p = pow(10, x); 
+			double r = v0*p;
+			snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "%1.1f", r);
+			sprintf(buf2,                "%1.1f", r);
 			if (strcmp(buf1, buf2)) {
 				printf("we seem to support %d digits\n", x-1);
 				break;
@@ -934,4 +1018,4 @@ static void dopr_outch(char *buffer, size_t *currlen, size_t maxlen, char c)
 
 	return 0;
 }
-#endif /* SNPRINTF_TEST */
+#endif /* TEST_SNPRINTF */

lib/wildmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/*
+**  Do shell-style pattern matching for ?, \, [], and * characters.
+**  It is 8bit clean.
+**
+**  Written by Rich $alz, mirror!rs, Wed Nov 26 19:03:17 EST 1986.
+**  Rich $alz is now <rsalz@bbn.com>.
+**
+**  Modified by Wayne Davison to special-case '/' matching, to make '**'
+**  work differently than '*', and to fix the character-class code.
+*/
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+/* What character marks an inverted character class? */
+#define NEGATE_CLASS	'!'
+#define NEGATE_CLASS2	'^'
+
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+#define ABORT_ALL -1
+#define ABORT_TO_STARSTAR -2
+
+#define CC_EQ(class, len, litmatch) ((len) == sizeof (litmatch)-1 \
+				    && *(class) == *(litmatch) \
+				    && strncmp((char*)class, litmatch, len) == 0)
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isblank
+# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII(c) && isblank(c))
+#else
+# define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+#ifdef isgraph
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII(c) && isgraph(c))
+#else
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII(c) && isprint(c) && !isspace(c))
+#endif
+
+#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isprint(c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isdigit(c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII(c) && isalnum(c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII(c) && isalpha(c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII(c) && iscntrl(c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII(c) && islower(c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII(c) && ispunct(c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII(c) && isspace(c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII(c) && isupper(c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII(c) && isxdigit(c))
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+int wildmatch_iteration_count;
+#endif
+
+static int force_lower_case = 0;
+
+/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
+static int dowild(const uchar *p, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
+{
+    uchar p_ch;
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count++;
+#endif
+
+    for ( ; (p_ch = *p) != '\0'; text++, p++) {
+	int matched, special;
+	uchar t_ch, prev_ch;
+	while ((t_ch = *text) == '\0') {
+	    if (*a == NULL) {
+		if (p_ch != '*')
+		    return ABORT_ALL;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    text = *a++;
+	}
+	if (force_lower_case && ISUPPER(t_ch))
+	    t_ch = tolower(t_ch);
+	switch (p_ch) {
+	  case '\\':
+	    /* Literal match with following character.  Note that the test
+	     * in "default" handles the p[1] == '\0' failure case. */
+	    p_ch = *++p;
+	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	  default:
+	    if (t_ch != p_ch)
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	  case '?':
+	    /* Match anything but '/'. */
+	    if (t_ch == '/')
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	  case '*':
+	    if (*++p == '*') {
+		while (*++p == '*') {}
+		special = TRUE;
+	    } else
+		special = FALSE;
+	    if (*p == '\0') {
+		/* Trailing "**" matches everything.  Trailing "*" matches
+		 * only if there are no more slash characters. */
+		if (!special) {
+		    do {
+			if (strchr((char*)text, '/') != NULL)
+			    return FALSE;
+		    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+		}
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	    while (1) {
+		if (t_ch == '\0') {
+		    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
+			break;
+		    t_ch = *text;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE) {
+		    if (!special || matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
+			return matched;
+		} else if (!special && t_ch == '/')
+		    return ABORT_TO_STARSTAR;
+		t_ch = *++text;
+	    }
+	    return ABORT_ALL;
+	  case '[':
+	    p_ch = *++p;
+#ifdef NEGATE_CLASS2
+	    if (p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS2)
+		p_ch = NEGATE_CLASS;
+#endif
+	    /* Assign literal TRUE/FALSE because of "matched" comparison. */
+	    special = p_ch == NEGATE_CLASS? TRUE : FALSE;
+	    if (special) {
+		/* Inverted character class. */
+		p_ch = *++p;
+	    }
+	    prev_ch = 0;
+	    matched = FALSE;
+	    do {
+		if (!p_ch)
+		    return ABORT_ALL;
+		if (p_ch == '\\') {
+		    p_ch = *++p;
+		    if (!p_ch)
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    if (t_ch == p_ch)
+			matched = TRUE;
+		} else if (p_ch == '-' && prev_ch && p[1] && p[1] != ']') {
+		    p_ch = *++p;
+		    if (p_ch == '\\') {
+			p_ch = *++p;
+			if (!p_ch)
+			    return ABORT_ALL;
+		    }
+		    if (t_ch <= p_ch && t_ch >= prev_ch)
+			matched = TRUE;
+		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
+		} else if (p_ch == '[' && p[1] == ':') {
+		    const uchar *s;
+		    int i;
+		    for (s = p += 2; (p_ch = *p) && p_ch != ']'; p++) {}
+		    if (!p_ch)
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    i = p - s - 1;
+		    if (i < 0 || p[-1] != ':') {
+			/* Didn't find ":]", so treat like a normal set. */
+			p = s - 2;
+			p_ch = '[';
+			if (t_ch == p_ch)
+			    matched = TRUE;
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alnum")) {
+			if (ISALNUM(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "alpha")) {
+			if (ISALPHA(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "blank")) {
+			if (ISBLANK(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "cntrl")) {
+			if (ISCNTRL(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "digit")) {
+			if (ISDIGIT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "graph")) {
+			if (ISGRAPH(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "lower")) {
+			if (ISLOWER(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "print")) {
+			if (ISPRINT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "punct")) {
+			if (ISPUNCT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "space")) {
+			if (ISSPACE(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "upper")) {
+			if (ISUPPER(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else if (CC_EQ(s,i, "xdigit")) {
+			if (ISXDIGIT(t_ch))
+			    matched = TRUE;
+		    } else /* malformed [:class:] string */
+			return ABORT_ALL;
+		    p_ch = 0; /* This makes "prev_ch" get set to 0. */
+		} else if (t_ch == p_ch)
+		    matched = TRUE;
+	    } while (prev_ch = p_ch, (p_ch = *++p) != ']');
+	    if (matched == special || t_ch == '/')
+		return FALSE;
+	    continue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (*text)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of "text" and any strings in array "a". */
+static int doliteral(const uchar *s, const uchar *text, const uchar*const *a)
+{
+    for ( ; *s != '\0'; text++, s++) {
+	while (*text == '\0') {
+	    if ((text = *a++) == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+	if (*text != *s)
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    do {
+	if (*text)
+	    return FALSE;
+    } while ((text = *a++) != NULL);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return the last "count" path elements from the concatenated string.
+ * We return a string pointer to the start of the string, and update the
+ * array pointer-pointer to point to any remaining string elements. */
+static const uchar *trailing_N_elements(const uchar*const **a_ptr, int count)
+{
+    const uchar*const *a = *a_ptr;
+    const uchar*const *first_a = a;
+
+    while (*a)
+	    a++;
+
+    while (a != first_a) {
+	const uchar *s = *--a;
+	s += strlen((char*)s);
+	while (--s >= *a) {
+	    if (*s == '/' && !--count) {
+		*a_ptr = a+1;
+		return s+1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (count == 1) {
+	*a_ptr = a+1;
+	return *a;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Match the "pattern" against the "text" string. */
+int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
+{
+    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+    return dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match the "pattern" against the forced-to-lower-case "text" string. */
+int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text)
+{
+    static const uchar *nomore[1]; /* A NULL pointer. */
+    int ret;
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+    force_lower_case = 1;
+    ret = dowild((const uchar*)pattern, (const uchar*)text, nomore) == TRUE;
+    force_lower_case = 0;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/* Match pattern "p" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
+ * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), > 0 (match only
+ * the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"), or < 0
+ * (match the "pattern" at the start or after any slash in "texts"). */
+int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where)
+{
+    const uchar *p = (const uchar*)pattern;
+    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar*const*)texts;
+    const uchar *text;
+    int matched;
+
+#ifdef WILD_TEST_ITERATIONS
+    wildmatch_iteration_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+    if (where > 0)
+	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
+    else
+	text = *a++;
+    if (!text)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ((matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != TRUE && where < 0
+     && matched != ABORT_ALL) {
+	while (1) {
+	    if (*text == '\0') {
+		if ((text = (uchar*)*a++) == NULL)
+		    return FALSE;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (*text++ == '/' && (matched = dowild(p, text, a)) != FALSE
+	     && matched != ABORT_TO_STARSTAR)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return matched == TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Match literal string "s" against the a virtually-joined string consisting
+ * of all the pointers in array "texts" (which has a NULL pointer at the
+ * end).  The int "where" can be 0 (normal matching), or > 0 (match
+ * only the trailing N slash-separated filename components of "texts"). */
+int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where)
+{
+    const uchar *s = (const uchar*)string;
+    const uchar*const *a = (const uchar* const*)texts;
+    const uchar *text;
+
+    if (where > 0)
+	text = trailing_N_elements(&a, where);
+    else
+	text = *a++;
+    if (!text)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    return doliteral(s, text, a) == TRUE;
+}

lib/wildmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* wildmatch.h */
+
+int wildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
+int iwildmatch(const char *pattern, const char *text);
+int wildmatch_array(const char *pattern, const char*const *texts, int where);
+int litmatch_array(const char *string, const char*const *texts, int where);

loadparm.c

@@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
 /* This is based on loadparm.c from Samba, written by Andrew Tridgell
    and Karl Auer */
 
-/* some fixes
+/*
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
  */
 
-/* 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/* some fixes
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ */
 
 /*
  *  Load parameters.
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
  * 3) add it to the list of available functions (eg: using FN_GLOBAL_STRING())
  * 4) If it's a global then initialise it in init_globals. If a local
  *    (ie. service) parameter then initialise it in the sDefault structure
- *  
+ *
  *
  * Notes:
  *   The configuration file is processed sequentially for speed. It is NOT
@@ -48,6 +48,8 @@
  *
  */
 
+/* TODO: Parameter to set debug level on server. */
+
 #include "rsync.h"
 #define PTR_DIFF(p1,p2) ((ptrdiff_t)(((char *)(p1)) - (char *)(p2)))
 #define strequal(a,b) (strcasecmp(a,b)==0)
@@ -55,11 +57,15 @@
 typedef char pstring[1024];
 #define pstrcpy(a,b) strlcpy(a,b,sizeof(pstring))
 
+#ifndef LOG_DAEMON
+#define LOG_DAEMON 0
+#endif
+
 /* the following are used by loadparm for option lists */
 typedef enum
 {
 	P_BOOL,P_BOOLREV,P_CHAR,P_INTEGER,P_OCTAL,
-	P_STRING,P_GSTRING,P_ENUM,P_SEP
+	P_PATH,P_STRING,P_GSTRING,P_ENUM,P_SEP
 } parm_type;
 
 typedef enum
@@ -91,85 +97,114 @@ struct parm_struct
 #define iSERVICE(i) (*pSERVICE(i))
 #define LP_SNUM_OK(iService) (((iService) >= 0) && ((iService) < iNumServices))
 
-/* 
+/*
  * This structure describes global (ie., server-wide) parameters.
  */
 typedef struct
 {
+	char *bind_address;
 	char *motd_file;
-	char *log_file;
 	char *pid_file;
-	int syslog_facility;
 	char *socket_options;
+
+	int rsync_port;
 } global;
 
 static global Globals;
 
 
-
-/* 
- * This structure describes a single service. 
+/*
+ * This structure describes a single service.  Their order must match the
+ * initializers below, which you can accomplish by keeping each sub-section
+ * sorted.  (e.g. in vim, just visually select each subsection and use !sort.)
  */
 typedef struct
 {
-	char *name;
-	char *path;
+	char *auth_users;
 	char *comment;
-	char *lock_file;
-	BOOL read_only;
-	BOOL list;
-	BOOL use_chroot;
-	BOOL transfer_logging;
-	BOOL ignore_errors;
-	char *uid;
+	char *dont_compress;
+	char *exclude;
+	char *exclude_from;
+	char *filter;
 	char *gid;
 	char *hosts_allow;
 	char *hosts_deny;
-	char *auth_users;
-	char *secrets_file;
-	BOOL strict_modes;
-	char *exclude;
-	char *exclude_from;
 	char *include;
 	char *include_from;
+	char *incoming_chmod;
+	char *lock_file;
+	char *log_file;
 	char *log_format;
+	char *name;
+	char *outgoing_chmod;
+	char *path;
+	char *postxfer_exec;
+	char *prexfer_exec;
 	char *refuse_options;
-	char *dont_compress;
-	int timeout;
+	char *secrets_file;
+	char *temp_dir;
+	char *uid;
+
 	int max_connections;
+	int max_verbosity;
+	int syslog_facility;
+	int timeout;
+
+	BOOL ignore_errors;
 	BOOL ignore_nonreadable;
+	BOOL list;
+	BOOL read_only;
+	BOOL strict_modes;
+	BOOL transfer_logging;
+	BOOL use_chroot;
+	BOOL write_only;
 } service;
 
 
-/* This is a default service used to prime a services structure */
-static service sDefault = 
+/* This is a default service used to prime a services structure.  In order
+ * to make these easy to keep sorted in the same way as the variables
+ * above, use the variable name in the leading comment, including a
+ * trailing ';' (to avoid a sorting problem with trailing digits). */
+static service sDefault =
 {
-	NULL,    /* name */
-	NULL,    /* path */
-	NULL,    /* comment */
-	DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE,    /* lock file */
-	True,    /* read only */
-	True,    /* list */
-	True,    /* use chroot */
-	False,   /* transfer logging */
-	False,   /* ignore errors */
-	"nobody",/* uid */
-	"nobody",/* gid */
-	NULL,    /* hosts allow */
-	NULL,    /* hosts deny */
-	NULL,    /* auth users */
-	NULL,    /* secrets file */
-	True,   /* strict modes */
-	NULL,    /* exclude */
-	NULL,    /* exclude from */
-	NULL,    /* include */
-	NULL,    /* include from */
-	"%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l",    /* log format */
-	NULL,    /* refuse options */
-	"*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz",    /* dont compress */
-	0,        /* timeout */
-	0,        /* max connections */
-	False     /* ignore nonreadable */
+ /* auth_users; */		NULL,
+ /* comment; */			NULL,
+ /* dont_compress; */		"*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz",
+ /* exclude; */			NULL,
+ /* exclude_from; */		NULL,
+ /* filter; */			NULL,
+ /* gid; */			NOBODY_GROUP,
+ /* hosts_allow; */		NULL,
+ /* hosts_deny; */		NULL,
+ /* include; */			NULL,
+ /* include_from; */		NULL,
+ /* incoming_chmod; */		NULL,
+ /* lock_file; */		DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE,
+ /* log_file; */		NULL,
+ /* log_format; */		"%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l",
+ /* name; */			NULL,
+ /* outgoing_chmod; */		NULL,
+ /* path; */			NULL,
+ /* postxfer_exec; */		NULL,
+ /* prexfer_exec; */		NULL,
+ /* refuse_options; */		NULL,
+ /* secrets_file; */		NULL,
+ /* temp_dir; */ 		NULL,
+ /* uid; */			NOBODY_USER,
+
+ /* max_connections; */		0,
+ /* max_verbosity; */		1,
+ /* syslog_facility; */		LOG_DAEMON,
+ /* timeout; */			0,
+
+ /* ignore_errors; */		False,
+ /* ignore_nonreadable; */	False,
+ /* list; */			True,
+ /* read_only; */		True,
+ /* strict_modes; */		True,
+ /* transfer_logging; */	False,
+ /* use_chroot; */		True,
+ /* write_only; */		False,
 };
 
 
@@ -211,7 +246,7 @@ static struct enum_list enum_facilities[] = {
 	{ LOG_NEWS, "news" },
 #endif
 #ifdef LOG_AUTH
-	{ LOG_AUTH, "security" },		
+	{ LOG_AUTH, "security" },
 #endif
 #ifdef LOG_SYSLOG
 	{ LOG_SYSLOG, "syslog" },
@@ -252,39 +287,51 @@ static struct enum_list enum_facilities[] = {
 /* note that we do not initialise the defaults union - it is not allowed in ANSI C */
 static struct parm_struct parm_table[] =
 {
-  {"motd file",        P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.motd_file,    NULL,   0},
-  {"syslog facility",  P_ENUM,    P_GLOBAL, &Globals.syslog_facility, enum_facilities,0},
-  {"socket options",   P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.socket_options,NULL,  0},
-  {"log file",         P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.log_file,      NULL,  0},
-  {"pid file",         P_STRING,  P_GLOBAL, &Globals.pid_file,      NULL,  0},
+ {"address",           P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.bind_address,       NULL,0},
+ {"motd file",         P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.motd_file,          NULL,0},
+ {"pid file",          P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.pid_file,           NULL,0},
+ {"port",              P_INTEGER,P_GLOBAL,&Globals.rsync_port,         NULL,0},
+ {"socket options",    P_STRING, P_GLOBAL,&Globals.socket_options,     NULL,0},
 
-  {"timeout",          P_INTEGER, P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.timeout,     NULL,  0},
-  {"max connections",  P_INTEGER, P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.max_connections,NULL, 0},
-  {"name",             P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.name,        NULL,   0},
-  {"comment",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.comment,     NULL,   0},
-  {"lock file",        P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.lock_file,   NULL,   0},
-  {"path",             P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.path,        NULL,   0},
-  {"read only",        P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.read_only,   NULL,   0},
-  {"list",             P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.list,        NULL,   0},
-  {"use chroot",       P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.use_chroot,  NULL,   0},
-  {"ignore nonreadable",P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.ignore_nonreadable,  NULL,   0},
-  {"uid",              P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.uid,         NULL,   0},
-  {"gid",              P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.gid,         NULL,   0},
-  {"hosts allow",      P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.hosts_allow, NULL,   0},
-  {"hosts deny",       P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.hosts_deny,  NULL,   0},
-  {"auth users",       P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.auth_users,  NULL,   0},
-  {"secrets file",     P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.secrets_file,NULL,   0},
-  {"strict modes",     P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.strict_modes,NULL,   0},
-  {"exclude",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.exclude,     NULL,   0},
-  {"exclude from",     P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.exclude_from,NULL,   0},
-  {"include",          P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.include,     NULL,   0},
-  {"include from",     P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.include_from,NULL,   0},
-  {"transfer logging", P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.transfer_logging,NULL,0},
-  {"ignore errors",    P_BOOL,    P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.ignore_errors,NULL,0},
-  {"log format",       P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.log_format,  NULL,   0},
-  {"refuse options",   P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.refuse_options,NULL, 0},
-  {"dont compress",    P_STRING,  P_LOCAL,  &sDefault.dont_compress,NULL,  0},
-  {NULL,               P_BOOL,    P_NONE,   NULL,                  NULL,   0}
+ {"auth users",        P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.auth_users,        NULL,0},
+ {"comment",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.comment,           NULL,0},
+ {"dont compress",     P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.dont_compress,     NULL,0},
+ {"exclude from",      P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.exclude_from,      NULL,0},
+ {"exclude",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.exclude,           NULL,0},
+ {"filter",            P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.filter,            NULL,0},
+ {"gid",               P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.gid,               NULL,0},
+ {"hosts allow",       P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.hosts_allow,       NULL,0},
+ {"hosts deny",        P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.hosts_deny,        NULL,0},
+ {"ignore errors",     P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.ignore_errors,     NULL,0},
+ {"ignore nonreadable",P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.ignore_nonreadable,NULL,0},
+ {"include from",      P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.include_from,      NULL,0},
+ {"include",           P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.include,           NULL,0},
+ {"incoming chmod",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.incoming_chmod,    NULL,0},
+ {"list",              P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.list,              NULL,0},
+ {"lock file",         P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.lock_file,         NULL,0},
+ {"log file",          P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.log_file,          NULL,0},
+ {"log format",        P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.log_format,        NULL,0},
+ {"max connections",   P_INTEGER,P_LOCAL, &sDefault.max_connections,   NULL,0},
+ {"max verbosity",     P_INTEGER,P_LOCAL, &sDefault.max_verbosity,     NULL,0},
+ {"name",              P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.name,              NULL,0},
+ {"outgoing chmod",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.outgoing_chmod,    NULL,0},
+ {"path",              P_PATH,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.path,              NULL,0},
+#ifdef HAVE_PUTENV
+ {"post-xfer exec",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.postxfer_exec,     NULL,0},
+ {"pre-xfer exec",     P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.prexfer_exec,      NULL,0},
+#endif
+ {"read only",         P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.read_only,         NULL,0},
+ {"refuse options",    P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.refuse_options,    NULL,0},
+ {"secrets file",      P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.secrets_file,      NULL,0},
+ {"strict modes",      P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.strict_modes,      NULL,0},
+ {"syslog facility",   P_ENUM,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.syslog_facility,enum_facilities,0},
+ {"temp dir",          P_PATH,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.temp_dir,          NULL,0},
+ {"timeout",           P_INTEGER,P_LOCAL, &sDefault.timeout,           NULL,0},
+ {"transfer logging",  P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.transfer_logging,  NULL,0},
+ {"uid",               P_STRING, P_LOCAL, &sDefault.uid,               NULL,0},
+ {"use chroot",        P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.use_chroot,        NULL,0},
+ {"write only",        P_BOOL,   P_LOCAL, &sDefault.write_only,        NULL,0},
+ {NULL,                P_BOOL,   P_NONE,  NULL,                        NULL,0}
 };
 
 
@@ -293,10 +340,7 @@ Initialise the global parameter structure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static void init_globals(void)
 {
-	memset(&Globals, 0, sizeof(Globals));
-#ifdef LOG_DAEMON
-	Globals.syslog_facility = LOG_DAEMON;
-#endif
+	memset(&Globals, 0, sizeof Globals);
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
@@ -308,8 +352,8 @@ static void init_locals(void)
 
 
 /*
-   In this section all the functions that are used to access the 
-   parameters from the rest of the program are defined 
+   In this section all the functions that are used to access the
+   parameters from the rest of the program are defined
 */
 
 #define FN_GLOBAL_STRING(fn_name,ptr) \
@@ -331,46 +375,58 @@ static void init_locals(void)
  int fn_name(int i) {return(LP_SNUM_OK(i)? pSERVICE(i)->val : sDefault.val);}
 
 
+FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_bind_address, &Globals.bind_address)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_motd_file, &Globals.motd_file)
-FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_log_file, &Globals.log_file)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_pid_file, &Globals.pid_file)
 FN_GLOBAL_STRING(lp_socket_options, &Globals.socket_options)
-FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_syslog_facility, &Globals.syslog_facility)
 
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_name, name)
+FN_GLOBAL_INTEGER(lp_rsync_port, &Globals.rsync_port)
+
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_auth_users, auth_users)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_comment, comment)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_path, path)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_lock_file, lock_file)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_read_only, read_only)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_list, list)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_use_chroot, use_chroot)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_transfer_logging, transfer_logging)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_errors, ignore_errors)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_nonreadable, ignore_nonreadable)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_uid, uid)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_dont_compress, dont_compress)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude, exclude)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude_from, exclude_from)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_filter, filter)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_gid, gid)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_hosts_allow, hosts_allow)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_hosts_deny, hosts_deny)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_auth_users, auth_users)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_secrets_file, secrets_file)
-FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_strict_modes, strict_modes)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude, exclude)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_exclude_from, exclude_from)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_include, include)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_include_from, include_from)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_incoming_chmod, incoming_chmod)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_lock_file, lock_file)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_log_file, log_file)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_log_format, log_format)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_name, name)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_outgoing_chmod, outgoing_chmod)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_path, path)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_postxfer_exec, postxfer_exec)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_prexfer_exec, prexfer_exec)
 FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_refuse_options, refuse_options)
-FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_dont_compress, dont_compress)
-FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_timeout, timeout)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_secrets_file, secrets_file)
+FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_syslog_facility, syslog_facility)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_temp_dir, temp_dir)
+FN_LOCAL_STRING(lp_uid, uid)
+
 FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_max_connections, max_connections)
+FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_max_verbosity, max_verbosity)
+FN_LOCAL_INTEGER(lp_timeout, timeout)
+
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_errors, ignore_errors)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_ignore_nonreadable, ignore_nonreadable)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_list, list)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_read_only, read_only)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_strict_modes, strict_modes)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_transfer_logging, transfer_logging)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_use_chroot, use_chroot)
+FN_LOCAL_BOOL(lp_write_only, write_only)
 
 /* local prototypes */
-static int    strwicmp( char *psz1, char *psz2 );
-static int    map_parameter( char *parmname);
-static BOOL   set_boolean( BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue );
+static int    strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2);
+static int    map_parameter(char *parmname);
+static BOOL   set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue);
 static int    getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest);
-static void   copy_service( service *pserviceDest, 
-                            service *pserviceSource);
+static void   copy_service(service *pserviceDest, service *pserviceSource);
 static BOOL   do_parameter(char *parmname, char *parmvalue);
 static BOOL   do_section(char *sectionname);
 
@@ -410,7 +466,7 @@ static void string_set(char **s, const char *v)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-add a new service to the services array initialising it with the given 
+add a new service to the services array initialising it with the given
 service
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
@@ -422,7 +478,7 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
   tservice = *pservice;
 
   /* it might already exist */
-  if (name) 
+  if (name)
     {
       i = getservicebyname(name,NULL);
       if (i >= 0)
@@ -431,10 +487,10 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
 
   i = iNumServices;
 
-  ServicePtrs = (service **)Realloc(ServicePtrs,sizeof(service *)*num_to_alloc);
+  ServicePtrs = realloc_array(ServicePtrs, service *, num_to_alloc);
 
   if (ServicePtrs)
-	  pSERVICE(iNumServices) = (service *)malloc(sizeof(service));
+	  pSERVICE(iNumServices) = new(service);
 
   if (!ServicePtrs || !pSERVICE(iNumServices))
 	  return(-1);
@@ -444,7 +500,7 @@ static int add_a_service(service *pservice, char *name)
   init_service(pSERVICE(i));
   copy_service(pSERVICE(i),&tservice);
   if (name)
-    string_set(&iSERVICE(i).name,name);  
+    string_set(&iSERVICE(i).name,name);
 
   return(i);
 }
@@ -468,11 +524,12 @@ static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
    /* sync the strings on first non-whitespace */
    while (1)
    {
-      while (isspace(*psz1))
+      while (isspace(* (unsigned char *) psz1))
          psz1++;
-      while (isspace(*psz2))
+      while (isspace(* (unsigned char *) psz2))
          psz2++;
-      if (toupper(*psz1) != toupper(*psz2) || *psz1 == '\0' || *psz2 == '\0')
+      if (toupper(* (unsigned char *) psz1) != toupper(* (unsigned char *) psz2)
+	  || *psz1 == '\0' || *psz2 == '\0')
          break;
       psz1++;
       psz2++;
@@ -481,7 +538,7 @@ static int strwicmp(char *psz1, char *psz2)
 }
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Map a parameter's string representation to something we can use. 
+Map a parameter's string representation to something we can use.
 Returns False if the parameter string is not recognised, else TRUE.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
@@ -491,7 +548,7 @@ static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
    if (*parmname == '-')
      return(-1);
 
-   for (iIndex = 0; parm_table[iIndex].label; iIndex++) 
+   for (iIndex = 0; parm_table[iIndex].label; iIndex++)
       if (strwicmp(parm_table[iIndex].label, parmname) == 0)
          return(iIndex);
 
@@ -502,7 +559,7 @@ static int map_parameter(char *parmname)
 
 /***************************************************************************
 Set a boolean variable from the text value stored in the passed string.
-Returns True in success, False if the passed string does not correctly 
+Returns True in success, False if the passed string does not correctly
 represent a boolean.
 ***************************************************************************/
 static BOOL set_boolean(BOOL *pb, char *parmvalue)
@@ -536,7 +593,7 @@ static int getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest)
    int iService;
 
    for (iService = iNumServices - 1; iService >= 0; iService--)
-      if (strwicmp(iSERVICE(iService).name, name) == 0) 
+      if (strwicmp(iSERVICE(iService).name, name) == 0)
       {
          if (pserviceDest != NULL)
 	   copy_service(pserviceDest, pSERVICE(iService));
@@ -552,7 +609,7 @@ static int getservicebyname(char *name, service *pserviceDest)
 Copy a service structure to another
 
 ***************************************************************************/
-static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest, 
+static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
                          service *pserviceSource)
 {
   int i;
@@ -560,9 +617,9 @@ static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
   for (i=0;parm_table[i].label;i++)
     if (parm_table[i].ptr && parm_table[i].class == P_LOCAL) {
 	void *def_ptr = parm_table[i].ptr;
-	void *src_ptr = 
+	void *src_ptr =
 	  ((char *)pserviceSource) + PTR_DIFF(def_ptr,&sDefault);
-	void *dest_ptr = 
+	void *dest_ptr =
 	  ((char *)pserviceDest) + PTR_DIFF(def_ptr,&sDefault);
 
 	switch (parm_table[i].type)
@@ -582,6 +639,7 @@ static void copy_service(service *pserviceDest,
 	    *(char *)dest_ptr = *(char *)src_ptr;
 	    break;
 
+	  case P_PATH:
 	  case P_STRING:
 	    string_set(dest_ptr,*(char **)src_ptr);
 	    break;
@@ -602,6 +660,7 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
    int parmnum, i;
    void *parm_ptr=NULL; /* where we are going to store the result */
    void *def_ptr=NULL;
+   char *cp;
 
    parmnum = map_parameter(parmname);
 
@@ -648,6 +707,15 @@ static BOOL lp_do_parameter(int snum, char *parmname, char *parmvalue)
        sscanf(parmvalue,"%o",(int *)parm_ptr);
        break;
 
+     case P_PATH:
+       string_set(parm_ptr,parmvalue);
+       if ((cp = *(char**)parm_ptr) != NULL) {
+	   int len = strlen(cp);
+	   while (len > 1 && cp[len-1] == '/') len--;
+	   cp[len] = '\0';
+       }
+       break;
+
      case P_STRING:
        string_set(parm_ptr,parmvalue);
        break;
@@ -699,7 +767,7 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
      init_locals();
 
    /* if we've just struck a global section, note the fact. */
-   bInGlobalSection = isglobal;   
+   bInGlobalSection = isglobal;
 
    /* check for multiple global sections */
    if (bInGlobalSection)
@@ -731,26 +799,33 @@ static BOOL do_section(char *sectionname)
 
 
 /***************************************************************************
-Load the services array from the services file. Return True on success, 
+Load the services array from the services file. Return True on success,
 False on failure.
 ***************************************************************************/
 BOOL lp_load(char *pszFname, int globals_only)
 {
+	extern int am_server;
+	extern int am_root;
 	pstring n2;
 	BOOL bRetval;
- 
+
 	bRetval = False;
 
 	bInGlobalSection = True;
-  
+
 	init_globals();
 
-	pstrcpy(n2,pszFname);
+	if (pszFname)
+	    pstrcpy(n2,pszFname);
+	else if (am_server && !am_root)
+	    pstrcpy(n2,RSYNCD_USERCONF);
+	else
+	    pstrcpy(n2,RSYNCD_SYSCONF);
 
 	/* We get sections first, so have to start 'behind' to make up */
 	iServiceIndex = -1;
 	bRetval = pm_process(n2, globals_only?NULL:do_section, do_parameter);
-  
+
 	return (bRetval);
 }
 
@@ -774,7 +849,7 @@ int lp_number(char *name)
    int iService;
 
    for (iService = iNumServices - 1; iService >= 0; iService--)
-      if (strequal(lp_name(iService), name)) 
+      if (strcmp(lp_name(iService), name) == 0)
          break;
 
    return (iService);

match.c

@@ -1,244 +1,277 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Block matching used by the file-transfer code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-extern int csum_length;
-
 extern int verbose;
-extern int am_server;
+extern int do_progress;
+extern int checksum_seed;
+extern int append_mode;
 
-extern int remote_version;
-
-typedef unsigned short tag;
-
-#define TABLESIZE (1<<16)
-#define NULL_TAG (-1)
+int updating_basis_file;
 
 static int false_alarms;
-static int tag_hits;
+static int hash_hits;
 static int matches;
 static int64 data_transfer;
 
 static int total_false_alarms;
-static int total_tag_hits;
+static int total_hash_hits;
 static int total_matches;
 
 extern struct stats stats;
 
-struct target {
-  tag t;
-  int i;
-};
+#define TABLESIZE (1<<16)
 
-static struct target *targets;
-
-static int *tag_table;
-
-#define gettag2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
-#define gettag(sum) gettag2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
-
-static int compare_targets(struct target *t1,struct target *t2)
-{
-  return((int)t1->t - (int)t2->t);
-}
+static int32 *hash_table;
 
+#define SUM2HASH2(s1,s2) (((s1) + (s2)) & 0xFFFF)
+#define SUM2HASH(sum) SUM2HASH2((sum)&0xFFFF,(sum)>>16)
 
 static void build_hash_table(struct sum_struct *s)
 {
-  int i;
+	int32 i;
 
-  if (!tag_table)
-    tag_table = (int *)malloc(sizeof(tag_table[0])*TABLESIZE);
+	if (!hash_table) {
+		hash_table = new_array(int32, TABLESIZE);
+		if (!hash_table)
+			out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+	}
 
-  targets = (struct target *)malloc(sizeof(targets[0])*s->count);
-  if (!tag_table || !targets) 
-    out_of_memory("build_hash_table");
+	memset(hash_table, 0xFF, TABLESIZE * sizeof hash_table[0]);
 
-  for (i=0;i<s->count;i++) {
-    targets[i].i = i;
-    targets[i].t = gettag(s->sums[i].sum1);
-  }
-
-  qsort(targets,s->count,sizeof(targets[0]),(int (*)())compare_targets);
-
-  for (i=0;i<TABLESIZE;i++)
-    tag_table[i] = NULL_TAG;
-
-  for (i=s->count-1;i>=0;i--) {    
-    tag_table[targets[i].t] = i;
-  }
+	for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
+		uint32 t = SUM2HASH(s->sums[i].sum1);
+		s->sums[i].chain = hash_table[t];
+		hash_table[t] = i;
+	}
 }
 
 
 static OFF_T last_match;
 
 
-static void matched(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,
-		    OFF_T offset,int i)
+/**
+ * Transmit a literal and/or match token.
+ *
+ * This delightfully-named function is called either when we find a
+ * match and need to transmit all the unmatched data leading up to it,
+ * or when we get bored of accumulating literal data and just need to
+ * transmit it.  As a result of this second case, it is called even if
+ * we have not matched at all!
+ *
+ * @param i If >0, the number of a matched token.  If 0, indicates we
+ * have only literal data.
+ **/
+static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
+		    OFF_T offset, int32 i)
 {
-	OFF_T n = offset - last_match;
-	OFF_T j;
+	int32 n = offset - last_match; /* max value: block_size (int32) */
+	int32 j;
 
-	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%d n=%.0f\n",
-			(double)offset,(double)last_match,i,s->sums[i].len,(double)n);
+	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0) {
+		rprintf(FINFO,
+			"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%ld n=%ld\n",
+			(double)offset, (double)last_match, i,
+			(long)s->sums[i].len, (long)n);
+	}
 
-	send_token(f,i,buf,last_match,n,i<0?0:s->sums[i].len);
+	send_token(f, i, buf, last_match, n, i < 0 ? 0 : s->sums[i].len);
 	data_transfer += n;
 
 	if (i >= 0) {
 		stats.matched_data += s->sums[i].len;
 		n += s->sums[i].len;
 	}
-  
-	for (j=0;j<n;j+=CHUNK_SIZE) {
-		int n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE,n-j);
-		sum_update(map_ptr(buf,last_match+j,n1),n1);
-	}
 
+	for (j = 0; j < n; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
+		int32 n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE, n - j);
+		sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match + j, n1), n1);
+	}
 
 	if (i >= 0)
 		last_match = offset + s->sums[i].len;
 	else
 		last_match = offset;
 
-	if (buf) {
+	if (buf && do_progress)
 		show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
-
-		if (i == -1) end_progress(buf->file_size);
-	}
 }
 
 
 static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
-			struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
+			struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	OFF_T offset, end;
-	int j,k, last_i;
+	OFF_T offset, end, backup;
+	int32 k, want_i;
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
-	uint32 s1, s2, sum; 
+	uint32 s1, s2, sum;
+	int more;
 	schar *map;
 
-	/* last_i is used to encourage adjacent matches, allowing the RLL coding of the
-	   output to work more efficiently */
-	last_i = -1;
+	/* want_i is used to encourage adjacent matches, allowing the RLL
+	 * coding of the output to work more efficiently. */
+	want_i = 0;
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search b=%d len=%.0f\n",s->n,(double)len);
+	if (verbose > 2) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search b=%ld len=%.0f\n",
+			(long)s->blength, (double)len);
+	}
+
+	k = (int32)MIN(len, (OFF_T)s->blength);
+
+	map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, 0, k);
 
-	k = MIN(len, s->n);
-	
-	map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,0,k);
-	
 	sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 	s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 	s2 = sum >> 16;
 	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%d\n", sum, k);
-	
+		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%ld\n", sum, (long)k);
+
 	offset = 0;
-	
+
 	end = len + 1 - s->sums[s->count-1].len;
-	
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"hash search s->n=%d len=%.0f count=%d\n",
-			s->n,(double)len,s->count);
-	
+
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%ld len=%.0f count=%.0f\n",
+			(long)s->blength, (double)len, (double)s->count);
+	}
+
 	do {
-		tag t = gettag2(s1,s2);
 		int done_csum2 = 0;
-			
-		j = tag_table[t];
-		if (verbose > 4)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"offset=%.0f sum=%08x\n",(double)offset,sum);
-		
-		if (j == NULL_TAG) {
-			goto null_tag;
+		int32 i;
+
+		if (verbose > 4) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "offset=%.0f sum=%04x%04x\n",
+				(double)offset, s2 & 0xFFFF, s1 & 0xFFFF);
 		}
 
-		sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
-		tag_hits++;
-		for (; j<s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
-			int l, i = targets[j].i;
-			
-			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1) continue;
-			
-			/* also make sure the two blocks are the same length */
-			l = MIN(s->n,len-offset);
-			if (l != s->sums[i].len) continue;			
+		i = hash_table[SUM2HASH2(s1,s2)];
+		if (i < 0)
+			goto null_hash;
+
+		sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
+		hash_hits++;
+		do {
+			int32 l;
+
+			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
+				continue;
+
+			/* also make sure the two blocks are the same length */
+			l = (int32)MIN((OFF_T)s->blength, len-offset);
+			if (l != s->sums[i].len)
+				continue;
+
+			/* in-place: ensure chunk's offset is either >= our
+			 * offset or that the data didn't move. */
+			if (updating_basis_file && s->sums[i].offset < offset
+			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET))
+				continue;
+
+			if (verbose > 3) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"potential match at %.0f i=%ld sum=%08x\n",
+					(double)offset, (long)i, sum);
+			}
 
-			if (verbose > 3)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"potential match at %.0f target=%d %d sum=%08x\n",
-					(double)offset,j,i,sum);
-			
 			if (!done_csum2) {
 				map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,l);
 				get_checksum2((char *)map,l,sum2);
 				done_csum2 = 1;
 			}
-			
-			if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i].sum2,csum_length) != 0) {
+
+			if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i].sum2,s->s2length) != 0) {
 				false_alarms++;
 				continue;
 			}
 
-			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
-                           if last_i can hint at a better match */
-			for (j++; j<s->count && targets[j].t == t; j++) {
-				int i2 = targets[j].i;
-				if (i2 == last_i + 1) {
-					if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1) break;
-					if (memcmp(sum2,s->sums[i2].sum2,csum_length) != 0) break;
-					/* we've found an adjacent match - the RLL coder 
-					   will be happy */
-					i = i2;
-					break;
+			/* When updating in-place, the best possible match is
+			 * one with an identical offset, so we prefer that over
+			 * the following want_i optimization. */
+			if (updating_basis_file) {
+				int32 i2;
+				for (i2 = i; i2 >= 0; i2 = s->sums[i2].chain) {
+					if (s->sums[i2].offset != offset)
+						continue;
+					if (i2 != i) {
+						if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1)
+							break;
+						if (memcmp(sum2, s->sums[i2].sum2,
+							   s->s2length) != 0)
+							break;
+						i = i2;
+					}
+					/* This chunk was at the same offset on
+					 * both the sender and the receiver. */
+					s->sums[i].flags |= SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET;
+					goto set_want_i;
 				}
 			}
 
-			last_i = i;
-			
+			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
+			 * if want_i can hint at a better match. */
+			if (i != want_i && want_i < s->count
+			    && (!updating_basis_file || s->sums[want_i].offset >= offset
+			     || s->sums[want_i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET)
+			    && sum == s->sums[want_i].sum1
+			    && memcmp(sum2, s->sums[want_i].sum2, s->s2length) == 0) {
+				/* we've found an adjacent match - the RLL coder
+				 * will be happy */
+				i = want_i;
+			}
+		    set_want_i:
+			want_i = i + 1;
+
 			matched(f,s,buf,offset,i);
 			offset += s->sums[i].len - 1;
-			k = MIN((len-offset), s->n);
-			map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,k);
+			k = (int32)MIN((OFF_T)s->blength, len-offset);
+			map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, offset, k);
 			sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 			s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 			s2 = sum >> 16;
 			matches++;
 			break;
-		}
-		
-	null_tag:
+		} while ((i = s->sums[i].chain) >= 0);
+
+	  null_hash:
+		backup = offset - last_match;
+		/* We sometimes read 1 byte prior to last_match... */
+		if (backup < 0)
+			backup = 0;
+
 		/* Trim off the first byte from the checksum */
-		map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf,offset,k+1);
+		more = offset + k < len;
+		map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, offset - backup, k + more + backup)
+		    + backup;
 		s1 -= map[0] + CHAR_OFFSET;
 		s2 -= k * (map[0]+CHAR_OFFSET);
-		
+
 		/* Add on the next byte (if there is one) to the checksum */
-		if (k < (len-offset)) {
-			s1 += (map[k]+CHAR_OFFSET);
+		if (more) {
+			s1 += map[k] + CHAR_OFFSET;
 			s2 += s1;
-		} else {
+		} else
 			--k;
-		}
 
 		/* By matching early we avoid re-reading the
 		   data 3 times in the case where a token
@@ -246,70 +279,92 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 		   match. The 3 reads are caused by the
 		   running match, the checksum update and the
 		   literal send. */
-		if (offset-last_match >= CHUNK_SIZE+s->n && 
-		    (end-offset > CHUNK_SIZE)) {
-			matched(f,s,buf,offset - s->n, -2);
-		}
+		if (backup >= s->blength+CHUNK_SIZE && end-offset > CHUNK_SIZE)
+			matched(f, s, buf, offset - s->blength, -2);
 	} while (++offset < end);
-	
-	matched(f,s,buf,len,-1);
-	map_ptr(buf,len-1,1);
+
+	matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
+	map_ptr(buf, len-1, 1);
 }
 
 
-void match_sums(int f,struct sum_struct *s,struct map_struct *buf,OFF_T len)
+/**
+ * Scan through a origin file, looking for sections that match
+ * checksums from the generator, and transmit either literal or token
+ * data.
+ *
+ * Also calculates the MD4 checksum of the whole file, using the md
+ * accumulator.  This is transmitted with the file as protection
+ * against corruption on the wire.
+ *
+ * @param s Checksums received from the generator.  If <tt>s->count ==
+ * 0</tt>, then there are actually no checksums for this file.
+ *
+ * @param len Length of the file to send.
+ **/
+void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
 	char file_sum[MD4_SUM_LENGTH];
-	extern int write_batch;  /*  dw */
 
 	last_match = 0;
 	false_alarms = 0;
-	tag_hits = 0;
-	matches=0;
-	data_transfer=0;
+	hash_hits = 0;
+	matches = 0;
+	data_transfer = 0;
 
-	sum_init();
+	sum_init(checksum_seed);
 
-	if (len > 0 && s->count>0) {
+	if (append_mode) {
+		OFF_T j = 0;
+		for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < s->flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
+			if (buf && do_progress)
+				show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
+			sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, CHUNK_SIZE),
+				   CHUNK_SIZE);
+			last_match = j;
+		}
+		if (last_match < s->flength) {
+			int32 len = s->flength - last_match;
+			if (buf && do_progress)
+				show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
+			sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, len), len);
+			last_match = s->flength;
+		}
+		s->count = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (len > 0 && s->count > 0) {
 		build_hash_table(s);
-		
-		if (verbose > 2) 
+
+		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"built hash table\n");
-		
+
 		hash_search(f,s,buf,len);
-		
-		if (verbose > 2) 
+
+		if (verbose > 2)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"done hash search\n");
 	} else {
 		OFF_T j;
 		/* by doing this in pieces we avoid too many seeks */
-		for (j=0;j<(len-CHUNK_SIZE);j+=CHUNK_SIZE) {
-			int n1 = MIN(CHUNK_SIZE,(len-CHUNK_SIZE)-j);
-			matched(f,s,buf,j+n1,-2);
-		}
-		matched(f,s,buf,len,-1);
+		for (j = last_match + CHUNK_SIZE; j < len; j += CHUNK_SIZE)
+			matched(f, s, buf, j, -2);
+		matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
 	}
 
 	sum_end(file_sum);
+	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum. */
+	if (buf && buf->status != 0)
+		file_sum[0]++;
 
-	if (remote_version >= 14) {
-		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
-		write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-		if (write_batch) /* dw */
-		    write_batch_delta_file(file_sum, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-	}
-
-	if (targets) {
-		free(targets);
-		targets=NULL;
-	}
-	
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d tag_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
-			false_alarms, tag_hits, matches);
-	
-	total_tag_hits += tag_hits;
+		rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
+	write_buf(f,file_sum,MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d hash_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
+			false_alarms, hash_hits, matches);
+
+	total_hash_hits += hash_hits;
 	total_false_alarms += false_alarms;
 	total_matches += matches;
 	stats.literal_data += data_transfer;
@@ -321,8 +376,7 @@ void match_report(void)
 		return;
 
 	rprintf(FINFO,
-		"total: matches=%d  tag_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
-		total_matches,total_tag_hits,
-		total_false_alarms,
+		"total: matches=%d  hash_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
+		total_matches, total_hash_hits, total_false_alarms,
 		(double)stats.literal_data);
 }

mkproto.awk

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ BEGIN {
   next;
 }
 
-!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time/ {
+!/^OFF_T|^size_t|^off_t|^pid_t|^unsigned|^mode_t|^DIR|^user|^int|^char|^uint|^uchar|^short|^struct|^BOOL|^void|^time|^const|^RETSIGTYPE/ {
   next;
 }
 

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,31 +1,60 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
+Summary: A program for synchronizing files over a network.
 Name: rsync
-Version: 2.5.1
+Version: 2.6.9pre1
 Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.5.1.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
+Group: Applications/Internet
+Source:	ftp://rsync.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-%{version}.tar.gz
+URL: http://rsync.samba.org/
+
+Prefix: %{_prefix}
+BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-root
+License: GPL
 
 %description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
+Rsync uses a reliable algorithm to bring remote and host files into
+sync very quickly. Rsync is fast because it just sends the differences
+in the files over the network instead of sending the complete
+files. Rsync is often used as a very powerful mirroring process or
+just as a more capable replacement for the rcp command. A technical
+report which describes the rsync algorithm is included in this
+package.
 
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
+%prep
+%setup -q
 
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
+%build
+%configure
+
+make
+
+%install
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%makeinstall
+
+%clean
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%files
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc COPYING README tech_report.tex
+%{_prefix}/bin/rsync
+%{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
+%{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
 
 %changelog
-* Mon Sept 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
+* Thu Jan 30 2003 Horst von Brand <vonbrand@inf.utfsm.cl>
+  Fixed "Sept" date in %changelog here
+  Use %{_mandir} to point to manpages
+  Support for compressed manpages (* at end catches them in %files)
+  Add doc/README-SGML and doc/rsync.sgml to %doc
+
+* Mon Sep 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
   Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
 
 * Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
+  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness
+
 * Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
   reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
 
@@ -57,28 +86,3 @@ to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
 
 rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
 previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,share/man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Sept 11 2000 John H Terpstra <jht@turbolinux.com>
-  Changed target paths to be Linux Standards Base compliant
-
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,share/man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/share/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/share/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/nightly-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+use strict;
+
+# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
+# copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  It also requires a
+# pristine CVS checkout of rsync (don't use your normal rsync build dir
+# unless you're 100% sure that there are not unchecked-in changes).
+#
+# If this is run with -ctu, it will make an updated "nightly" tar file in
+# the nightly dir.  It will also remove any old tar files, regenerate the
+# HTML man pages in the nightly dir, and then rsync the changes to the
+# samba.org server.
+
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Date::Format;
+
+# Choose any dir where a pristine rsync has been checked out of CVS.
+our $unpacked = $ENV{HOME} . '/release/nightly';
+# Where the local copy of /home/ftp/pub/rsync/nightly should be updated.
+our $nightly = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp/nightly';
+our $nightly_symlink = "$nightly/rsync-HEAD.tar.gz";
+
+our($cvs_update, $make_tar, $upload, $help_opt);
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'cvs-update|c' => \$cvs_update,
+    'make-tar|t' => \$make_tar,
+    'upload|u' => \$upload,
+    'help|h' => \$help_opt,
+) || $help_opt;
+
+our $name = time2str('rsync-HEAD-%Y%m%d-%H%M%Z', time, 'GMT');
+our $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
+our $today = $ztoday;
+
+chdir($unpacked) or die $!;
+
+if ($cvs_update) {
+    print "Updating from cvs...\n";
+    system 'cvs -q up' and die $!;
+}
+
+if ($make_tar) {
+    print "Generating list of active CVS files...\n";
+    my($dir, @files);
+    open(CVS, '-|', 'cvs status 2>&1') or die $!;
+    while (<CVS>) {
+	if (/^cvs status: Examining (.*)/) {
+	    if ($1 eq '.') {
+		$dir = '';
+	    } else {
+		push(@files, $1);
+		$dir = $1 . '/';
+	    }
+	} elsif (/^File: (.*?)\s+Status: (.*)/ && $1 ne '.cvsignore') {
+	    push(@files, $dir . $1);
+	    if ($2 ne 'Up-to-date') {
+		print "*** Not up-to-date: $dir$1\n";
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    close CVS;
+
+    print "Creating $unpacked/$name.tar.gz\n";
+    chdir('..') or die $!;
+    rename($unpacked, $name) or die $!;
+    open(TAR, '|-', "fakeroot tar --files-from=- --no-recursion --mode=g-w -czf $nightly/$name.tar.gz $name") or die $!;
+    foreach (@files) {
+	print TAR "$name/$_\n";
+    }
+    close TAR;
+    rename($name, $unpacked) or die $!;
+    unlink($nightly_symlink);
+    symlink("$name.tar.gz", $nightly_symlink);
+}
+
+chdir($nightly) or die $!;
+
+foreach my $fn (qw( rsync.yo rsyncd.conf.yo )) {
+    my $html_fn = $fn;
+    $html_fn =~ s/\.yo/.html/;
+
+    open(IN, '<', "$unpacked/$fn") or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+
+    s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m;
+    #s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m;
+
+    open(OUT, '>', $fn) or die $!;
+    print OUT $_;
+    close OUT;
+
+    system "yodl2html -o $html_fn $fn";
+
+    unlink($fn);
+}
+
+system "find . -name 'rsync-HEAD-*' -daystart -mtime +14 | xargs rm -f";
+system 'ls -ltr';
+
+if ($upload) {
+    $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR} = ''; # The rsync on samba.org is OLD.
+    system "rsync -aviHP --delete-after . samba.org:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/nightly";
+}
+
+exit;
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: nightly-rsync [OPTIONS]
+
+ -c, --cvs-update  update $unpacked via CVS.
+ -t, --make-tar    create a new tar file in $nightly
+ -u, --upload      upload the revised nightly dir to samba.org
+ -h, --help        display this help
+EOT
+}

packaging/redhat/5.0/rsync.spec

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: 2.5.1
-Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.5.1.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/redhat/5.0/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5 $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/redhat/7.1/rsync.spec

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: 2.5.1
-Release: 1
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-2.5.1.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1*
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/redhat/7.1/rsync.spec.tmpl

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Program for efficient remote updates of files.
-Name: rsync
-Version: PVERSION
-Release: PRELEASE
-Copyright: GPL
-Group: Applications/Networking
-Source:	ftp://samba.anu.edu.au/pub/rsync/rsync-PVERSION.tar.gz
-URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/
-Packager: Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-BuildRoot: /tmp/rsync
-
-%description
-rsync is a replacement for rcp that has many more features.
-
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
-differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
-
-%changelog
-* Mon Jan 25 1999 Stefan Hornburg <racke@linuxia.de>
-  quoted RPM_OPT_FLAGS for the sake of robustness  
-* Mon May 18 1998 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.anu.edu.au>
-  reworked for auto-building when I release rsync (tridge@samba.anu.edu.au)
-
-* Sat May 16 1998 John H Terpstra <jht@aquasoft.com.au>
-  Upgraded to Rsync 2.0.6
-    -new feature anonymous rsync
-
-* Mon Apr  6 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Upgrade to rsync version 1.7.2.
-
-* Sun Mar  1 1998 Douglas N. Arnold <dna@math.psu.edu>
-
-Built 1.6.9-1 based on the 1.6.3-2 spec file of John A. Martin.
-Changes from 1.6.3-2 packaging: added latex and dvips commands
-to create tech_report.ps.
-
-* Mon Aug 25 1997 John A. Martin <jam@jamux.com>
-
-Built 1.6.3-2 after finding no rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm although there
-was an ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/contrib/alpha/rsync-1.6.3-1.alpha.rpm
-showing no packager nor signature but giving 
-"Source RPM: rsync-1.6.3-1.src.rpm".
-
-Changes from 1.6.2-1 packaging: added '$RPM_OPT_FLAGS' to make, strip
-to '%build', removed '%prefix'.
-
-* Thu Apr 10 1997 Michael De La Rue <miked@ed.ac.uk>
-
-rsync-1.6.2-1 packaged.  (This entry by jam to credit Michael for the
-previous package(s).)
-
-%prep
-%setup
-
-%build
-./configure --prefix=/usr
-make CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS"
-strip rsync
-
-%install
-mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/{bin,man/{man1,man5}}
-install -m755 rsync $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin
-install -m644 rsync.1* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man1
-install -m644 rsyncd.conf.5* $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/man/man5
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/bin/rsync
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man1/rsync.1*
-%attr(-,root,root) /usr/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc tech_report.tex
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc README
-%attr(-,root,root) %doc COPYING

packaging/release-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+use strict;
+
+# This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to
+# be a copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  If it is run
+# in test mode, it instead expects a dir named ~/tmp/samba-rsync-ftp
+# (e.g. copy ~/samba-rsync-ftp into ~/tmp and you can do a trial-run of
+# a release without affecting the files in the ~/samba-rsync-ftp dir).
+#
+# Run this as "release-rsync live" to affect ~/samba-rsync-ftp instead
+# of ~/tmp/samba-rsync-ftp.
+
+use Date::Format;
+
+my $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp';
+my $releasedir = $ENV{HOME} . '/release';
+my $cvsroot = $ENV{CVSROOT} = 'samba.org:/data/cvs';
+
+my $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
+my $today = $ztoday;
+$today =~ s/^0//;
+
+my $break = <<EOT;
+==========================================================================
+EOT
+my $note = <<EOT;
+== Note: type "-a u,n" if you want to auto-accept the U,N suggestions.  ==
+EOT
+
+my $live = shift;
+my $skipping = '';
+
+print $break;
+if ($live) {
+    print <<EOT;
+== This will release a new version of rsync onto an unsuspecting world. ==
+EOT
+} else {
+    print <<EOT;
+==     **** TESTMODE ****    (Add "live" arg to avoid this.)            ==
+EOT
+    $dest =~ s#([^/]+$)#tmp/$1#;
+    $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+}
+die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
+
+print $break, "\nChecking out the latest rsync into $releasedir ...\n";
+
+mkdir($releasedir, 0755) or die $! unless -d $releasedir;
+chdir($releasedir) or die $!;
+
+system 'rm -rf rsync';
+
+my(%dirs, @files);
+open(CVS, '-|', 'cvs checkout -P rsync') or die $!;
+while (<CVS>) {
+    print $_;
+    next if /\.(cvs)?ignore$/;
+    if (m#^[UP] rsync/(.*)#) {
+	my $fn = $1;
+	my($dir) = $fn =~ m#^(.+)/#;
+	push(@files, $dir) if defined($dir) && !$dirs{$1}++;
+	push(@files, $fn);
+    }
+}
+
+chdir('rsync') or die $!;
+
+my($version, $lastversion);
+open(IN, 'configure.in') or die $!;
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/^RSYNC_VERSION=(.*)/) {
+	$version = $lastversion = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+$lastversion =~ s/(\d+)cvs$/ $1 - 1 /e;
+$version =~ s/cvs/pre1/ || $version =~ s/pre(\d+)/ 'pre' . ($1 + 1) /e;
+
+print $break, "\nPlease enter the version number of this release: [$version] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+if ($_ eq '.') {
+    $version =~ s/pre\d+//;
+} elsif ($_ ne '') {
+    $version = $_;
+}
+$version =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
+
+$lastversion =~ s/(\d+)pre\d+$/ $1 - 1 /e unless $version =~ /pre/;
+
+my $cvstag = "release-$version";
+$cvstag =~ s/[.]/-/g;
+$cvstag =~ s/pre/-pre/;
+
+print "Enter the previous version to produce a patch against: [$lastversion] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+$lastversion = $_ if $_ ne '';
+$lastversion =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
+
+my $release = 1;
+print "Please enter the RPM release number of this release: [$release] ";
+chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+$release = $_ if $_ ne '';
+
+my $diffdir;
+my $skipping2;
+if ($lastversion =~ /pre/) {
+    if ($version !~ /pre/) {
+	die "You should not diff a release version against a pre-release version.\n";
+    }
+    $diffdir = "$dest/old-previews";
+    $skipping2 = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+} elsif ($version =~ /pre/) {
+    $diffdir = $dest;
+    $skipping2 = ' ** SKIPPING **';
+} else {
+    $diffdir = "$dest/old-versions";
+    $skipping2 = '';
+}
+
+print "\n", $break, <<EOT;
+\$version is "$version"
+\$lastversion is "$lastversion"
+\$cvstag is "$cvstag"
+\$dest is "$dest"
+\$releasedir is "$releasedir"
+\$diffdir is "$diffdir"
+\$release is "$release"
+
+About to:
+    - make sure that configure, config.h.in, and proto.h are updated
+    - tweak the version in configure.in, configure, and the spec files
+    - tweak NEWS and OLDNEWS to update the release date$skipping2
+    - tweak the date in the *.yo files and re-generate the man pages
+    - make sure that the patches dir has been updated
+    - page through the "cvs diff" output
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+my $f_opt = /f/ ? ' -f' : '';
+
+print $break;
+system "./prepare-source && touch proto.h";
+
+my @tweak_files = ( glob('packaging/*.spec'), glob('packaging/*/*.spec'),
+		    glob('*.yo'), qw( configure.in configure ) );
+if ($version !~ /pre/) {
+    push(@tweak_files, qw( NEWS OLDNEWS ));
+}
+foreach my $fn (@tweak_files) {
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+    if ($fn =~ /configure/) {
+	s/^RSYNC_VERSION=.*/RSYNC_VERSION=$version/m;
+    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.spec/) {
+	s/^(Version:) .*/$1 $version/m;
+	s/^(Release:) .*/$1 $release/m;
+    } elsif ($fn =~ /\.yo/) {
+	s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m;
+	s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m;
+    } else {
+	s/^(NEWS for rsync \Q$version\E) \(UNRELEASED\)\s*\n/$1 ($today)\n/m;
+	s/^\t\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d(\t\Q$version\E)/\t$ztoday$1/m;
+    }
+    open(OUT, '>', $fn) or die $!;
+    print OUT $_;
+    close OUT;
+}
+
+system "yodl2man -o rsync.1 rsync.yo";
+system "yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 rsyncd.conf.yo";
+#system "perl -pi -e \"s/\\\\\\'/\\\\&'/g\" rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5";
+
+mkdir('patches/tmp') or die $!;
+system "rsync -a --exclude=patches/ --exclude-from=.cvsignore . patches/tmp/cvsdir/";
+
+print "\n", $break, $note, $break;
+system "patches/verify-patches -n -an$f_opt";
+
+print $break;
+system "cvs -q diff | egrep -v '^(===============|RCS file: |retrieving revision |Index: )' | less -p '^diff .*'";
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to:
+    - "cvs commit" all changes$skipping
+    - "cvs tag" this release as $cvstag$skipping
+    - change the diffs in the patches dir to include generated files
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+
+if ($live) {
+    system "cvs commit -m 'Preparing for release of $version'";
+    system "cvs tag -F $cvstag .";
+}
+
+if (!/skip/i) {
+    print "\n", $break, $note, $break;
+    system "patches/verify-patches -pun -an";
+}
+
+my $tar_name = "rsync-$version.tar.gz";
+my $diff_name = "rsync-$lastversion-$version.diffs.gz";
+my $tar_file = "$dest/$tar_name";
+my $diff_file = "$dest/$diff_name";
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to do the following in the samba-rsync-ftp dir:
+    - move the old tar/diff files into the appropriate old-* dirs
+    - copy the moved tar/diff files on samba.org$skipping
+    - create release tar, "$tar_name"
+    - create release diffs, "$diff_name"
+    - update README, *NEWS, TODO, and cvs.log
+    - update rsync*.html man pages
+    - gpg-sign the release files$skipping
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
+$_ = <STDIN>;
+
+chdir($releasedir) or die $!;
+
+print $break;
+system "rm -rf rsync-$version";
+rename('rsync', "rsync-$version") or die $!;
+
+# When creating a pre-release after a normal release, there's nothing to move.
+if ($diffdir ne $dest) {
+    chdir($dest) or die $!;
+
+    print "Shuffling old files ...\n";
+
+    # We need to run this regardless of $lastversion's "pre"ness.
+    my @moved_files;
+    foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*pre*.tar.gz*'), glob('rsync*pre*-NEWS')) {
+	my $new_fn = "old-previews/$fn";
+	rename($fn, $new_fn) or die $!;
+	push(@moved_files, $new_fn);
+    }
+
+    if ($version !~ /pre/) {
+	foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*.tar.gz*'), glob('rsync*-NEWS')) {
+	    next if $fn =~ /^rsync.*pre/;
+	    my $new_fn = "old-versions/$fn";
+	    rename($fn, $new_fn) or die $!;
+	    push(@moved_files, $new_fn);
+	}
+
+	foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*.diffs.gz*')) {
+	    next if $fn =~ /^rsync.*pre/;
+	    my $new_fn = "old-patches/$fn";
+	    rename($fn, $new_fn) or die $!;
+	    push(@moved_files, $new_fn);
+	}
+    }
+
+    # Optimize our future upload (in the absence of --detect-renamed) by
+    # copying the above moved files on the remote server.
+    if ($live) {
+	my $remote_cmd = '';
+	foreach (@moved_files) {
+	    my($path, $fn) = m#(.*)/([^/]+)$#;
+	    $remote_cmd .= "cp -p /home/ftp/pub/rsync/{$fn,$path};";
+	}
+	system "ssh samba.org '$remote_cmd'";
+    }
+    foreach (glob("rsync*pre*.diffs.gz*")) {
+	unlink($_);
+    }
+
+    chdir($releasedir) or die $!;
+}
+
+print "Creating $tar_file ...\n";
+system "fakeroot tar czf $tar_file rsync-$version";
+open(TAR, '|-', "fakeroot tar --files-from=- --no-recursion --mode=g+w -czf $tar_file rsync-$version") or die $!;
+foreach (@files) {
+    print TAR "rsync-$version/$_\n";
+}
+close TAR;
+
+print "Creating $diff_file ...\n";
+system "rm -rf rsync-$version rsync-$lastversion";
+system "tar xzf $tar_file; tar xzf $diffdir/rsync-$lastversion.tar.gz";
+## TWEAK THE VERSIONS AS DESIRED HERE ##
+#mkdir("rsync-$lastversion/support", 0755) or die $!;
+#rename("rsync-$lastversion/rsyncstats", "rsync-$lastversion/support/rsyncstats");
+#unlink("rsync-$lastversion/.ignore");
+## END ##
+system "diff -urN --exclude=patches rsync-$lastversion rsync-$version| gzip -9 >$diff_file";
+
+print "Updating the other files in $dest ...\n";
+system "rsync -a rsync-$version/{README,NEWS,OLDNEWS,TODO} $dest";
+unlink("$dest/rsync-$version-NEWS");
+link("$dest/NEWS", "$dest/rsync-$version-NEWS");
+system "rsync -a $cvsroot/CVSROOT/rsync.updates $dest/cvs.log";
+
+system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsync.html rsync-$version/rsync.yo";
+system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsyncd.conf.html rsync-$version/rsyncd.conf.yo";
+
+system "rm -rf rsync-*";
+
+if ($live) {
+    chdir($dest) or die $!;
+    system "gpg -ba $tar_name; gpg -ba $diff_name";
+    print $break, <<EOT;
+
+All done.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
+rsync-announce\@lists.samba.org and rsync\@lists.samba.org!
+EOT
+} else {
+    print $break, "All done.\n";
+}

packaging/solaris/build_pkg.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Shell script for building Solaris package of rsync
+# Author: Jens Apel <jens.apel@web.de>
+# License: GPL
+#
+# BASEDIR is /usr/local and should be the same as the
+# --prefix parameter of configure
+#
+# this script should be copied under
+# packaging/solaris/5.8/build_pkg.sh
+
+# Definitions start here
+# you can edit this, if you like
+
+# The Package name under which rsync will b installed
+PKGNAME=SMBrsync
+
+# Extract common info requires for the 'info' part of the package.
+# This should be made generic and generated by the configure script
+# but for now it is hard coded
+BASEDIR=/usr/local
+VERSION="2.5.5"
+ARCH=`uname -p`
+NAME=rsync
+
+# Definitions end here
+# Please do not edit below this line or you know what you do.
+
+## Start by faking root install
+echo "Creating install directory (fake $BASEDIR)..."
+START=`pwd`
+FAKE_ROOT=$START/${PKGNAME}
+mkdir $FAKE_ROOT
+
+# copy the binary and the man page to their places
+mkdir $FAKE_ROOT/bin
+mkdir -p $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync
+mkdir -p $FAKE_ROOT/man/man1
+mkdir -p $FAKE_ROOT/man/man5
+
+cp ../../../rsync $FAKE_ROOT/bin/rsync
+cp ../../../rsync.1 $FAKE_ROOT/man/man1/rsync.1
+cp ../../../rsyncd.conf.5 $FAKE_ROOT/man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5
+cp ../../../README $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync/README
+cp ../../../COPYING $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync/COPYING
+cp ../../../tech_report.pdf $FAKE_ROOT/doc/rsync/tech_report.pdf
+cp ../../../COPYING $FAKE_ROOT/COPYING
+
+## Build info file
+echo "Building pkginfo file..."
+cat > $FAKE_ROOT/pkginfo << EOF_INFO
+PKG=$PKGNAME
+NAME=$NAME
+DESC="Program for efficient remote updates of files."
+VENDOR="Samba Team URL: http://samba.anu.edu.au/rsync/"
+BASEDIR=$BASEDIR
+ARCH=$ARCH
+VERSION=$VERSION
+CATEGORY=application
+CLASSES=none
+EOF_INFO
+
+## Build prototype file
+cat > $FAKE_ROOT/prototype << EOFPROTO
+i copyright=COPYING
+i pkginfo=pkginfo
+d none bin 0755 bin bin
+f none bin/rsync 0755 bin bin
+d none doc 0755 bin bin
+d none doc/$NAME 0755 bin bin
+f none doc/$NAME/README 0644 bin bin
+f none doc/$NAME/COPYING 0644 bin bin
+f none doc/$NAME/tech_report.pdf 0644 bin bin
+d none man 0755 bin bin
+d none man/man1 0755 bin bin
+f none man/man1/rsync.1 0644 bin bin
+d none man/man5 0755 bin bin
+f none man/man5/rsyncd.conf.5 0644 bin bin
+EOFPROTO
+
+## And now build the package.
+OUTPUTFILE=$PKGNAME-$VERSION-sol8-$ARCH-local.pkg
+echo "Building package.."
+echo FAKE_ROOT = $FAKE_ROOT
+cd $FAKE_ROOT
+pkgmk -d . -r . -f ./prototype -o
+pkgtrans -os . $OUTPUTFILE $PKGNAME
+
+mv $OUTPUTFILE ..
+cd ..
+
+# Comment this out if you want to see, which file structure has been created
+rm -rf $FAKE_ROOT
+

params.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-/*
-  This modules is based on the params.c module from Samba, written by Karl Auer
-  and much modifed by Christopher Hertel.
+/* This modules is based on the params.c module from Samba, written by Karl Auer
+   and much modifed by Christopher Hertel. */
 
+/*
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
@@ -12,11 +12,12 @@
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
  * GNU General Public License for more details.
  *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  *
  * Module name: params
  *
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ static int Continuation( char *line, int pos )
    */
   {
   pos--;
-  while( (pos >= 0) && isspace(line[pos]) )
+  while( (pos >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *)line)[pos]) )
      pos--;
 
   return( ((pos >= 0) && ('\\' == line[pos])) ? pos : -1 );
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
     if( i > (bSize - 2) )
       {
       bSize += BUFR_INC;
-      bufr   = Realloc( bufr, bSize );
+      bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
         rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func);
@@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
     if( i > (bSize - 2) )       /* Ensure there's space for next char.    */
       {
       bSize += BUFR_INC;
-      bufr   = Realloc( bufr, bSize );
+      bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
         rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
@@ -366,7 +367,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
     if( i > (bSize - 2) )       /* Make sure there's enough room. */
       {
       bSize += BUFR_INC;
-      bufr   = Realloc( bufr, bSize );
+      bufr   = realloc_array( bufr, char, bSize );
       if( NULL == bufr )
         {
         rprintf(FERROR, "%s Memory re-allocation failure.", func) ;
@@ -386,7 +387,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
           c = 0;
         else
           {
-          for( end = i; (end >= 0) && isspace(bufr[end]); end-- )
+          for( end = i; (end >= 0) && isspace(((unsigned char *) bufr)[end]); end-- )
             ;
           c = getc( InFile );
           }
@@ -491,8 +492,8 @@ static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
   OpenedFile = fopen( FileName, "r" );
   if( NULL == OpenedFile )
     {
-    rprintf(FERROR,"%s Unable to open configuration file \"%s\":\n\t%s\n",
-	    func, FileName, strerror(errno));
+    rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "unable to open configuration file \"%s\"",
+	    FileName);
     }
 
   return( OpenedFile );
@@ -530,7 +531,7 @@ BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
   else                                        /* If we don't have a buffer   */
     {                                         /* allocate one, then parse,   */
     bSize = BUFR_INC;                         /* then free.                  */
-    bufr = (char *)malloc( bSize );
+    bufr = new_array( char, bSize );
     if( NULL == bufr )
       {
       rprintf(FERROR,"%s memory allocation failure.\n", func);

pipe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*
+ * Routines used to setup various kinds of inter-process pipes.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int blocking_io;
+extern int filesfrom_fd;
+extern mode_t orig_umask;
+extern char *logfile_name;
+extern struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes;
+
+/**
+ * Create a child connected to us via its stdin/stdout.
+ *
+ * This is derived from CVS code
+ *
+ * Note that in the child STDIN is set to blocking and STDOUT
+ * is set to non-blocking. This is necessary as rsh relies on stdin being blocking
+ *  and ssh relies on stdout being non-blocking
+ *
+ * If blocking_io is set then use blocking io on both fds. That can be
+ * used to cope with badly broken rsh implementations like the one on
+ * Solaris.
+ **/
+pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int to_child_pipe[2];
+	int from_child_pipe[2];
+
+	if (verbose >= 2) {
+		print_child_argv(command);
+	}
+
+	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 || fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "pipe");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	pid = do_fork();
+	if (pid == -1) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fork");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (pid == 0) {
+		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
+		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
+		    close(from_child_pipe[0]) < 0 ||
+		    dup2(from_child_pipe[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to dup/close");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+		}
+		if (to_child_pipe[0] != STDIN_FILENO)
+			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
+		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
+			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
+		umask(orig_umask);
+		set_blocking(STDIN_FILENO);
+		if (blocking_io > 0)
+			set_blocking(STDOUT_FILENO);
+		execvp(command[0], command);
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to exec %s", command[0]);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 || close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to close");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	*f_in = from_child_pipe[0];
+	*f_out = to_child_pipe[1];
+
+	return pid;
+}
+
+/* This function forks a child which calls child_main().  First,
+ * however, it has to establish communication paths to and from the
+ * newborn child.  It creates two socket pairs -- one for writing to
+ * the child (from the parent) and one for reading from the child
+ * (writing to the parent).  Since that's four socket ends, each
+ * process has to close the two ends it doesn't need.  The remaining
+ * two socket ends are retained for reading and writing.  In the
+ * child, the STDIN and STDOUT file descriptors refer to these
+ * sockets.  In the parent, the function arguments f_in and f_out are
+ * set to refer to these sockets. */
+pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
+		  int (*child_main)(int, char*[]))
+{
+	pid_t pid;
+	int to_child_pipe[2];
+	int from_child_pipe[2];
+
+	/* The parent process is always the sender for a local rsync. */
+	assert(am_sender);
+
+	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 ||
+	    fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "pipe");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	pid = do_fork();
+	if (pid == -1) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fork");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (pid == 0) {
+		am_sender = 0;
+		am_server = 1;
+		filesfrom_fd = -1;
+		chmod_modes = NULL; /* Let the sending side handle this. */
+
+		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
+		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
+		    close(from_child_pipe[0]) < 0 ||
+		    dup2(from_child_pipe[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to dup/close");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+		}
+		if (to_child_pipe[0] != STDIN_FILENO)
+			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
+		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
+			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
+		child_main(argc, argv);
+	}
+
+	/* Let the client side handle this. */
+	if (logfile_name) {
+		logfile_name = NULL;
+		logfile_close();
+	}
+
+	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
+	    close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to close");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	*f_in = from_child_pipe[0];
+	*f_out = to_child_pipe[1];
+
+	return pid;
+}

popt/.cvsignore

@@ -5,5 +5,3 @@ config.h
 config.log
 config.status
 dummy
-rsync
-zlib/dummy

popt/CHANGES

@@ -1,4 +1,7 @@
-1.3 ->
+1.5 -> 1.6
+	- add ability to perform callbacks for every, not just first, match.
+
+1.3 -> 1.5
 	- heavy dose of const's
 	- poptParseArgvString() now NULL terminates the list
 

popt/README

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ to getopt(3), it contains a number of enhancements, including:
 	2) popt can parse arbitrary argv[] style arrays while 
 	   getopt(2) makes this quite difficult
 	3) popt allows users to alias command line arguments
-	4) popt provides convience functions for parsting strings
+	4) popt provides convience functions for parsing strings
 	   into argv[] style arrays
 
 popt is used by rpm, the Red Hat install program, and many other Red Hat

popt/README.rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This is a perfectly ordinary copy of libpopt.  It is only used on platforms
+that do not have a sufficiently up-to-date copy of their own.  If you build
+rsync on a platform which has popt, this directory should not be used.  (You
+can control that using the --with-included-popt configure flag.)

popt/config.log

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-
-configure:592: checking host system type
-configure:613: checking target system type
-configure:631: checking build system type
-configure:665: checking for a BSD compatible install
-configure:718: checking whether build environment is sane
-configure:775: checking whether make sets ${MAKE}
-configure:821: checking for working aclocal
-configure:834: checking for working autoconf
-configure:847: checking for working automake
-configure:860: checking for working autoheader
-configure:873: checking for working makeinfo
-configure:891: checking for gcc
-configure:1004: checking whether the C compiler (gcc  ) works
-configure:1020: gcc -o conftest    conftest.c  1>&5
-configure:1046: checking whether the C compiler (gcc  ) is a cross-compiler
-configure:1051: checking whether we are using GNU C
-configure:1079: checking whether gcc accepts -g
-configure:1111: checking for POSIXized ISC
-configure:1135: checking for gcc
-configure:1248: checking whether the C compiler (gcc -g -O2 ) works
-configure:1264: gcc -o conftest -g -O2   conftest.c  1>&5
-configure:1290: checking whether the C compiler (gcc -g -O2 ) is a cross-compiler
-configure:1295: checking whether we are using GNU C
-configure:1323: checking whether gcc accepts -g
-configure:1355: checking how to run the C preprocessor
-configure:1436: checking whether gcc needs -traditional
-configure:1485: checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C
-configure:1564: checking for function prototypes
-configure:1795: checking for ranlib
-configure:1834: checking for ld used by GCC
-configure:1896: checking if the linker (/usr/bin/ld) is GNU ld
-configure:1912: checking for BSD-compatible nm
-configure:1948: checking whether ln -s works
-ltconfig:603: checking for object suffix
-ltconfig:604: gcc -c -g -O2  conftest.c 1>&5
-ltconfig:629: checking for executable suffix
-ltconfig:630: gcc -o conftest -g -O2   conftest.c  1>&5
-ltconfig:776: checking if gcc PIC flag -fPIC works
-ltconfig:777: gcc -c -g -O2 -fPIC -DPIC  conftest.c 1>&5
-ltconfig:829: checking if gcc supports -c -o file.o
-ltconfig:830: gcc -c -g -O2 -o out/conftest2.o  conftest.c 1>&5
-ltconfig:862: checking if gcc supports -c -o file.lo
-ltconfig:863: gcc -c -g -O2 -c -o conftest.lo  conftest.c 1>&5
-ltconfig:914: checking if gcc supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions
-ltconfig:915: gcc -c -g -O2 -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions -c conftest.c  conftest.c 1>&5
-ltconfig:958: checking if gcc static flag -static works
-ltconfig:959: gcc -o conftest -g -O2   -static conftest.c  1>&5
-GNU ld version 2.10.91 (with BFD 2.10.91.0.2)
-ltconfig:1635: checking if global_symbol_pipe works
-ltconfig:1636: gcc -c -g -O2  conftest.c 1>&5
-ltconfig:1639: eval "/usr/bin/nm -B conftest.o | sed -n -e 's/^.*[ 	]\([ABCDGISTW]\)[ 	][ 	]*\(\)\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)$/\1 \2\3 \3/p' > conftest.nm"
-ltconfig:1691: gcc -o conftest -g -O2 -fno-builtin -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions   conftest.c conftstm.o 1>&5
-configure:2150: checking for a BSD compatible install
-configure:2231: checking for alloca.h
-configure:2231: checking for libintl.h
-configure:2231: checking for mcheck.h
-configure:2231: checking for unistd.h
-configure:2268: checking for /usr/ucblib in LIBS
-configure:2284: checking for GNU xgettext
-configure:2294: checking for strerror
-configure:2294: checking for mtrace
-configure:2347: checking for setreuid
-configure:2438: checking for working const
-configure:2513: checking for inline
-configure:2553: checking for off_t
-configure:2586: checking for size_t
-configure:2621: checking for working alloca.h
-configure:2654: checking for alloca
-configure:2856: checking for unistd.h
-configure:2895: checking for getpagesize
-configure:2948: checking for working mmap
-configure:3124: checking for argz.h
-configure:3124: checking for limits.h
-configure:3124: checking for locale.h
-configure:3124: checking for nl_types.h
-configure:3124: checking for malloc.h
-configure:3124: checking for string.h
-configure:3124: checking for unistd.h
-configure:3124: checking for sys/param.h
-configure:3164: checking for getcwd
-configure:3164: checking for munmap
-configure:3164: checking for putenv
-configure:3164: checking for setenv
-configure:3164: checking for setlocale
-configure:3164: checking for strchr
-configure:3164: checking for strcasecmp
-configure:3164: checking for strdup
-configure:3164: checking for __argz_count
-configure:3164: checking for __argz_stringify
-configure:3164: checking for __argz_next
-configure:3283: checking for LC_MESSAGES
-configure:3316: checking whether NLS is requested
-configure:3336: checking whether included gettext is requested
-configure:3355: checking for libintl.h
-configure:3382: checking for gettext in libc
-configure:3508: checking for msgfmt
-configure:3542: checking for dcgettext
-configure:3597: checking for gmsgfmt
-configure:3633: checking for xgettext
-configure:3673: gcc -o conftest -Wall -g -O2   conftest.c  1>&5
-configure:4131: checking for catalogs to be installed

popt/findme.c

@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/findme.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "findme.h"
@@ -9,38 +13,38 @@ const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0) {
     char * path = getenv("PATH");
     char * pathbuf;
     char * start, * chptr;
-    char * buf, *local = NULL;
+    char * buf;
 
-    /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute
-       path */
+    if (argv0 == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    /* If there is a / in the argv[0], it has to be an absolute path */
     if (strchr(argv0, '/'))
 	return xstrdup(argv0);
 
-    if (!path) return NULL;
+    if (path == NULL) return NULL;
 
-    local = start = pathbuf = malloc(strlen(path) + 1);
-    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + 2);
+    start = pathbuf = alloca(strlen(path) + 1);
+    buf = malloc(strlen(path) + strlen(argv0) + sizeof("/"));
+    if (buf == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
     strcpy(pathbuf, path);
 
     chptr = NULL;
+    /*@-branchstate@*/
     do {
 	if ((chptr = strchr(start, ':')))
 	    *chptr = '\0';
 	sprintf(buf, "%s/%s", start, argv0);
 
-	if (!access(buf, X_OK)) {
-		if (local) free(local);
-		return buf;
-	}
+	if (!access(buf, X_OK))
+	    return buf;
 
 	if (chptr) 
 	    start = chptr + 1;
 	else
 	    start = NULL;
     } while (start && *start);
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
 
     free(buf);
-    if (local) free(local);
 
     return NULL;
 }

popt/findme.h

@@ -1,10 +1,20 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/findme.h
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #ifndef H_FINDME
 #define H_FINDME
 
-const char * findProgramPath(const char * argv0);
+/**
+ * Return absolute path to executable by searching PATH.
+ * @param argv0		name of executable
+ * @return		(malloc'd) absolute path to executable (or NULL)
+ */
+/*@null@*/ const char * findProgramPath(/*@null@*/ const char * argv0)
+	/*@*/;
 
 #endif

popt/popt.h

@@ -1,128 +1,444 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/** \file popt/popt.h
+ * \ingroup popt
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #ifndef H_POPT
 #define H_POPT
 
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
 #include <stdio.h>			/* for FILE * */
 
 #define POPT_OPTION_DEPTH	10
 
-#define POPT_ARG_NONE		0
-#define POPT_ARG_STRING		1
-#define POPT_ARG_INT		2
-#define POPT_ARG_LONG		3
-#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE	4	/* arg points to table */
-#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK	5	/* table-wide callback... must be
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Arg type identifiers
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_ARG_NONE		0	/*!< no arg */
+#define POPT_ARG_STRING		1	/*!< arg will be saved as string */
+#define POPT_ARG_INT		2	/*!< arg will be converted to int */
+#define POPT_ARG_LONG		3	/*!< arg will be converted to long */
+#define POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE	4	/*!< arg points to table */
+#define POPT_ARG_CALLBACK	5	/*!< table-wide callback... must be
 					   set first in table; arg points 
 					   to callback, descrip points to 
 					   callback data to pass */
-#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN    6       /* set the translation domain
+#define POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN    6       /*!< set the translation domain
 					   for this table and any
 					   included tables; arg points
 					   to the domain string */
-#define POPT_ARG_VAL		7	/* arg should take value val */
+#define POPT_ARG_VAL		7	/*!< arg should take value val */
+#define	POPT_ARG_FLOAT		8	/*!< arg will be converted to float */
+#define	POPT_ARG_DOUBLE		9	/*!< arg will be converted to double */
+
 #define POPT_ARG_MASK		0x0000FFFF
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH	0x80000000  /* allow -longoption */
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000  /* don't show in help/usage */
-#define POPT_ARGFLAG_STRIP	0x20000000  /* strip this arg from argv (only applies to long args) */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE		0x80000000  /* call the callback before parse */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST	0x40000000  /* call the callback after parse */
-#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA	0x20000000  /* use data from the include line,
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Arg modifiers
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH	0x80000000  /*!< allow -longoption */
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN 0x40000000  /*!< don't show in help/usage */
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_STRIP	0x20000000  /*!< strip this arg from argv(only applies to long args) */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL	0x10000000  /*!< arg may be missing */
+
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_OR		0x08000000  /*!< arg will be or'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_NOR	0x09000000  /*!< arg will be nor'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_AND	0x04000000  /*!< arg will be and'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_NAND	0x05000000  /*!< arg will be nand'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR	0x02000000  /*!< arg will be xor'ed */
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT	0x01000000  /*!< arg will be negated */
+#define POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS \
+        (POPT_ARGFLAG_OR|POPT_ARGFLAG_AND|POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR)
+
+#define	POPT_BIT_SET	(POPT_ARG_VAL|POPT_ARGFLAG_OR)
+					/*!< set arg bit(s) */
+#define	POPT_BIT_CLR	(POPT_ARG_VAL|POPT_ARGFLAG_NAND)
+					/*!< clear arg bit(s) */
+
+#define	POPT_ARGFLAG_SHOW_DEFAULT 0x00800000 /*!< show default value in --help */
+
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Callback modifiers
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_PRE		0x80000000  /*!< call the callback before parse */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_POST	0x40000000  /*!< call the callback after parse */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_INC_DATA	0x20000000  /*!< use data from the include line,
 					       not the subtable */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_SKIPOPTION	0x10000000  /*!< don't callback with option */
+#define POPT_CBFLAG_CONTINUE	0x08000000  /*!< continue callbacks with option */
+/*@}*/
 
-#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11
-#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/* only from poptParseArgString() */
-#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER	-17
-#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW	-18
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Error return values
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10	/*!< missing argument */
+#define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11	/*!< unknown option */
+#define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13	/*!< aliases nested too deeply */
+#define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/*!< error in paramter quoting */
+#define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/*!< errno set, use strerror(errno) */
+#define POPT_ERROR_BADNUMBER	-17	/*!< invalid numeric value */
+#define POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW	-18	/*!< number too large or too small */
+#define	POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION	-19	/*!< mutually exclusive logical operations requested */
+#define	POPT_ERROR_NULLARG	-20	/*!< opt->arg should not be NULL */
+#define	POPT_ERROR_MALLOC	-21	/*!< memory allocation failed */
+/*@}*/
 
-/* poptBadOption() flags */
-#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS  (1 << 0)  /* don't go into an alias */
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name poptBadOption() flags
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_BADOPTION_NOALIAS  (1 << 0)  /*!< don't go into an alias */
+/*@}*/
 
-/* poptGetContext() flags */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC	(1 << 0)  /* ignore exec expansions */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST	(1 << 1)  /* pay attention to argv[0] */
-#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /* options can't follow args */
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name poptGetContext() flags
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_NO_EXEC	(1 << 0)  /*!< ignore exec expansions */
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST	(1 << 1)  /*!< pay attention to argv[0] */
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_POSIXMEHARDER (1 << 2) /*!< options can't follow args */
+#define POPT_CONTEXT_ARG_OPTS	(1 << 4) /*!< return args as options with value 0 */
+/*@}*/
 
+/** \ingroup popt
+ */
 struct poptOption {
-    /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName; /*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;			/*!< may be '\0' */
     int argInfo;
-    /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg;		/* depends on argInfo */
-    int val;			/* 0 means don't return, just update flag */
-    /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip;	/* description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
-    /*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip;	/* argument description for autohelp */
+/*@shared@*/ /*@null@*/ void * arg;	/*!< depends on argInfo */
+    int val;			/*!< 0 means don't return, just update flag */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * descrip;	/*!< description for autohelp -- may be NULL */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * argDescrip; /*!< argument description for autohelp */
 };
 
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * A popt alias argument for poptAddAlias().
+ */
 struct poptAlias {
-    /*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/* may be NULL */
-    char shortName;		/* may be '\0' */
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * longName;	/*!< may be NULL */
+    char shortName;		/*!< may be '\0' */
     int argc;
-    /*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;		/* must be free()able */
+/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< must be free()able */
 };
 
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * A popt alias or exec argument for poptAddItem().
+ */
+typedef struct poptItem_s {
+    struct poptOption option;	/*!< alias/exec name(s) and description. */
+    int argc;			/*!< (alias) no. of args. */
+/*@owned@*/ const char ** argv;	/*!< (alias) args, must be free()able. */
+} * poptItem;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \name Auto-generated help/usage
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * Empty table marker to enable displaying popt alias/exec options.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
+extern struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[];
+#define POPT_AUTOALIAS { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptAliasOptions, \
+			0, "Options implemented via popt alias/exec:", NULL },
+
+/**
+ * Auto help table options.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@checked@*/
 extern struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[];
 #define POPT_AUTOHELP { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE, poptHelpOptions, \
-			0, "Help options", NULL },
+			0, "Help options:", NULL },
 
-typedef struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
+#define POPT_TABLEEND { NULL, '\0', 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL }
+/*@}*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ */
+typedef /*@abstract@*/ struct poptContext_s * poptContext;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ */
 #ifndef __cplusplus
+/*@-typeuse@*/
 typedef struct poptOption * poptOption;
+/*@=typeuse@*/
 #endif
 
 enum poptCallbackReason { POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_PRE, 
 			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_POST,
 			  POPT_CALLBACK_REASON_OPTION };
-typedef void (*poptCallbackType)(poptContext con, 
-				 enum poptCallbackReason reason,
-			         const struct poptOption * opt,
-				 const char * arg, const void * data);
 
-/*@only@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(/*@keep@*/ const char * name,
-		int argc, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
-		/*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options, int flags);
-void poptResetContext(poptContext con);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*@-type@*/
 
-/* returns 'val' element, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error */
-int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no argument is available */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(poptContext con);
-/* returns NULL if no more options are available */
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(poptContext con);
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(poptContext con);
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(poptContext con);
-/* returns the option which caused the most recent error */
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(poptContext con, int flags);
-void poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ poptContext con);
-int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv);
-int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags);
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn);
-/* like above, but reads /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt along with environment 
-   vars */
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, int useEnv);
-/* argv should be freed -- this allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated
-   the same as " and both may include \ quotes */
-int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
-		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr);
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s,
-		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr);
-/*@observer@*/ const char *const poptStrerror(const int error);
-void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute);
-void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags);
-void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, int flags);
-void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text);
-/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con);
-/* shuffles argv pointers to remove stripped args, returns new argc */
-int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char **argv);
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Table callback prototype.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param reason	reason for callback
+ * @param opt		option that triggered callback
+ * @param arg		@todo Document.
+ * @param data		@todo Document.
+ */
+typedef void (*poptCallbackType) (poptContext con, 
+		enum poptCallbackReason reason,
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * arg,
+		/*@null@*/ const void * data)
+	/*@*/;
 
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Initialize popt context.
+ * @param name
+ * @param argc		no. of arguments
+ * @param argv		argument array
+ * @param options	address of popt option table
+ * @param flags		or'd POPT_CONTEXT_* bits
+ * @return		initialized popt context
+ */
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext poptGetContext(
+		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char * name,
+		int argc, /*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv,
+		/*@dependent@*/ /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options,
+		int flags)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Reinitialize popt context.
+ * @param con		context
+ */
+void poptResetContext(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return value of next option found.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		next option val, -1 on last item, POPT_ERROR_* on error
+ */
+int poptGetNextOpt(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies con, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/*@-redecl@*/
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return next option argument (if any).
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetOptArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return current option's argument.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		option argument, NULL if no more options are available
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptGetArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Peek at current option's argument.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		option argument
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * poptPeekArg(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return remaining arguments.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		argument array, terminated with NULL
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** poptGetArgs(/*@null@*/poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return the option which caused the most recent error.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		offending option
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptBadOption(/*@null@*/poptContext con, int flags)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Destroy context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		NULL always
+ */
+/*@null@*/ poptContext poptFreeContext( /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptContext con)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Add arguments to context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param argv		argument array, NULL terminated
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP on failure
+ */
+int poptStuffArgs(poptContext con, /*@keep@*/ const char ** argv)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Add alias to context.
+ * @todo Pass alias by reference, not value.
+ * @deprecated Use poptAddItem instead.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param alias		alias to add
+ * @param flags		(unused)
+ * @return		0 on success
+ */
+/*@unused@*/
+int poptAddAlias(poptContext con, struct poptAlias alias, int flags)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Add alias/exec item to context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param item		alias/exec item to add
+ * @param flags		0 for alias, 1 for exec
+ * @return		0 on success
+ */
+int poptAddItem(poptContext con, poptItem newItem, int flags)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Read configuration file.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fn		file name to read
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
+ */
+int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem,
+		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Read default configuration from /etc/popt and $HOME/.popt.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param useEnv	(unused)
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_ERRNO on failure
+ */
+int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv)
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem,
+		con->execs, con->numExecs @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Duplicate an argument array.
+ * @note: The argument array is malloc'd as a single area, so only argv must
+ * be free'd.
+ *
+ * @param argc		no. of arguments
+ * @param argv		argument array
+ * @retval argcPtr	address of returned no. of arguments
+ * @retval argvPtr	address of returned argument array
+ * @return		0 on success, POPT_ERROR_NOARG on failure
+ */
+int poptDupArgv(int argc, /*@null@*/ const char **argv,
+		/*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ int * argcPtr,
+		/*@null@*/ /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr)
+	/*@modifies *argcPtr, *argvPtr @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Parse a string into an argument array.
+ * The parse allows ', ", and \ quoting, but ' is treated the same as " and
+ * both may include \ quotes.
+ * @note: The argument array is malloc'd as a single area, so only argv must
+ * be free'd.
+ *
+ * @param s		string to parse
+ * @retval argcPtr	address of returned no. of arguments
+ * @retval argvPtr	address of returned argument array
+ */
+int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s,
+		/*@out@*/ int * argcPtr, /*@out@*/ const char *** argvPtr)
+	/*@modifies *argcPtr, *argvPtr @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return formatted error string for popt failure.
+ * @param error		popt error
+ * @return		error string
+ */
+/*@-redecl@*/
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Limit search for executables.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param path		single path to search for executables
+ * @param allowAbsolute	absolute paths only?
+ */
+void poptSetExecPath(poptContext con, const char * path, int allowAbsolute)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Print detailed description of options.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fp		ouput file handle
+ * @param flags		(unused)
+ */
+void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ int flags)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Print terse description of options.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fp		ouput file handle
+ * @param flags		(unused)
+ */
+void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ int flags)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/;
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Provide text to replace default "[OPTION...]" in help/usage output.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param text		replacement text
+ */
+/*@-fcnuse@*/
+void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
+	/*@modifies con @*/;
+/*@=fcnuse@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Return argv[0] from context.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @return		argv[0]
+ */
+/*@-redecl -fcnuse@*/
+/*@observer@*/ const char * poptGetInvocationName(poptContext con)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl =fcnuse@*/
+
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * Shuffle argv pointers to remove stripped args, returns new argc.
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param argc		no. of args
+ * @param argv		arg vector
+ * @return		new argc
+ */
+/*@-fcnuse@*/
+int poptStrippedArgv(poptContext con, int argc, char ** argv)
+	/*@modifies *argv @*/;
+/*@=fcnuse@*/
+
+/*@=type@*/
 #ifdef  __cplusplus
 }
 #endif

popt/poptconfig.c

@@ -1,101 +1,144 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/poptconfig.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "poptint.h"
 
-static void configLine(poptContext con, char * line) {
+/*@-compmempass@*/	/* FIX: item->option.longName kept, not dependent. */
+static void configLine(poptContext con, unsigned char * line)
+	/*@modifies con @*/
+{
+    /*@-type@*/
     int nameLength = strlen(con->appName);
-    char * opt;
-    struct poptAlias alias;
-    char * entryType;
-    char * longName = NULL;
-    char shortName = '\0';
+    /*@=type@*/
+    const char * entryType;
+    const char * opt;
+    poptItem item = (poptItem) alloca(sizeof(*item));
+    int i, j;
     
+    memset(item, 0, sizeof(*item));
+
+    /*@-type@*/
     if (strncmp(line, con->appName, nameLength)) return;
+    /*@=type@*/
+
     line += nameLength;
-    if (!*line || !isspace(*line)) return;
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    if (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) return;
+
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
     entryType = line;
-
-    while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
     *line++ = '\0';
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    if (!*line) return;
+
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    if (*line == '\0') return;
     opt = line;
-
-    while (!*line || !isspace(*line)) line++;
+    while (*line == '\0' || !isspace(*line)) line++;
     *line++ = '\0';
-    while (*line && isspace(*line)) line++;
-    if (!*line) return;
 
+    while (*line != '\0' && isspace(*line)) line++;
+    if (*line == '\0') return;
+
+    /*@-temptrans@*/ /* FIX: line alias is saved */
     if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[1] == '-')
-	longName = opt + 2;
-    else if (opt[0] == '-' && !opt[2])
-	shortName = opt[1];
+	item->option.longName = opt + 2;
+    else if (opt[0] == '-' && opt[2] == '\0')
+	item->option.shortName = opt[1];
+    /*@=temptrans@*/
 
-    if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias")) {
-	if (poptParseArgvString(line, &alias.argc, &alias.argv)) return;
-	alias.longName = longName, alias.shortName = shortName;
-	poptAddAlias(con, alias, 0);
-    } else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec")) {
-	con->execs = realloc(con->execs,
-				sizeof(*con->execs) * (con->numExecs + 1));
-	if (longName)
-	    con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = xstrdup(longName);
-	else
-	    con->execs[con->numExecs].longName = NULL;
+    if (poptParseArgvString(line, &item->argc, &item->argv)) return;
 
-	con->execs[con->numExecs].shortName = shortName;
-	con->execs[con->numExecs].script = xstrdup(line);
-	
-	con->numExecs++;
+    /*@-modobserver@*/
+    item->option.argInfo = POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN;
+    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < item->argc; i++, j++) {
+	const char * f;
+	if (!strncmp(item->argv[i], "--POPTdesc=", sizeof("--POPTdesc=")-1)) {
+	    f = item->argv[i] + sizeof("--POPTdesc=");
+	    if (f[0] == '$' && f[1] == '"') f++;
+	    item->option.descrip = f;
+	    item->option.argInfo &= ~POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN;
+	    j--;
+	} else
+	if (!strncmp(item->argv[i], "--POPTargs=", sizeof("--POPTargs=")-1)) {
+	    f = item->argv[i] + sizeof("--POPTargs=");
+	    if (f[0] == '$' && f[1] == '"') f++;
+	    item->option.argDescrip = f;
+	    item->option.argInfo &= ~POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN;
+	    item->option.argInfo |= POPT_ARG_STRING;
+	    j--;
+	} else
+	if (j != i)
+	    item->argv[j] = item->argv[i];
     }
+    if (j != i) {
+	item->argv[j] = NULL;
+	item->argc = j;
+    }
+    /*@=modobserver@*/
+	
+    /*@-nullstate@*/ /* FIX: item->argv[] may be NULL */
+    if (!strcmp(entryType, "alias"))
+	(void) poptAddItem(con, item, 0);
+    else if (!strcmp(entryType, "exec"))
+	(void) poptAddItem(con, item, 1);
+    /*@=nullstate@*/
 }
+/*@=compmempass@*/
 
-int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn) {
-    char * file=NULL, * chptr, * end;
-    char * buf=NULL, * dst;
+int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn)
+{
+    const unsigned char * file, * chptr, * end;
+    unsigned char * buf;
+/*@dependent@*/ unsigned char * dst;
     int fd, rc;
-    int fileLength;
+    off_t fileLength;
 
     fd = open(fn, O_RDONLY);
-    if (fd < 0) {
-	if (errno == ENOENT)
-	    return 0;
-	else 
-	    return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
-    }
+    if (fd < 0)
+	return (errno == ENOENT ? 0 : POPT_ERROR_ERRNO);
 
     fileLength = lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_END);
-    (void) lseek(fd, 0, 0);
-
-    file = malloc(fileLength + 1);
-    if (read(fd, file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
+    if (fileLength == -1 || lseek(fd, 0, 0) == -1) {
 	rc = errno;
-	close(fd);
+	(void) close(fd);
+	/*@-mods@*/
 	errno = rc;
-	if (file) free(file);
+	/*@=mods@*/
 	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
     }
-    close(fd);
 
-    dst = buf = malloc(fileLength + 1);
+    file = alloca(fileLength + 1);
+    if (read(fd, (char *)file, fileLength) != fileLength) {
+	rc = errno;
+	(void) close(fd);
+	/*@-mods@*/
+	errno = rc;
+	/*@=mods@*/
+	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
+    }
+    if (close(fd) == -1)
+	return POPT_ERROR_ERRNO;
+
+    dst = buf = alloca(fileLength + 1);
 
     chptr = file;
     end = (file + fileLength);
+    /*@-infloops@*/	/* LCL: can't detect chptr++ */
     while (chptr < end) {
 	switch (*chptr) {
 	  case '\n':
 	    *dst = '\0';
 	    dst = buf;
 	    while (*dst && isspace(*dst)) dst++;
-	    if (*dst && *dst != '#') {
+	    if (*dst && *dst != '#')
 		configLine(con, dst);
-	    }
 	    chptr++;
-	    break;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
 	  case '\\':
 	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
 	    if (chptr < end) {
@@ -105,38 +148,37 @@ int poptReadConfigFile(poptContext con, const char * fn) {
 		else
 		    *dst++ = *chptr++;
 	    }
-	    break;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
 	  default:
 	    *dst++ = *chptr++;
-	    break;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
 	}
     }
-
-    free(file);
-    free(buf);
+    /*@=infloops@*/
 
     return 0;
 }
 
-int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ int useEnv) {
+int poptReadDefaultConfig(poptContext con, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int useEnv))
+{
     char * fn, * home;
     int rc;
 
+    /*@-type@*/
     if (!con->appName) return 0;
+    /*@=type@*/
 
     rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, "/etc/popt");
     if (rc) return rc;
     if (getuid() != geteuid()) return 0;
 
     if ((home = getenv("HOME"))) {
-	fn = malloc(strlen(home) + 20);
+	fn = alloca(strlen(home) + 20);
 	strcpy(fn, home);
 	strcat(fn, "/.popt");
 	rc = poptReadConfigFile(con, fn);
-	free(fn);
 	if (rc) return rc;
     }
 
     return 0;
 }
-

popt/popthelp.c

@@ -1,48 +1,92 @@
 /* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: t; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
 
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/*@-type@*/
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/popthelp.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 #include "poptint.h"
 
+/**
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param key		option(s)
+ */
 static void displayArgs(poptContext con,
-		/*@unused@*/ enum poptCallbackReason foo,
+		/*@unused@*/ UNUSED(enum poptCallbackReason foo),
 		struct poptOption * key, 
-		/*@unused@*/ const char * arg, /*@unused@*/ void * data) {
-    if (key->shortName== '?')
+		/*@unused@*/ UNUSED(const char * arg), /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(void * data))
+	/*@globals fileSystem@*/
+	/*@modifies fileSystem@*/
+{
+    if (key->shortName == '?')
 	poptPrintHelp(con, stdout, 0);
     else
 	poptPrintUsage(con, stdout, 0);
     exit(0);
 }
 
+#ifdef	NOTYET
+/*@unchecked@*/
+static int show_option_defaults = 0;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Empty table marker to enable displaying popt alias/exec options.
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
+struct poptOption poptAliasOptions[] = {
+    POPT_TABLEEND
+};
+
+/**
+ * Auto help table options.
+ */
+/*@-castfcnptr@*/
+/*@observer@*/ /*@unchecked@*/
 struct poptOption poptHelpOptions[] = {
-    { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
-    { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
-    { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
-    { NULL, '\0', 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL }
+  { NULL, '\0', POPT_ARG_CALLBACK, (void *)&displayArgs, '\0', NULL, NULL },
+  { "help", '?', 0, NULL, '?', N_("Show this help message"), NULL },
+  { "usage", '\0', 0, NULL, 'u', N_("Display brief usage message"), NULL },
+#ifdef	NOTYET
+  { "defaults", '\0', POPT_ARG_NONE, &show_option_defaults, 0,
+	N_("Display option defaults in message"), NULL },
+#endif
+    POPT_TABLEEND
 } ;
+/*@=castfcnptr@*/
 
-
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
-getTableTranslationDomain(const struct poptOption *table)
+/**
+ * @param table		option(s)
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *
+getTableTranslationDomain(/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption *table)
+	/*@*/
 {
-  const struct poptOption *opt;
+    const struct poptOption *opt;
 
-  for(opt = table;
-      opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg;
-      opt++) {
-    if(opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
-      return opt->arg;
-  }
-
-  return NULL;
+    if (table != NULL)
+    for (opt = table; opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg; opt++) {
+	if (opt->argInfo == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
+	    return opt->arg;
+    }
+    return NULL;
 }
 
-/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *const
-getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt, const char *translation_domain)
+/**
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/ static const char *
+getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@-paramuse@*/		/* FIX: wazzup? */
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@=paramuse@*/
+	/*@*/
 {
     if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) return NULL;
 
@@ -50,45 +94,229 @@ getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt, const char *translation_domain)
 	if (opt->argDescrip) return POPT_(opt->argDescrip);
 
     if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
-    return POPT_("ARG");
+
+    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
+    case POPT_ARG_NONE:		return POPT_("NONE");
+    case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return POPT_("VAL");
+    case POPT_ARG_INT:		return POPT_("INT");
+    case POPT_ARG_LONG:		return POPT_("LONG");
+    case POPT_ARG_STRING:	return POPT_("STRING");
+    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:	return POPT_("FLOAT");
+    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:	return POPT_("DOUBLE");
+    default:			return POPT_("ARG");
+    }
 }
 
-static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * f, int maxLeftCol, 
-			     const struct poptOption * opt,
-			     const char *translation_domain) {
+/**
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static /*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ char *
+singleOptionDefaultValue(int lineLength,
+		const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@-paramuse@*/	/* FIX: i18n macros disable with lclint */
+		/*@null@*/ UNUSED(const char * translation_domain))
+		/*@=paramuse@*/
+	/*@*/
+{
+    const char * defstr = D_(translation_domain, "default");
+    char * le = malloc(4*lineLength + 1);
+    char * l = le;
+
+    if (le == NULL) return NULL;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    *le = '\0';
+    *le++ = '(';
+    strcpy(le, defstr);	le += strlen(le);
+    *le++ = ':';
+    *le++ = ' ';
+    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX programmer error */
+    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
+    case POPT_ARG_VAL:
+    case POPT_ARG_INT:
+    {	long aLong = *((int *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_LONG:
+    {	long aLong = *((long *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%ld", aLong);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
+    {	double aDouble = *((float *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
+    {	double aDouble = *((double *)opt->arg);
+	sprintf(le, "%g", aDouble);
+	le += strlen(le);
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_STRING:
+    {	const char * s = *(const char **)opt->arg;
+	if (s == NULL) {
+	    strcpy(le, "null");	le += strlen(le);
+	} else {
+	    size_t slen = 4*lineLength - (le - l) - sizeof("\"...\")");
+	    *le++ = '"';
+	    strncpy(le, s, slen); le[slen] = '\0'; le += strlen(le);	
+	    if (slen < strlen(s)) {
+		strcpy(le, "...");	le += strlen(le);
+	    }
+	    *le++ = '"';
+	}
+    }	break;
+    case POPT_ARG_NONE:
+    default:
+	l = _free(l);
+	return NULL;
+	/*@notreached@*/ break;
+    }
+    *le++ = ')';
+    *le = '\0';
+
+    return l;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * fp, int maxLeftCol, 
+		const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
     int indentLength = maxLeftCol + 5;
     int lineLength = 79 - indentLength;
-    const char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
-    int helpLength;
-    const char * ch;
-    char format[10];
-    char * left;
+    const unsigned char * help = D_(translation_domain, opt->descrip);
     const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
+    int helpLength;
+    unsigned char * defs = NULL;
+    unsigned char * left;
+    int nb = maxLeftCol + 1;
 
-    left = malloc(maxLeftCol + 1);
-    *left = '\0';
+    /* Make sure there's more than enough room in target buffer. */
+    if (opt->longName)	nb += strlen(opt->longName);
+    if (argDescrip)	nb += strlen(argDescrip);
+
+    left = malloc(nb);
+    if (left == NULL) return;	/* XXX can't happen */
+    left[0] = '\0';
+    left[maxLeftCol] = '\0';
 
     if (opt->longName && opt->shortName)
-	sprintf(left, "-%c, --%s", opt->shortName, opt->longName);
-    else if (opt->shortName) 
+	sprintf(left, "-%c, %s%s", opt->shortName,
+		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
+		opt->longName);
+    else if (opt->shortName != '\0') 
 	sprintf(left, "-%c", opt->shortName);
     else if (opt->longName)
-	sprintf(left, "--%s", opt->longName);
-    if (!*left) return ;
+	sprintf(left, "%s%s",
+		((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH) ? "-" : "--"),
+		opt->longName);
+    if (!*left) goto out;
     if (argDescrip) {
-	strcat(left, "=");
-	strcat(left, argDescrip);
+	char * le = left + strlen(left);
+
+	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL)
+	    *le++ = '[';
+
+	/* Choose type of output */
+	/*@-branchstate@*/
+	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_SHOW_DEFAULT) {
+	    defs = singleOptionDefaultValue(lineLength, opt, translation_domain);
+	    if (defs) {
+		char * t = malloc((help ? strlen(help) : 0) +
+				strlen(defs) + sizeof(" "));
+		if (t) {
+		    char * te = t;
+		    *te = '\0';
+		    if (help) {
+			strcpy(te, help);	te += strlen(te);
+		    }
+		    *te++ = ' ';
+		    strcpy(te, defs);
+		    defs = _free(defs);
+		}
+		defs = t;
+	    }
+	}
+	/*@=branchstate@*/
+
+	if (opt->argDescrip == NULL) {
+	    switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
+	    case POPT_ARG_NONE:
+		break;
+	    case POPT_ARG_VAL:
+	    {	long aLong = opt->val;
+		int ops = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_LOGICALOPS);
+		int negate = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_NOT);
+
+		/* Don't bother displaying typical values */
+		if (!ops && (aLong == 0L || aLong == 1L || aLong == -1L))
+		    break;
+		*le++ = '[';
+		switch (ops) {
+		case POPT_ARGFLAG_OR:
+		    *le++ = '|';
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		case POPT_ARGFLAG_AND:
+		    *le++ = '&';
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		case POPT_ARGFLAG_XOR:
+		    *le++ = '^';
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		default:
+		    /*@innerbreak@*/ break;
+		}
+		*le++ = '=';
+		if (negate) *le++ = '~';
+		/*@-formatconst@*/
+		sprintf(le, (ops ? "0x%lx" : "%ld"), aLong);
+		le += strlen(le);
+		/*@=formatconst@*/
+		*le++ = ']';
+	    }	break;
+	    case POPT_ARG_INT:
+	    case POPT_ARG_LONG:
+	    case POPT_ARG_FLOAT:
+	    case POPT_ARG_DOUBLE:
+	    case POPT_ARG_STRING:
+		*le++ = '=';
+		strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    *le++ = '=';
+	    strcpy(le, argDescrip);		le += strlen(le);
+	}
+	if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL)
+	    *le++ = ']';
+	*le = '\0';
     }
 
     if (help)
-	fprintf(f,"  %-*s   ", maxLeftCol, left);
+	fprintf(fp,"  %-*s   ", maxLeftCol, left);
     else {
-	fprintf(f,"  %s\n", left); 
+	fprintf(fp,"  %s\n", left); 
 	goto out;
     }
 
+    left = _free(left);
+    if (defs) {
+	help = defs; defs = NULL;
+    }
+
     helpLength = strlen(help);
     while (helpLength > lineLength) {
+	const unsigned char * ch;
+	char format[10];
+
 	ch = help + lineLength - 1;
 	while (ch > help && !isspace(*ch)) ch--;
 	if (ch == help) break;		/* give up */
@@ -96,39 +324,56 @@ static void singleOptionHelp(FILE * f, int maxLeftCol,
 	ch++;
 
 	sprintf(format, "%%.%ds\n%%%ds", (int) (ch - help), indentLength);
-	fprintf(f, format, help, " ");
+	/*@-formatconst@*/
+	fprintf(fp, format, help, " ");
+	/*@=formatconst@*/
 	help = ch;
 	while (isspace(*help) && *help) help++;
 	helpLength = strlen(help);
     }
 
-    if (helpLength) fprintf(f, "%s\n", help);
+    if (helpLength) fprintf(fp, "%s\n", help);
 
 out:
-    free(left);
+    /*@-dependenttrans@*/
+    defs = _free(defs);
+    /*@=dependenttrans@*/
+    left = _free(left);
 }
 
+/**
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
 static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
-		       const char * translation_domain) {
+		       /*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@*/
+{
     int max = 0;
-    int this;
+    int len = 0;
     const char * s;
     
+    if (opt != NULL)
     while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
 	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    this = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain);
-	    if (this > max) max = this;
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+	    len = maxArgWidth(opt->arg, translation_domain);
+	    if (len > max) max = len;
 	} else if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
-	    this = opt->shortName ? 2 : 0;
+	    len = sizeof("  ")-1;
+	    if (opt->shortName != '\0') len += sizeof("-X")-1;
+	    if (opt->shortName != '\0' && opt->longName) len += sizeof(", ")-1;
 	    if (opt->longName) {
-		if (this) this += 2;
-		this += strlen(opt->longName) + 2;
+		len += ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)
+			? sizeof("-")-1 : sizeof("--")-1);
+		len += strlen(opt->longName);
 	    }
 
 	    s = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
 	    if (s)
-		this += strlen(s) + 1;
-	    if (this > max) max = this;
+		len += sizeof("=")-1 + strlen(s);
+	    if (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_OPTIONAL) len += sizeof("[]")-1;
+	    if (len > max) max = len;
 	}
 
 	opt++;
@@ -137,77 +382,134 @@ static int maxArgWidth(const struct poptOption * opt,
     return max;
 }
 
-static void singleTableHelp(FILE * f, const struct poptOption * table, 
-			    int left,
-			    const char *translation_domain) {
-    const struct poptOption * opt;
-    const char *sub_transdom;
+/**
+ * Display popt alias and exec help.
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param items		alias/exec array
+ * @param nitems	no. of alias/exec entries
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static void itemHelp(FILE * fp,
+		/*@null@*/ poptItem items, int nitems, int left,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    poptItem item;
+    int i;
 
-    opt = table;
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
+    if (items != NULL)
+    for (i = 0, item = items; i < nitems; i++, item++) {
+	const struct poptOption * opt;
+	opt = &item->option;
 	if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
 	    !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
-	    singleOptionHelp(f, left, opt, translation_domain);
-	opt++;
-    }
-
-    opt = table;
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
-	    sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg);
-	    if(!sub_transdom)
-		sub_transdom = translation_domain;
-	    
-	    if (opt->descrip)
-		fprintf(f, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip));
-
-	    singleTableHelp(f, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom);
-	}
-	opt++;
+	    singleOptionHelp(fp, left, opt, translation_domain);
     }
 }
 
-static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * f) {
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param table		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static void singleTableHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
+		/*@null@*/ const struct poptOption * table, int left,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    const struct poptOption * opt;
+    const char *sub_transdom;
+
+    if (table == poptAliasOptions) {
+	itemHelp(fp, con->aliases, con->numAliases, left, NULL);
+	itemHelp(fp, con->execs, con->numExecs, left, NULL);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (table != NULL)
+    for (opt = table; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
+	if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
+	    !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
+	    singleOptionHelp(fp, left, opt, translation_domain);
+    }
+
+    if (table != NULL)
+    for (opt = table; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
+	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
+	    continue;
+	sub_transdom = getTableTranslationDomain(opt->arg);
+	if (sub_transdom == NULL)
+	    sub_transdom = translation_domain;
+	    
+	if (opt->descrip)
+	    fprintf(fp, "\n%s\n", D_(sub_transdom, opt->descrip));
+
+	singleTableHelp(con, fp, opt->arg, left, sub_transdom);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @param con		context
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ */
+static int showHelpIntro(poptContext con, FILE * fp)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
     int len = 6;
     const char * fn;
 
-    fprintf(f, POPT_("Usage:"));
+    fprintf(fp, POPT_("Usage:"));
     if (!(con->flags & POPT_CONTEXT_KEEP_FIRST)) {
+	/*@-nullderef@*/	/* LCL: wazzup? */
 	fn = con->optionStack->argv[0];
-	if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strchr(fn, '/') + 1;
-	fprintf(f, " %s", fn);
+	/*@=nullderef@*/
+	if (fn == NULL) return len;
+	if (strchr(fn, '/')) fn = strrchr(fn, '/') + 1;
+	fprintf(fp, " %s", fn);
 	len += strlen(fn) + 1;
     }
 
     return len;
 }
 
-void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) {
+void poptPrintHelp(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
+{
     int leftColWidth;
 
-    showHelpIntro(con, f);
+    (void) showHelpIntro(con, fp);
     if (con->otherHelp)
-	fprintf(f, " %s\n", con->otherHelp);
+	fprintf(fp, " %s\n", con->otherHelp);
     else
-	fprintf(f, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]"));
+	fprintf(fp, " %s\n", POPT_("[OPTION...]"));
 
     leftColWidth = maxArgWidth(con->options, NULL);
-    singleTableHelp(f, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL);
+    singleTableHelp(con, fp, con->options, leftColWidth, NULL);
 }
 
-static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, 
-			     const struct poptOption * opt,
-			     const char *translation_domain) {
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, 
+		const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char *translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
     int len = 3;
     char shortStr[2] = { '\0', '\0' };
     const char * item = shortStr;
     const char * argDescrip = getArgDescrip(opt, translation_domain);
 
-    if (opt->shortName) {
+    if (opt->shortName!= '\0' ) {
 	if (!(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK)) 
 	    return cursor;	/* we did these already */
 	len++;
-	*shortStr = opt->shortName;
+	shortStr[0] = opt->shortName;
 	shortStr[1] = '\0';
     } else if (opt->longName) {
 	len += 1 + strlen(opt->longName);
@@ -220,82 +522,140 @@ static int singleOptionUsage(FILE * f, int cursor,
 	len += strlen(argDescrip) + 1;
 
     if ((cursor + len) > 79) {
-	fprintf(f, "\n       ");
+	fprintf(fp, "\n       ");
 	cursor = 7;
     } 
 
-    fprintf(f, " [-%s%s%s%s]", opt->shortName ? "" : "-", item,
-	    argDescrip ? (opt->shortName ? " " : "=") : "",
-	    argDescrip ? argDescrip : "");
+    fprintf(fp, " [-%s%s%s%s]",
+	((opt->shortName || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_ONEDASH)) ? "" : "-"),
+	item,
+	(argDescrip ? (opt->shortName != '\0' ? " " : "=") : ""),
+	(argDescrip ? argDescrip : ""));
 
     return cursor + len + 1;
 }
 
-static int singleTableUsage(FILE * f, int cursor, const struct poptOption * table,
-		     const char *translation_domain) {
-    const struct poptOption * opt;
-    
-    opt = table;
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
-        if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN)
-	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
-	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) 
-	    cursor = singleTableUsage(f, cursor, opt->arg,
-				      translation_domain);
-	else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) && 
-		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN))
-	  cursor = singleOptionUsage(f, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
+/**
+ * Display popt alias and exec usage.
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param item		alias/exec array
+ * @param nitems	no. of ara/exec entries
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int itemUsage(FILE * fp, int cursor, poptItem item, int nitems,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    int i;
 
-	opt++;
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
+    if (item != NULL)
+    for (i = 0; i < nitems; i++, item++) {
+	const struct poptOption * opt;
+	opt = &item->option;
+        if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) {
+	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
+	} else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
+		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
+	    cursor = singleOptionUsage(fp, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
+	}
     }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
 
     return cursor;
 }
 
-static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * f, 
-			    char * str) {
-    char s[300];		/* this is larger then the ascii set, so
-				   it should do just fine */
+/**
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param translation_domain	translation domain
+ */
+static int singleTableUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp,
+		int cursor, const struct poptOption * opt,
+		/*@null@*/ const char * translation_domain)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
+    if (opt != NULL)
+    for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) ; opt++) {
+        if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INTL_DOMAIN) {
+	    translation_domain = (const char *)opt->arg;
+	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE) {
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+	    cursor = singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, opt->arg,
+			translation_domain);
+	} else if ((opt->longName || opt->shortName) &&
+		 !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_DOC_HIDDEN)) {
+	    cursor = singleOptionUsage(fp, cursor, opt, translation_domain);
+	}
+    }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
+
+    return cursor;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return concatenated short options for display.
+ * @param opt		option(s)
+ * @param fp		output file handle
+ * @retval str		concatenation of short options
+ * @return		length of display string
+ */
+static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * fp,
+		/*@null@*/ char * str)
+	/*@globals fileSystem @*/
+	/*@modifies *str, *fp, fileSystem @*/
+{
+    char * s = alloca(300);	/* larger then the ascii set */
 
     s[0] = '\0';
+    /*@-branchstate@*/		/* FIX: W2DO? */
     if (str == NULL) {
 	memset(s, 0, sizeof(s));
 	str = s;
     }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
 
-    while (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg) {
+    if (opt != NULL)
+    for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {
 	if (opt->shortName && !(opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK))
 	    str[strlen(str)] = opt->shortName;
 	else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_INCLUDE_TABLE)
-	    showShortOptions(opt->arg, f, str);
-
-	opt++;
+	    if (opt->arg)	/* XXX program error */
+		(void) showShortOptions(opt->arg, fp, str);
     } 
 
-    if (s != str || !*s)
+    if (s != str || *s != '\0')
 	return 0;
 
-    fprintf(f, " [-%s]", s);
+    fprintf(fp, " [-%s]", s);
     return strlen(s) + 4;
 }
 
-void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * f, /*@unused@*/ int flags) {
+void poptPrintUsage(poptContext con, FILE * fp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int flags))
+{
     int cursor;
 
-    cursor = showHelpIntro(con, f);
-    cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, f, NULL);
-    singleTableUsage(f, cursor, con->options, NULL);
+    cursor = showHelpIntro(con, fp);
+    cursor += showShortOptions(con->options, fp, NULL);
+    (void) singleTableUsage(con, fp, cursor, con->options, NULL);
+    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->aliases, con->numAliases, NULL);
+    (void) itemUsage(fp, cursor, con->execs, con->numExecs, NULL);
 
     if (con->otherHelp) {
 	cursor += strlen(con->otherHelp) + 1;
-	if (cursor > 79) fprintf(f, "\n       ");
-	fprintf(f, " %s", con->otherHelp);
+	if (cursor > 79) fprintf(fp, "\n       ");
+	fprintf(fp, " %s", con->otherHelp);
     }
 
-    fprintf(f, "\n");
+    fprintf(fp, "\n");
 }
 
-void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text) {
-    if (con->otherHelp) xfree(con->otherHelp);
+void poptSetOtherOptionHelp(poptContext con, const char * text)
+{
+    con->otherHelp = _free(con->otherHelp);
     con->otherHelp = xstrdup(text);
 }
+/*@=type@*/

popt/poptint.h

@@ -1,69 +1,78 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/poptint.h
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #ifndef H_POPTINT
 #define H_POPTINT
 
+/**
+ * Wrapper to free(3), hides const compilation noise, permit NULL, return NULL.
+ * @param p		memory to free
+ * @retval		NULL always
+ */
+/*@unused@*/ static inline /*@null@*/ void *
+_free(/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const void * p)
+	/*@modifies p @*/
+{
+    if (p != NULL)	free((void *)p);
+    return NULL;
+}
+
 /* Bit mask macros. */
 typedef	unsigned int __pbm_bits;
 #define	__PBM_NBITS		(8 * sizeof (__pbm_bits))
 #define	__PBM_IX(d)		((d) / __PBM_NBITS)
-#define __PBM_MASK(d)		((__pbm_bits) 1 << ((d) % __PBM_NBITS))
+#define __PBM_MASK(d)		((__pbm_bits) 1 << (((unsigned)(d)) % __PBM_NBITS))
 typedef struct {
     __pbm_bits bits[1];
 } pbm_set;
 #define	__PBM_BITS(set)	((set)->bits)
 
 #define	PBM_ALLOC(d)	calloc(__PBM_IX (d) + 1, sizeof(__pbm_bits))
-#define	PBM_FREE(s)	free(s);
+#define	PBM_FREE(s)	_free(s);
 #define PBM_SET(d, s)   (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] |= __PBM_MASK (d))
 #define PBM_CLR(d, s)   (__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] &= ~__PBM_MASK (d))
 #define PBM_ISSET(d, s) ((__PBM_BITS (s)[__PBM_IX (d)] & __PBM_MASK (d)) != 0)
 
 struct optionStackEntry {
     int argc;
-    /*@only@*/ const char ** argv;
-    /*@only@*/ pbm_set * argb;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** argv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ pbm_set * argb;
     int next;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * nextArg;
-    /*@keep@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
-    /*@dependent@*/ struct poptAlias * currAlias;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextArg;
+/*@keep@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * nextCharArg;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem currAlias;
     int stuffed;
 };
 
-struct execEntry {
-    const char * longName;
-    char shortName;
-    const char * script;
-};
-
 struct poptContext_s {
     struct optionStackEntry optionStack[POPT_OPTION_DEPTH];
-    /*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
-    /*@owned@*/ const char ** leftovers;
+/*@dependent@*/ struct optionStackEntry * os;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** leftovers;
     int numLeftovers;
     int nextLeftover;
-    /*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
+/*@keep@*/ const struct poptOption * options;
     int restLeftover;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * appName;
-    /*@only@*/ struct poptAlias * aliases;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char * appName;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem aliases;
     int numAliases;
     int flags;
-    struct execEntry * execs;
+/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem execs;
     int numExecs;
-    /*@only@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
+/*@only@*/ /*@null@*/ const char ** finalArgv;
     int finalArgvCount;
     int finalArgvAlloced;
-    /*@dependent@*/ struct execEntry * doExec;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/ poptItem doExec;
+/*@only@*/ const char * execPath;
     int execAbsolute;
-    /*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
-    pbm_set * arg_strip;
+/*@only@*/ const char * otherHelp;
+/*@null@*/ pbm_set * arg_strip;
 };
 
-#define	xfree(_a)	free((void *)_a)
-
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
 #include <libintl.h>
 #endif
@@ -71,17 +80,17 @@ struct poptContext_s {
 #if defined(HAVE_GETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #define _(foo) gettext(foo)
 #else
-#define _(foo) (foo)
+#define _(foo) foo
 #endif
 
 #if defined(HAVE_DGETTEXT) && !defined(__LCLINT__)
 #define D_(dom, str) dgettext(dom, str)
 #define POPT_(foo) D_("popt", foo)
 #else
-#define POPT_(foo) (foo)
-#define D_(dom, str) (str)
+#define D_(dom, str) str
+#define POPT_(foo) foo
 #endif
 
-#define N_(foo) (foo)
+#define N_(foo) foo
 
 #endif

popt/poptparse.c

@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
-/* (C) 1998 Red Hat Software, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
+/** \ingroup popt
+ * \file popt/poptparse.c
+ */
+
+/* (C) 1998-2000 Red Hat, Inc. -- Licensing details are in the COPYING
    file accompanying popt source distributions, available from 
-   ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/code/popt */
+   ftp://ftp.rpm.org/pub/rpm/dist. */
 
 #include "system.h"
 
@@ -14,6 +18,8 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
     char * dst;
     int i;
 
+    if (argc <= 0 || argv == NULL)	/* XXX can't happen */
+	return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
 	if (argv[i] == NULL)
 	    return POPT_ERROR_NOARG;
@@ -21,53 +27,64 @@ int poptDupArgv(int argc, const char **argv,
     }
 	
     dst = malloc(nb);
+    if (dst == NULL)			/* XXX can't happen */
+	return POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
     argv2 = (void *) dst;
     dst += (argc + 1) * sizeof(*argv);
 
+    /*@-branchstate@*/
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
 	argv2[i] = dst;
 	dst += strlen(strcpy(dst, argv[i])) + 1;
     }
+    /*@=branchstate@*/
     argv2[argc] = NULL;
 
-    *argvPtr = argv2;
-    *argcPtr = argc;
+    if (argvPtr) {
+	*argvPtr = argv2;
+    } else {
+	free(argv2);
+	argv2 = NULL;
+    }
+    if (argcPtr)
+	*argcPtr = argc;
     return 0;
 }
 
-int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
+int poptParseArgvString(const unsigned char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 {
-    const char * src;
-    char quote = '\0';
+    const unsigned char * src;
+    unsigned char quote = '\0';
     int argvAlloced = POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
     const char ** argv = malloc(sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
     int argc = 0;
     int buflen = strlen(s) + 1;
-    char *buf0 = calloc(buflen, 1);
-    char *buf = buf0;
+    char * buf = memset(alloca(buflen), 0, buflen);
+    int rc = POPT_ERROR_MALLOC;
 
+    if (argv == NULL) return rc;
     argv[argc] = buf;
 
-    for (src = s; *src; src++) {
+    for (src = s; *src != '\0'; src++) {
 	if (quote == *src) {
 	    quote = '\0';
-	} else if (quote) {
+	} else if (quote != '\0') {
 	    if (*src == '\\') {
 		src++;
 		if (!*src) {
-		    free(argv);
-		    free(buf0);
-		    return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
+		    rc = POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
+		    goto exit;
 		}
 		if (*src != quote) *buf++ = '\\';
 	    }
 	    *buf++ = *src;
 	} else if (isspace(*src)) {
-	    if (*argv[argc]) {
+	    if (*argv[argc] != '\0') {
 		buf++, argc++;
 		if (argc == argvAlloced) {
 		    argvAlloced += POPT_ARGV_ARRAY_GROW_DELTA;
 		    argv = realloc(argv, sizeof(*argv) * argvAlloced);
+		    if (argv == NULL) goto exit;
 		}
 		argv[argc] = buf;
 	    }
@@ -75,18 +92,17 @@ int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 	  case '"':
 	  case '\'':
 	    quote = *src;
-	    break;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
 	  case '\\':
 	    src++;
 	    if (!*src) {
-		free(argv);
-		free(buf0);
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
+		rc = POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE;
+		goto exit;
 	    }
 	    /*@fallthrough@*/
 	  default:
 	    *buf++ = *src;
-	    break;
+	    /*@switchbreak@*/ break;
 	}
     }
 
@@ -94,9 +110,9 @@ int poptParseArgvString(const char * s, int * argcPtr, const char *** argvPtr)
 	argc++, buf++;
     }
 
-    (void) poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr);
+    rc = poptDupArgv(argc, argv, argcPtr, argvPtr);
 
-    free(argv);
-    free(buf0);
-    return 0;
+exit:
+    if (argv) free(argv);
+    return rc;
 }

popt/system.h

@@ -19,12 +19,28 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+#if !defined(__GNUC__) || defined(APPLE)
+/* Apparently the OS X port of gcc gags on __attribute__.
+ *
+ * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/gcc/2512150.html> */
+#define __attribute__(x) 
+
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __NeXT
 /* access macros are not declared in non posix mode in unistd.h -
  don't try to use posix on NeXTstep 3.3 ! */
 #include <libc.h>
 #endif
 
+#if defined(__LCLINT__)
+/*@-declundef -incondefs -redecl@*/ /* LCL: missing annotation */
+/*@only@*/ void * alloca (size_t __size)
+	/*@ensures MaxSet(result) == (__size - 1) @*/
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=declundef =incondefs =redecl@*/
+#endif
+
 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.  */ 
 #ifndef __GNUC__
 # if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
@@ -33,8 +49,15 @@
 #  ifdef _AIX
 #pragma alloca
 #  else
-#   ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+#   if HAVE_ALLOCA
+#    ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
 char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   else
+#    ifdef alloca
+#     undef alloca
+#    endif
+#    define alloca(sz) malloc(sz) /* Kludge this for now */
 #   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
@@ -42,7 +65,10 @@ char *alloca ();
 #define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #endif
 
-/*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str);
+/*@-redecl -redef@*/
+/*@mayexit@*/ /*@only@*/ char * xstrdup (const char *str)
+	/*@*/;
+/*@=redecl =redef@*/
 
 #if HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__)
 #define	vmefail()	(fprintf(stderr, "virtual memory exhausted.\n"), exit(EXIT_FAILURE), NULL)
@@ -51,5 +77,6 @@ char *alloca ();
 #define	xstrdup(_str)	strdup(_str)
 #endif  /* HAVE_MCHECK_H && defined(__GNUC__) */
 
+#define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
 
 #include "popt.h"

prepare-source

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Use autoconf, autoheader, yodl, etc. to ready the generated files in the
+# release.  This is typically used after applying a diff from the "patches"
+# directory in a CVS-checked-out version.
+#
+# NOTE:  if you use a diff from the "patches" directory of a *release tar*
+# (as opposed to from CVS), this is not needed (but doesn't hurt anything).
+dir=`dirname $0`
+if test x"$dir" != x -a x"$dir" != x.; then
+    cd "$dir"
+fi
+make -f prepare-source.mak

prepare-source.mak

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+gen: configure config.h.in proto.h man
+
+configure: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoconf
+
+config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	autoheader && touch config.h.in
+
+proto.h: *.c lib/compat.c
+	cat *.c lib/compat.c | awk -f mkproto.awk >proto.h.new
+	if diff proto.h proto.h.new >/dev/null; then \
+	  rm proto.h.new; \
+	else \
+	  mv proto.h.new proto.h; \
+	fi
+
+man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+
+rsync.1: rsync.yo
+	yodl2man -o rsync.1 rsync.yo
+
+rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
+	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 rsyncd.conf.yo

progress.c

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*
+ * Routines to output progress information during a file transfer.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern struct stats stats;
+extern int am_server;
+
+#define PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS 5
+
+#ifdef GETPGRP_VOID
+#define GETPGRP_ARG
+#else
+#define GETPGRP_ARG 0
+#endif
+
+struct progress_history {
+	struct timeval time;
+	OFF_T ofs;
+};
+
+static struct progress_history ph_start;
+static struct progress_history ph_list[PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS];
+static int newest_hpos, oldest_hpos;
+
+static unsigned long msdiff(struct timeval *t1, struct timeval *t2)
+{
+	return (t2->tv_sec - t1->tv_sec) * 1000L
+	     + (t2->tv_usec - t1->tv_usec) / 1000;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @param ofs Current position in file
+ * @param size Total size of file
+ * @param is_last True if this is the last time progress will be
+ * printed for this file, so we should output a newline.  (Not
+ * necessarily the same as all bytes being received.)
+ **/
+static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
+			    int is_last)
+{
+	char eol[256];
+	const char *units;
+	int pct = ofs == size ? 100 : (int) (100.0 * ofs / size);
+	unsigned long diff;
+	double rate, remain;
+	int remain_h, remain_m, remain_s;
+
+	if (is_last) {
+		/* Compute stats based on the starting info. */
+		if (!ph_start.time.tv_sec
+		    || !(diff = msdiff(&ph_start.time, now)))
+			diff = 1;
+		rate = (double) (ofs - ph_start.ofs) * 1000.0 / diff / 1024.0;
+		/* Switch to total time taken for our last update. */
+		remain = (double) diff / 1000.0;
+	} else {
+		/* Compute stats based on recent progress. */
+		if (!(diff = msdiff(&ph_list[oldest_hpos].time, now)))
+			diff = 1;
+		rate = (double) (ofs - ph_list[oldest_hpos].ofs) * 1000.0
+		     / diff / 1024.0;
+		remain = rate ? (double) (size - ofs) / rate / 1000.0 : 0.0;
+	}
+
+	if (rate > 1024*1024) {
+		rate /= 1024.0 * 1024.0;
+		units = "GB/s";
+	} else if (rate > 1024) {
+		rate /= 1024.0;
+		units = "MB/s";
+	} else {
+		units = "kB/s";
+	}
+
+	remain_s = (int) remain % 60;
+	remain_m = (int) (remain / 60.0) % 60;
+	remain_h = (int) (remain / 3600.0);
+
+	if (is_last) {
+		snprintf(eol, sizeof eol, " (xfer#%d, to-check=%d/%d)\n",
+			stats.num_transferred_files,
+			stats.num_files - stats.current_file_index - 1,
+			stats.num_files);
+	} else
+		strcpy(eol, "\r");
+	rprintf(FCLIENT, "%12s %3d%% %7.2f%s %4d:%02d:%02d%s",
+		human_num(ofs), pct, rate, units,
+		remain_h, remain_m, remain_s, eol);
+}
+
+void end_progress(OFF_T size)
+{
+	if (!am_server) {
+		struct timeval now;
+		gettimeofday(&now, NULL);
+		rprint_progress(size, size, &now, True);
+	}
+	memset(&ph_start, 0, sizeof ph_start);
+}
+
+void show_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size)
+{
+	struct timeval now;
+#if defined HAVE_GETPGRP && defined HAVE_TCGETPGRP
+	static pid_t pgrp = -1;
+	pid_t tc_pgrp;
+#endif
+
+	if (am_server)
+		return;
+
+#if defined HAVE_GETPGRP && defined HAVE_TCGETPGRP
+	if (pgrp == -1)
+		pgrp = getpgrp(GETPGRP_ARG);
+#endif
+
+	gettimeofday(&now, NULL);
+
+	if (!ph_start.time.tv_sec) {
+		int i;
+
+		/* Try to guess the real starting time when the sender started
+		 * to send us data by using the time we last received some data
+		 * in the last file (if it was recent enough). */
+		if (msdiff(&ph_list[newest_hpos].time, &now) <= 1500) {
+			ph_start.time = ph_list[newest_hpos].time;
+			ph_start.ofs = 0;
+		} else {
+			ph_start.time.tv_sec = now.tv_sec;
+			ph_start.time.tv_usec = now.tv_usec;
+			ph_start.ofs = ofs;
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS; i++)
+			ph_list[i] = ph_start;
+	}
+	else {
+		if (msdiff(&ph_list[newest_hpos].time, &now) < 1000)
+			return;
+
+		newest_hpos = oldest_hpos;
+		oldest_hpos = (oldest_hpos + 1) % PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS;
+		ph_list[newest_hpos].time.tv_sec = now.tv_sec;
+		ph_list[newest_hpos].time.tv_usec = now.tv_usec;
+		ph_list[newest_hpos].ofs = ofs;
+	}
+
+#if defined HAVE_GETPGRP && defined HAVE_TCGETPGRP
+	tc_pgrp = tcgetpgrp(STDOUT_FILENO);
+	if (tc_pgrp != pgrp && tc_pgrp != -1)
+		return;
+#endif
+
+	rprint_progress(ofs, size, &now, False);
+}

rsync.c

@@ -1,36 +1,93 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
-/* this file contains code used by more than one part of the rsync
-   process */
+/*
+ * Routines common to more than one of the rsync processes.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#if defined HAVE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
+#include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_LIBCHARSET_H && defined HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+#include <libcharset.h>
+#elif defined HAVE_LANGINFO_H && defined HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
 
 extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
+extern int preserve_perms;
+extern int preserve_executability;
 extern int preserve_times;
+extern int omit_dir_times;
 extern int am_root;
+extern int am_server;
+extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_generator;
+extern int am_starting_up;
+extern int allow_8bit_chars;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
-extern int preserve_perms;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int keep_dirlinks;
 extern int make_backups;
+extern mode_t orig_umask;
+extern struct stats stats;
+extern struct chmod_mode_struct *daemon_chmod_modes;
 
+#if defined HAVE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
+iconv_t ic_chck = (iconv_t)-1;
+
+static const char *default_charset(void)
+{
+#if defined HAVE_LIBCHARSET_H && defined HAVE_LOCALE_CHARSET
+	return locale_charset();
+#elif defined HAVE_LANGINFO_H && defined HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+	return nl_langinfo(CODESET);
+#else
+	return ""; /* Works with (at the very least) gnu iconv... */
+#endif
+}
+
+void setup_iconv()
+{
+	if (!am_server && !allow_8bit_chars) {
+		const char *defset = default_charset();
+
+		/* It's OK if this fails... */
+		ic_chck = iconv_open(defset, defset);
+
+		if (verbose > 3) {
+			if (ic_chck == (iconv_t)-1) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"note: iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") failed (%d)"
+					" -- using isprint() instead of iconv().\n",
+					defset, defset, errno);
+			} else {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"note: iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") succeeded.\n",
+					defset, defset);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
 
 /*
   free a sums struct
@@ -41,219 +98,212 @@ void free_sums(struct sum_struct *s)
 	free(s);
 }
 
-
-/*
- * delete a file or directory. If force_delete is set then delete 
- * recursively 
- */
-int delete_file(char *fname)
+/* This is only called when we aren't preserving permissions.  Figure out what
+ * the permissions should be and return them merged back into the mode. */
+mode_t dest_mode(mode_t flist_mode, mode_t stat_mode, int exists)
 {
-	DIR *d;
-	struct dirent *di;
-	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
-	extern int force_delete;
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int ret;
-	extern int recurse;
-
-#if SUPPORT_LINKS
-	ret = do_lstat(fname, &st);
-#else
-	ret = do_stat(fname, &st);
-#endif
-	if (ret) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-		if (robust_unlink(fname) == 0 || errno == ENOENT) return 0;
-		rprintf(FERROR,"delete_file: unlink(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (do_rmdir(fname) == 0 || errno == ENOENT) return 0;
-	if (!force_delete || !recurse || 
-	    (errno != ENOTEMPTY && errno != EEXIST)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"delete_file: rmdir(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* now we do a recsursive delete on the directory ... */
-	d = opendir(fname);
-	if (!d) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"delete_file: opendir(%s): %s\n",
-			fname,strerror(errno));
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	for (di=readdir(d); di; di=readdir(d)) {
-		char *dname = d_name(di);
-		if (strcmp(dname,".")==0 ||
-		    strcmp(dname,"..")==0)
-			continue;
-		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s", fname, dname);
-		if (verbose > 0)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"deleting %s\n", buf);
-		if (delete_file(buf) != 0) {
-			closedir(d);
-			return -1;
+	int new_mode;
+	/* If the file already exists, we'll return the local permissions,
+	 * possibly tweaked by the --executability option. */
+	if (exists) {
+		new_mode = (flist_mode & ~CHMOD_BITS) | (stat_mode & CHMOD_BITS);
+		if (preserve_executability && S_ISREG(flist_mode)) {
+			/* If the source file is executable, grant execute
+			 * rights to everyone who can read, but ONLY if the
+			 * file isn't already executable. */
+			if (!(flist_mode & 0111))
+				new_mode &= ~0111;
+			else if (!(stat_mode & 0111))
+				new_mode |= (new_mode & 0444) >> 2;
 		}
-	}	
-
-	closedir(d);
-	
-	if (do_rmdir(fname) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,"delete_file: rmdir(%s) : %s\n", fname, strerror(errno));
-		return -1;
+	} else {
+		/* Apply the umask and turn off special permissions. */
+		new_mode = flist_mode & (~CHMOD_BITS | (ACCESSPERMS & ~orig_umask));
 	}
-
-	return 0;
+	return new_mode;
 }
 
-static int is_in_group(gid_t gid)
-{
-#ifdef GETGROUPS_T
-	static gid_t last_in = (gid_t) -2, last_out;
-	static int ngroups = -2;
-	static GETGROUPS_T *gidset;
-	int n;
-
-	if (gid == last_in)
-		return last_out;
-	if (ngroups < -1) {
-		/* treat failure (-1) as if not member of any group */
-		ngroups = getgroups(0, 0);
-		if (ngroups > 0) {
-			gidset = (GETGROUPS_T *) malloc(ngroups * sizeof(GETGROUPS_T));
-			ngroups = getgroups(ngroups, gidset);
-		}
-	}
-
-	last_in = gid;
-	last_out = 0;
-	for (n = 0; n < ngroups; n++) {
-		if (gidset[n] == gid) {
-			last_out = 1;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return last_out;
-
-#else
-	return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-int set_perms(char *fname,struct file_struct *file,STRUCT_STAT *st,
-	      int report)
+int set_file_attrs(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, STRUCT_STAT *st,
+		   int flags)
 {
 	int updated = 0;
 	STRUCT_STAT st2;
 	int change_uid, change_gid;
-
-	if (dry_run) return 0;
+	mode_t new_mode = file->mode;
 
 	if (!st) {
-		if (link_stat(fname,&st2) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"stat %s : %s\n",fname,strerror(errno));
+		if (dry_run)
+			return 1;
+		if (link_stat(fname, &st2, 0) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat %s failed",
+				full_fname(fname));
 			return 0;
 		}
 		st = &st2;
+		if (!preserve_perms && S_ISDIR(new_mode)
+		 && st->st_mode & S_ISGID) {
+			/* We just created this directory and its setgid
+			 * bit is on, so make sure it stays on. */
+			new_mode |= S_ISGID;
+		}
 	}
 
-	if (preserve_times && !S_ISLNK(st->st_mode) &&
-	    cmp_modtime(st->st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0) {
-		/* don't complain about not setting times on directories
-		   because some filesystems can't do it */
-		if (set_modtime(fname,file->modtime) != 0 &&
-		    !S_ISDIR(st->st_mode)) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"failed to set times on %s : %s\n",
-				fname,strerror(errno));
+	if (!preserve_times || (S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) && omit_dir_times))
+		flags |= ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME;
+	if (!(flags & ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME)
+	    && cmp_time(st->st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0) {
+		int ret = set_modtime(fname, file->modtime, st->st_mode);
+		if (ret < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "failed to set times on %s",
+				full_fname(fname));
 			return 0;
-		} else {
-			updated = 1;
 		}
+		if (ret == 0) /* ret == 1 if symlink could not be set */
+			updated = 1;
 	}
 
 	change_uid = am_root && preserve_uid && st->st_uid != file->uid;
-	change_gid = preserve_gid && file->gid != (gid_t) -1 && \
-				st->st_gid != file->gid;
-	if (change_gid && !am_root) {
-		/* enforce bsd-style group semantics: non-root can only
-		    change to groups that the user is a member of */
-		change_gid = is_in_group(file->gid);
-	}
+	change_gid = preserve_gid && file->gid != GID_NONE
+		&& st->st_gid != file->gid;
+#if !defined HAVE_LCHOWN && !defined CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+	if (S_ISLNK(st->st_mode))
+		;
+	else
+#endif
 	if (change_uid || change_gid) {
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			if (change_uid) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"set uid of %s from %ld to %ld\n",
+					fname,
+					(long)st->st_uid, (long)file->uid);
+			}
+			if (change_gid) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"set gid of %s from %ld to %ld\n",
+					fname,
+					(long)st->st_gid, (long)file->gid);
+			}
+		}
 		if (do_lchown(fname,
-			      change_uid?file->uid:st->st_uid,
-			      change_gid?file->gid:st->st_gid) != 0) {
+		    change_uid ? file->uid : st->st_uid,
+		    change_gid ? file->gid : st->st_gid) != 0) {
 			/* shouldn't have attempted to change uid or gid
-			     unless have the privilege */
-			rprintf(FERROR,"chown %s : %s\n", fname,strerror(errno));
+			 * unless have the privilege */
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "%s %s failed",
+			    change_uid ? "chown" : "chgrp",
+			    full_fname(fname));
 			return 0;
 		}
 		/* a lchown had been done - we have to re-stat if the
-                   destination had the setuid or setgid bits set due
-                   to the side effect of the chown call */
+		 * destination had the setuid or setgid bits set due
+		 * to the side effect of the chown call */
 		if (st->st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) {
-			link_stat(fname, st);
+			link_stat(fname, st,
+				  keep_dirlinks && S_ISDIR(st->st_mode));
 		}
 		updated = 1;
 	}
 
+	if (daemon_chmod_modes && !S_ISLNK(new_mode))
+		new_mode = tweak_mode(new_mode, daemon_chmod_modes);
 #ifdef HAVE_CHMOD
-	if (!S_ISLNK(st->st_mode)) {
-		if (st->st_mode != file->mode) {
-			updated = 1;
-			if (do_chmod(fname,file->mode) != 0) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"failed to set permissions on %s : %s\n",
-					fname,strerror(errno));
-				return 0;
-			}
+	if ((st->st_mode & CHMOD_BITS) != (new_mode & CHMOD_BITS)) {
+		int ret = do_chmod(fname, new_mode);
+		if (ret < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+				"failed to set permissions on %s",
+				full_fname(fname));
+			return 0;
 		}
+		if (ret == 0) /* ret == 1 if symlink could not be set */
+			updated = 1;
 	}
 #endif
-    
-	if (verbose > 1 && report) {
+
+	if (verbose > 1 && flags & ATTRS_REPORT) {
 		if (updated)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"%s\n",fname);
+			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s\n", fname);
 		else
-			rprintf(FINFO,"%s is uptodate\n",fname);
+			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
 	}
 	return updated;
 }
 
-
-void sig_int(void)
+RETSIGTYPE sig_int(UNUSED(int val))
 {
+	/* KLUGE: if the user hits Ctrl-C while ssh is prompting
+	 * for a password, then our cleanup's sending of a SIGUSR1
+	 * signal to all our children may kill ssh before it has a
+	 * chance to restore the tty settings (i.e. turn echo back
+	 * on).  By sleeping for a short time, ssh gets a bigger
+	 * chance to do the right thing.  If child processes are
+	 * not ssh waiting for a password, then this tiny delay
+	 * shouldn't hurt anything. */
+	msleep(400);
 	exit_cleanup(RERR_SIGNAL);
 }
 
-
-/* finish off a file transfer, renaming the file and setting the permissions
-   and ownership */
-void finish_transfer(char *fname, char *fnametmp, struct file_struct *file)
+/* Finish off a file transfer: renaming the file and setting the file's
+ * attributes (e.g. permissions, ownership, etc.).  If partialptr is not
+ * NULL and the robust_rename() call is forced to copy the temp file, we
+ * stage the file into the partial-dir and then rename it into place. */
+void finish_transfer(char *fname, char *fnametmp, char *partialptr,
+		     struct file_struct *file, int ok_to_set_time,
+		     int overwriting_basis)
 {
-	if (make_backups && !make_backup(fname))
+	int ret;
+
+	if (inplace) {
+		if (verbose > 2)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "finishing %s\n", fname);
+		fnametmp = fname;
+		goto do_set_file_attrs;
+	}
+
+	if (make_backups && overwriting_basis && !make_backup(fname))
 		return;
 
+	/* Change permissions before putting the file into place. */
+	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL,
+		       ok_to_set_time ? 0 : ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME);
+
 	/* move tmp file over real file */
-	if (robust_rename(fnametmp,fname) != 0) {
-		if (errno == EXDEV) {
-			/* rename failed on cross-filesystem link.  
-			   Copy the file instead. */
-			if (copy_file(fnametmp,fname, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS)) {
-				rprintf(FERROR,"copy %s -> %s : %s\n",
-					fnametmp,fname,strerror(errno));
-			} else {
-				set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0);
-			}
-		} else {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"rename %s -> %s : %s\n",
-				fnametmp,fname,strerror(errno));
-		}
+	if (verbose > 2)
+		rprintf(FINFO, "renaming %s to %s\n", fnametmp, fname);
+	ret = robust_rename(fnametmp, fname, partialptr,
+			    file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+	if (ret < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "%s %s -> \"%s\"",
+			ret == -2 ? "copy" : "rename",
+			full_fname(fnametmp), fname);
 		do_unlink(fnametmp);
-	} else {
-		set_perms(fname,file,NULL,0);
+		return;
+	}
+	if (ret == 0) {
+		/* The file was moved into place (not copied), so it's done. */
+		return;
+	}
+	/* The file was copied, so tweak the perms of the copied file.  If it
+	 * was copied to partialptr, move it into its final destination. */
+	fnametmp = partialptr ? partialptr : fname;
+
+  do_set_file_attrs:
+	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL,
+		       ok_to_set_time ? 0 : ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME);
+
+	if (partialptr) {
+		if (do_rename(fnametmp, fname) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "rename %s -> \"%s\"",
+				full_fname(fnametmp), fname);
+		} else
+			handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_DELETE);
 	}
 }
+
+const char *who_am_i(void)
+{
+	if (am_starting_up)
+		return am_server ? "server" : "client";
+	return am_sender ? "sender" : am_generator ? "generator" : "receiver";
+}

rsync.h

@@ -1,32 +1,34 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) by Andrew Tridgell 1996, 2000
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
-
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 1996, 2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #define False 0
 #define True 1
 
 #define BLOCK_SIZE 700
 #define RSYNC_RSH_ENV "RSYNC_RSH"
+#define RSYNC_RSH_IO_ENV "RSYNC_RSH_IO"
 
 #define RSYNC_NAME "rsync"
-#define RSYNCD_CONF "/etc/rsyncd.conf"
+/* RSYNCD_SYSCONF is now set in config.h */
+#define RSYNCD_USERCONF "rsyncd.conf"
 
 #define DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE "/var/run/rsyncd.lock"
 #define URL_PREFIX "rsync://"
@@ -37,32 +39,56 @@
    incompatible with older versions :-( */
 #define CHAR_OFFSET 0
 
+/* These flags are only used during the flist transfer. */
 
-#define FLAG_DELETE (1<<0)
-#define SAME_MODE (1<<1)
-#define SAME_RDEV (1<<2)
-#define SAME_UID (1<<3)
-#define SAME_GID (1<<4)
-#define SAME_DIR (1<<5)
-#define SAME_NAME SAME_DIR
-#define LONG_NAME (1<<6)
-#define SAME_TIME (1<<7)
+#define XMIT_TOP_DIR (1<<0)
+#define XMIT_SAME_MODE (1<<1)
+#define XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS (1<<2)
+#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_pre28 XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS /* Only in protocols < 28 */
+#define XMIT_SAME_UID (1<<3)
+#define XMIT_SAME_GID (1<<4)
+#define XMIT_SAME_NAME (1<<5)
+#define XMIT_LONG_NAME (1<<6)
+#define XMIT_SAME_TIME (1<<7)
+#define XMIT_SAME_RDEV_MAJOR (1<<8)
+#define XMIT_HAS_IDEV_DATA (1<<9)
+#define XMIT_SAME_DEV (1<<10)
+#define XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_IS_SMALL (1<<11)
+
+/* These flags are used in the live flist data. */
+
+#define FLAG_TOP_DIR (1<<0)
+#define FLAG_SENT (1<<1)	/* sender */
+#define FLAG_HLINK_EOL (1<<1)	/* receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_MOUNT_POINT (1<<2)	/* sender/generator */
+#define FLAG_DEL_HERE (1<<3)	/* receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_HLINK_TOL (1<<4)	/* receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_NO_FUZZY (1<<5)	/* generator */
+#define FLAG_MISSING (1<<6)	/* generator */
 
 /* update this if you make incompatible changes */
-#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 26
+#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 29
 
 /* We refuse to interoperate with versions that are not in this range.
  * Note that we assume we'll work with later versions: the onus is on
  * people writing them to make sure that they don't send us anything
  * we won't understand.
  *
- * There are two possible explanations for the limit at thirty: either
- * to allow new major-rev versions that do not interoperate with us,
- * and (more likely) so that we can detect an attempt to connect rsync
- * to a non-rsync server, which is unlikely to begin by sending a byte
- * between 15 and 30. */
-#define MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION 15
-#define MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION 30
+ * Interoperation with old but supported protocol versions
+ * should cause a warning to be printed.  At a future date
+ * the old protocol will become the minimum and
+ * compatibility code removed.
+ *
+ * There are two possible explanations for the limit at
+ * MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION: either to allow new major-rev versions that
+ * do not interoperate with us, and (more likely) so that we can
+ * detect an attempt to connect rsync to a non-rsync server, which is
+ * unlikely to begin by sending a byte between MIN_PROTOCL_VERSION and
+ * MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION. */
+
+#define MIN_PROTOCOL_VERSION 20
+#define OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 25
+#define MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION 40
 
 #define RSYNC_PORT 873
 
@@ -71,54 +97,130 @@
 #define CHUNK_SIZE (32*1024)
 #define MAX_MAP_SIZE (256*1024)
 #define IO_BUFFER_SIZE (4092)
+#define MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 29)
+
+#define IOERR_GENERAL	(1<<0) /* For backward compatibility, this must == 1 */
+#define IOERR_VANISHED	(1<<1)
+#define IOERR_DEL_LIMIT (1<<2)
 
 #define MAX_ARGS 1000
+#define MAX_BASIS_DIRS 20
+#define MAX_SERVER_ARGS (MAX_BASIS_DIRS*2 + 100)
 
 #define MPLEX_BASE 7
 
-/* Log values.  I *think* what these mean is: FLOG goes to the server
- * logfile; FERROR and FINFO try to end up on the client, with
- * different levels of filtering. */
-enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
+#define NO_FILTERS	0
+#define SERVER_FILTERS	1
+#define ALL_FILTERS	2
+
+#define XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS	(1<<0)
+#define XFLG_OLD_PREFIXES	(1<<1)
+#define XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS	(1<<2)
+#define XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH	(1<<3)
+
+#define ATTRS_REPORT		(1<<0)
+#define ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME	(1<<1)
+
+#define FULL_FLUSH	1
+#define NORMAL_FLUSH	0
+
+#define PDIR_CREATE	1
+#define PDIR_DELETE	0
+
+/* Note: 0x00 - 0x7F are used for basis_dir[] indexes! */
+#define FNAMECMP_BASIS_DIR_LOW	0x00 /* Must remain 0! */
+#define FNAMECMP_BASIS_DIR_HIGH 0x7F
+#define FNAMECMP_FNAME		0x80
+#define FNAMECMP_PARTIAL_DIR	0x81
+#define FNAMECMP_BACKUP 	0x82
+#define FNAMECMP_FUZZY		0x83
+
+/* For use by the itemize_changes code */
+#define ITEM_REPORT_ATIME (1<<0)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_CHECKSUM (1<<1)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_SIZE (1<<2)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_TIME (1<<3)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_PERMS (1<<4)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_OWNER (1<<5)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_GROUP (1<<6)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_ACL (1<<7)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_XATTR (1<<8)
+#define ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS (1<<11)
+#define ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS (1<<12)
+#define ITEM_IS_NEW (1<<13)
+#define ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE (1<<14)
+#define ITEM_TRANSFER (1<<15)
+/* These are outside the range of the transmitted flags. */
+#define ITEM_MISSING_DATA (1<<16)	   /* used by log_formatted() */
+#define ITEM_DELETED (1<<17)		   /* used by log_formatted() */
+
+#define SIGNIFICANT_ITEM_FLAGS (~(\
+	ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS | ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE))
+
+
+/* Log-message categories.  Only FERROR and FINFO get sent over the socket,
+ * but FLOG and FSOCKERR can be sent over the receiver -> generator pipe.
+ * FLOG only goes to the log file, not the client; FCLIENT is the opposite. */
+enum logcode { FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3, FCLIENT=4, FSOCKERR=5 };
+
+/* Messages types that are sent over the message channel.  The logcode
+ * values must all be present here with identical numbers. */
+enum msgcode {
+	MSG_DATA=0,	/* raw data on the multiplexed stream */
+	MSG_ERROR=FERROR, MSG_INFO=FINFO, /* remote logging */
+	MSG_LOG=FLOG, MSG_SOCKERR=FSOCKERR, /* sibling logging */
+	MSG_REDO=9,	/* reprocess indicated flist index */
+	MSG_SUCCESS=100,/* successfully updated indicated flist index */
+	MSG_DELETED=101,/* successfully deleted a file on receiving side */
+	MSG_DONE=86	/* current phase is done */
+};
 
 #include "errcode.h"
 
 #include "config.h"
 
-#if HAVE_REMSH
-#define RSYNC_RSH "remsh"
-#else
-#define RSYNC_RSH "rsh"
-#endif
+/* The default RSYNC_RSH is always set in config.h. */
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined HAVE_MALLOC_H && (defined HAVE_MALLINFO || !defined HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#include <malloc.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
 #include <sys/socket.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-
 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
 #include <sys/time.h>
 #include <time.h>
@@ -138,8 +240,6 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
 #endif
@@ -175,20 +275,10 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#else
-#include "lib/fnmatch.h"
-#endif
-
 #ifdef HAVE_GLOB_H
 #include <glob.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-#  include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-
 /* these are needed for the uid/gid mapping code */
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
@@ -200,25 +290,47 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
 #include <syslog.h>
 #include <sys/file.h>
 
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
 # include <dirent.h>
 #else
 # define dirent direct
-# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 #  include <sys/ndir.h>
 # endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
 #  include <sys/dir.h>
 # endif
-# if HAVE_NDIR_H
+# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
 #  include <ndir.h>
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+#include <sys/mkdev.h>
+# if !defined makedev && (defined mkdev || defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+#  define makedev mkdev
+# endif
+#elif defined MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+#include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS
+#define MAKEDEV(devmajor,devminor) makedev(0,devmajor,devminor)
+#else
+#define MAKEDEV(devmajor,devminor) makedev(devmajor,devminor)
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_COMPAT_H
 #include <compat.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "lib/pool_alloc.h"
 
 #define BOOL int
 
@@ -226,50 +338,85 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
 #define uchar unsigned char
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
+#ifdef SIGNED_CHAR_OK
 #define schar signed char
 #else
 #define schar char
 #endif
 
+/* Find a variable that is either exactly 32-bits or longer.
+ * If some code depends on 32-bit truncation, it will need to
+ * take special action in a "#if SIZEOF_INT32 > 4" section. */
 #ifndef int32
-#if (SIZEOF_INT == 4)
-#define int32 int
-#elif (SIZEOF_LONG == 4)
-#define int32 long
-#elif (SIZEOF_SHORT == 4)
-#define int32 short
+#if SIZEOF_INT == 4
+# define int32 int
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 4
+#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+# define int32 long
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 4
+#elif SIZEOF_SHORT == 4
+# define int32 short
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 4
+#elif SIZEOF_INT > 4
+# define int32 int
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 SIZEOF_INT
+#elif SIZEOF_LONG > 4
+# define int32 long
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 SIZEOF_LONG
 #else
-/* I hope this works */
-#define int32 int
-#define LARGE_INT32
+# error Could not find a 32-bit integer variable
 #endif
+#else
+# define SIZEOF_INT32 4
 #endif
 
 #ifndef uint32
 #define uint32 unsigned int32
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_OFF64_T
-#define OFF_T off64_t
-#define STRUCT_STAT struct stat64
-#else
+#if SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8 || !SIZEOF_OFF64_T || !defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
 #define OFF_T off_t
 #define STRUCT_STAT struct stat
+#else
+#define OFF_T off64_t
+#define STRUCT_STAT struct stat64
+#define USE_STAT64_FUNCS 1
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_OFF64_T
-#define int64 off64_t
-#elif (SIZEOF_LONG == 8) 
-#define int64 long
-#elif (SIZEOF_INT == 8) 
-#define int64 int
-#elif HAVE_LONGLONG
-#define int64 long long
+/* CAVEAT: on some systems, int64 will really be a 32-bit integer IFF
+ * that's the maximum size the file system can handle and there is no
+ * 64-bit type available.  The rsync source must therefore take steps
+ * to ensure that any code that really requires a 64-bit integer has
+ * it (e.g. the checksum code uses two 32-bit integers for its 64-bit
+ * counter). */
+#if SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+# define int64 long
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 8
+#elif SIZEOF_INT == 8
+# define int64 int
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 8
+#elif SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == 8
+# define int64 long long
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 8
+#elif SIZEOF_OFF64_T == 8
+# define int64 off64_t
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 8
+#elif SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8
+# define int64 off_t
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 8
+#elif SIZEOF_INT > 8
+# define int64 int
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 SIZEOF_INT
+#elif SIZEOF_LONG > 8
+# define int64 long
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 SIZEOF_LONG
+#elif SIZEOF_LONG_LONG > 8
+# define int64 long long
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
 #else
 /* As long as it gets... */
-#define int64 off_t
-#define NO_INT64
+# define int64 off_t
+# define SIZEOF_INT64 SIZEOF_OFF_T
 #endif
 
 /* Starting from protocol version 26, we always use 64-bit
@@ -294,17 +441,14 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
  * device numbers will be truncated.  But it's a kind of silly thing
  * to do anyhow.
  *
- * FIXME: In future, we should probable split the device number into
- * major/minor, and transfer the two parts as 32-bit ints.  That gives
- * you somewhat more of a chance that they'll come from a big machine
- * to a little one in a useful way.
- *
- * FIXME: Really we need an unsigned type, and we perhaps ought to
- * cope with platforms on which this is an unsigned int or even a
- * struct.  Later.
- */ 
-#define INO64_T int64
-#define DEV64_T int64
+ * FIXME: I don't think the code in flist.c has ever worked on a system
+ * where dev_t is a struct.
+ */
+
+struct idev {
+	int64 inode;
+	int64 dev;
+};
 
 #ifndef MIN
 #define MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
@@ -321,82 +465,175 @@ enum logcode {FNONE=0, FERROR=1, FINFO=2, FLOG=3 };
 /* the length of the md4 checksum */
 #define MD4_SUM_LENGTH 16
 #define SUM_LENGTH 16
+#define SHORT_SUM_LENGTH 2
+#define BLOCKSUM_BIAS 10
 
 #ifndef MAXPATHLEN
 #define MAXPATHLEN 1024
 #endif
 
+/* We want a roomy line buffer that can hold more than MAXPATHLEN,
+ * and significantly more than an overly short MAXPATHLEN. */
+#if MAXPATHLEN < 4096
+#define BIGPATHBUFLEN (4096+1024)
+#else
+#define BIGPATHBUFLEN (MAXPATHLEN+1024)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NAME_MAX
+#define NAME_MAX 255
+#endif
+
 #ifndef INADDR_NONE
 #define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
 #endif
 
+#ifndef IN_LOOPBACKNET
+#define IN_LOOPBACKNET 127
+#endif
+
+#define GID_NONE ((gid_t)-1)
+
+#define HL_CHECK_MASTER	0
+#define HL_SKIP		1
+
+struct hlink {
+	int32 next;
+	int32 hlindex;
+	unsigned short link_dest_used;
+};
+
+#define F_DEV	link_u.idev->dev
+#define F_INODE	link_u.idev->inode
+
+#define F_HLINDEX link_u.links->hlindex
+#define F_NEXT	link_u.links->next
+
 struct file_struct {
-	unsigned flags;
-	time_t modtime;
+	union {
+		dev_t rdev;	/* The device number, if this is a device */
+		char *sum;	/* Only a normal file can have a checksum */
+		char *link;	/* Points to symlink string, if a symlink */
+	} u;
 	OFF_T length;
-	mode_t mode;
-
-	INO64_T inode;
-	/** Device this file lives upon */
-	DEV64_T dev;
-
-	/** If this is a device node, the device number. */
-	DEV64_T rdev;
+	char *basename;		/* The current item's name (AKA filename) */
+	char *dirname;		/* The directory info inside the transfer */
+	union {
+		char *root;	/* Sender-side dir info outside transfer */
+		int depth;	/* Receiver-side directory depth info */
+	} dir;
+	union {
+		struct idev *idev;
+		struct hlink *links;
+	} link_u;
+	time_t modtime;
 	uid_t uid;
 	gid_t gid;
-	char *basename;
-	char *dirname;
-	char *basedir;
-	char *link;
-	char *sum;
+	mode_t mode;
+	uchar flags;	/* this item MUST remain last */
 };
 
+/*
+ * Start the flist array at FLIST_START entries and grow it
+ * by doubling until FLIST_LINEAR then grow by FLIST_LINEAR
+ */
+#define FLIST_START	(32 * 1024)
+#define FLIST_LINEAR	(FLIST_START * 512)
 
-#define ARENA_SIZE	(32 * 1024)
+/*
+ * Extent size for allocation pools A minimum size of 128KB
+ * is needed to mmap them so that freeing will release the
+ * space to the OS.
+ *
+ * Larger sizes reduce leftover fragments and speed free calls
+ * (when they happen) Smaller sizes increase the chance of
+ * freed allocations freeing whole extents.
+ */
+#define FILE_EXTENT	(256 * 1024)
+#define HLINK_EXTENT	(128 * 1024)
 
-struct string_area {
-	char *base;
-	char *end;
-	char *current;
-	struct string_area *next;
-};
+#define WITH_HLINK	1
+#define WITHOUT_HLINK	0
 
 struct file_list {
+	struct file_struct **files;
+	alloc_pool_t file_pool;
+	alloc_pool_t hlink_pool;
 	int count;
 	int malloced;
-	struct file_struct **files;
-	struct string_area *string_area;
+	int low, high;
 };
 
+#define SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET	(1<<0)
+
 struct sum_buf {
-	OFF_T offset;		/* offset in file of this chunk */
-	int len;		/* length of chunk of file */
-	int i;			/* index of this chunk */
-	uint32 sum1;	        /* simple checksum */
-	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];	/* checksum  */
+	OFF_T offset;		/**< offset in file of this chunk */
+	int32 len;		/**< length of chunk of file */
+	uint32 sum1;	        /**< simple checksum */
+	int32 chain;		/**< next hash-table collision */
+	short flags;		/**< flag bits */
+	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];	/**< checksum  */
 };
 
 struct sum_struct {
-	OFF_T flength;		/* total file length */
-	size_t count;		/* how many chunks */
-	size_t remainder;	/* flength % block_length */
-	size_t n;		/* block_length */
-	struct sum_buf *sums;	/* points to info for each chunk */
+	OFF_T flength;		/**< total file length */
+	struct sum_buf *sums;	/**< points to info for each chunk */
+	int32 count;		/**< how many chunks */
+	int32 blength;		/**< block_length */
+	int32 remainder;	/**< flength % block_length */
+	int s2length;		/**< sum2_length */
 };
 
 struct map_struct {
-	char *p;
-	int fd,p_size,p_len;
-	OFF_T file_size, p_offset, p_fd_offset;
+	OFF_T file_size;	/* File size (from stat)		*/
+	OFF_T p_offset;		/* Window start				*/
+	OFF_T p_fd_offset;	/* offset of cursor in fd ala lseek	*/
+	char *p;		/* Window pointer			*/
+	int32 p_size;		/* Largest window size we allocated	*/
+	int32 p_len;		/* Latest (rounded) window size		*/
+	int32 def_window_size;	/* Default window size			*/
+	int fd;			/* File Descriptor			*/
+	int status;		/* first errno from read errors		*/
 };
 
-struct exclude_struct {
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD		(1<<0) /* pattern has '*', '[', and/or '?' */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD2		(1<<1) /* pattern has '**' */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX	(1<<2) /* pattern starts with "**" */
+#define MATCHFLG_WILD3_SUFFIX	(1<<3) /* pattern ends with "***" */
+#define MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH	(1<<4) /* path-match on absolute path */
+#define MATCHFLG_INCLUDE	(1<<5) /* this is an include, not an exclude */
+#define MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY	(1<<6) /* this matches only directories */
+#define MATCHFLG_WORD_SPLIT	(1<<7) /* split rules on whitespace */
+#define MATCHFLG_NO_INHERIT	(1<<8) /* don't inherit these rules */
+#define MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES	(1<<9) /* parse no prefixes from patterns */
+#define MATCHFLG_MERGE_FILE	(1<<10)/* specifies a file to merge */
+#define MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE	(1<<11)/* merge-file is searched per-dir */
+#define MATCHFLG_EXCLUDE_SELF	(1<<12)/* merge-file name should be excluded */
+#define MATCHFLG_FINISH_SETUP	(1<<13)/* per-dir merge file needs setup */
+#define MATCHFLG_NEGATE 	(1<<14)/* rule matches when pattern does not */
+#define MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE	(1<<15)/* rule was -C or :C */
+#define MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE	(1<<16)/* rule applies to the sending side */
+#define MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE	(1<<17)/* rule applies to the receiving side */
+#define MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST 	(1<<18)/* this item is the "!" token */
+
+#define MATCHFLGS_FROM_CONTAINER (MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH | MATCHFLG_INCLUDE \
+				| MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY | MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE \
+				| MATCHFLG_NEGATE | MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE)
+
+struct filter_struct {
+	struct filter_struct *next;
 	char *pattern;
-	int regular_exp;
-	int fnmatch_flags;
-	int include;
-	int directory;
-	int local;
+	uint32 match_flags;
+	union {
+		int slash_cnt;
+		struct filter_list_struct *mergelist;
+	} u;
+};
+
+struct filter_list_struct {
+	struct filter_struct *head;
+	struct filter_struct *tail;
+	char *debug_type;
 };
 
 struct stats {
@@ -406,27 +643,33 @@ struct stats {
 	int64 total_read;
 	int64 literal_data;
 	int64 matched_data;
+	int64 flist_buildtime;
+	int64 flist_xfertime;
 	int flist_size;
 	int num_files;
 	int num_transferred_files;
+	int current_file_index;
 };
 
-
-/* we need this function because of the silly way in which duplicate
-   entries are handled in the file lists - we can't change this
-   without breaking existing versions */
-static inline int flist_up(struct file_list *flist, int i)
-{
-	while (!flist->files[i]->basename) i++;
-	return i;
-}
+struct chmod_mode_struct;
 
 #include "byteorder.h"
-#include "proto.h"
 #include "lib/mdfour.h"
+#include "lib/wildmatch.h"
 #include "lib/permstring.h"
 #include "lib/addrinfo.h"
 
+#if !defined __GNUC__ || defined __APPLE__
+/* Apparently the OS X port of gcc gags on __attribute__.
+ *
+ * <http://www.opensource.apple.com/bugs/X/gcc/2512150.html> */
+#define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+#define UNUSED(x) x __attribute__((__unused__))
+
+#include "proto.h"
+
 /* We have replacement versions of these if they're missing. */
 #ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
 int asprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, ...);
@@ -436,16 +679,18 @@ int asprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, ...);
 int vasprintf(char **ptr, const char *format, va_list ap);
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
-int vsnprintf (char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+#if !defined HAVE_VSNPRINTF || !defined HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
+#define vsnprintf rsync_vsnprintf
+int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t count, const char *fmt, va_list args);
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF)
+#if !defined HAVE_SNPRINTF || !defined HAVE_C99_VSNPRINTF
+#define snprintf rsync_snprintf
 int snprintf(char *str,size_t count,const char *fmt,...);
 #endif
 
 
-#if !HAVE_STRERROR
+#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
 extern char *sys_errlist[];
 #define strerror(i) sys_errlist[i]
 #endif
@@ -459,14 +704,19 @@ extern char *sys_errlist[];
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#define SUPPORT_LINKS HAVE_READLINK
-#define SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS HAVE_LINK
-
-#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
-#define lchown chown
+#ifdef HAVE_READLINK
+#define SUPPORT_LINKS 1
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_LINK
+#define SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS 1
 #endif
 
-#define SIGNAL_CAST (RETSIGTYPE (*)())
+#ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
+#define SIGACTION(n,h) sigact.sa_handler=(h), sigaction((n),&sigact,NULL)
+#define signal(n,h) we_need_to_call_SIGACTION_not_signal(n,h)
+#else
+#define SIGACTION(n,h) signal(n,h)
+#endif
 
 #ifndef EWOULDBLOCK
 #define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN
@@ -484,10 +734,24 @@ extern int errno;
 #define STDERR_FILENO 2
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+#define S_IRUSR 0400
+#endif
+
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
 #define S_IWUSR 0200
 #endif
 
+#ifndef ACCESSPERMS
+#define ACCESSPERMS 0777
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+#define S_ISVTX 0
+#endif
+
+#define CHMOD_BITS (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | ACCESSPERMS)
+
 #ifndef _S_IFMT
 #define _S_IFMT        0170000
 #endif
@@ -535,9 +799,9 @@ extern int errno;
 /* work out what fcntl flag to use for non-blocking */
 #ifdef O_NONBLOCK
 # define NONBLOCK_FLAG O_NONBLOCK
-#elif defined(SYSV)
+#elif defined SYSV
 # define NONBLOCK_FLAG O_NDELAY
-#else 
+#else
 # define NONBLOCK_FLAG FNDELAY
 #endif
 
@@ -549,11 +813,9 @@ extern int errno;
 #define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
 #endif
 
-#define IS_DEVICE(mode) (S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode) || S_ISSOCK(mode) || S_ISFIFO(mode))
+#define IS_SPECIAL(mode) (S_ISSOCK(mode) || S_ISFIFO(mode))
+#define IS_DEVICE(mode) (S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode))
 
-#ifndef ACCESSPERMS
-#define ACCESSPERMS 0777
-#endif
 /* Initial mask on permissions given to temporary files.  Mask off setuid
      bits and group access because of potential race-condition security
      holes, and mask other access because mode 707 is bizarre */
@@ -562,26 +824,27 @@ extern int errno;
 /* handler for null strings in printf format */
 #define NS(s) ((s)?(s):"<NULL>")
 
+/* Convenient wrappers for malloc and realloc.  Use them. */
+#define new(type) ((type *)malloc(sizeof(type)))
+#define new_array(type, num) ((type *)_new_array(sizeof(type), (num)))
+#define realloc_array(ptr, type, num) ((type *)_realloc_array((ptr), sizeof(type), (num)))
+
 /* use magic gcc attributes to catch format errors */
  void rprintf(enum logcode , const char *, ...)
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-     __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)))
-#endif
+     __attribute__((format (printf, 2, 3)))
 ;
 
 /* This is just like rprintf, but it also tries to print some
  * representation of the error code.  Normally errcode = errno. */
 void rsyserr(enum logcode, int, const char *, ...)
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-     __attribute__ ((format (printf, 3, 4)))
-#endif
+     __attribute__((format (printf, 3, 4)))
      ;
 
-#ifdef REPLACE_INET_NTOA
-#define inet_ntoa rep_inet_ntoa
+/* Make sure that the O_BINARY flag is defined. */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+#define O_BINARY 0
 #endif
 
-
 #ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
 size_t strlcpy(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 #endif
@@ -596,14 +859,28 @@ size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 
 #define exit_cleanup(code) _exit_cleanup(code, __FILE__, __LINE__)
 
+#ifdef HAVE_GETEUID
+#define MY_UID() geteuid()
+#else
+#define MY_UID() getuid()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETEGID
+#define MY_GID() getegid()
+#else
+#define MY_GID() getgid()
+#endif
 
 extern int verbose;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_INET_NTOP
-const char *                 
-inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size);
-#endif /* !HAVE_INET_NTOP */
+const char *inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size);
+#endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_INET_PTON
-int isc_net_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst);
+int inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MAINTAINER_MODE
+const char *get_panic_action(void);
 #endif

rsyncd.conf.yo

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 mailto(rsync-bugs@samba.org)
-manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(12 Feb 1999)()()
-manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync server)
+manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(11 Oct 2006)()()
+manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync in daemon mode)
 manpagesynopsis()
 
 rsyncd.conf
@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@ rsyncd.conf
 manpagedescription()
 
 The rsyncd.conf file is the runtime configuration file for rsync when
-run with the --daemon option. When run in this way rsync becomes a
-rsync server listening on TCP port 873. Connections from rsync clients
-are accepted for either anonymous or authenticated rsync sessions. 
+run as an rsync daemon. 
 
 The rsyncd.conf file controls authentication, access, logging and
 available modules.
@@ -21,7 +19,7 @@ The file consists of modules and parameters. A module begins with the
 name of the module in square brackets and continues until the next
 module begins. Modules contain parameters of the form 'name = value'.
 
-The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated line represents
+The file is line-based -- that is, each newline-terminated line represents
 either a comment, a module name or a parameter.
 
 Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. Whitespace before 
@@ -43,7 +41,7 @@ in string values.
 
 manpagesection(LAUNCHING THE RSYNC DAEMON)
 
-The rsync daemon is launched by specifying the --daemon option to
+The rsync daemon is launched by specifying the bf(--daemon) option to
 rsync. 
 
 The daemon must run with root privileges if you wish to use chroot, to
@@ -51,24 +49,24 @@ bind to a port numbered under 1024 (as is the default 873), or to set
 file ownership.  Otherwise, it must just have permission to read and
 write the appropriate data, log, and lock files.
 
-You can launch it either via inetd or as a stand-alone daemon. If run
-as a daemon then just run the command "rsync --daemon" from a suitable
-startup script.
+You can launch it either via inetd, as a stand-alone daemon, or from
+an rsync client via a remote shell.  If run as a stand-alone daemon then
+just run the command "bf(rsync --daemon)" from a suitable startup script.
 
 When run via inetd you should add a line like this to /etc/services:
 
-quote(rsync           873/tcp)
+verb(  rsync           873/tcp)
 
 and a single line something like this to /etc/inetd.conf:
     
-quote(rsync   stream  tcp     nowait  root   /usr/bin/rsync rsyncd --daemon)
+verb(  rsync   stream  tcp     nowait  root   /usr/bin/rsync rsyncd --daemon)
 
 Replace "/usr/bin/rsync" with the path to where you have rsync installed on
 your system.  You will then need to send inetd a HUP signal to tell it to
 reread its config file.
 
-Note that you should not send the rsync server a HUP signal to force
-it to reread the tt(/etc/rsyncd.conf). The file is re-read on each client
+Note that you should bf(not) send the rsync daemon a HUP signal to force
+it to reread the tt(rsyncd.conf) file. The file is re-read on each client
 connection. 
 
 manpagesection(GLOBAL OPTIONS)
@@ -86,28 +84,24 @@ dit(bf(motd file)) The "motd file" option allows you to specify a
 usually contains site information and any legal notices. The default
 is no motd file.
 
-dit(bf(log file)) The "log file" option tells the rsync daemon to log
-messages to that file rather than using syslog. This is particularly
-useful on systems (such as AIX) where syslog() doesn't work for
-chrooted programs.
-
 dit(bf(pid file)) The "pid file" option tells the rsync daemon to write
-its process id to that file.
+its process ID to that file.
 
-dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
-specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
-rsync server. You may use any standard syslog facility name which is
-defined on your system. Common names are auth, authpriv, cron, daemon,
-ftp, kern, lpr, mail, news, security, syslog, user, uucp, local0,
-local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local6 and local7. The default
-is daemon. 
+dit(bf(port)) You can override the default port the daemon will listen on
+by specifying this value (defaults to 873).  This is ignored if the daemon
+is being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--port) command-line option.
+
+dit(bf(address)) You can override the default IP address the daemon
+will listen on by specifying this value.  This is ignored if the daemon is
+being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--address) command-line option.
 
 dit(bf(socket options)) This option can provide endless fun for people
 who like to tune their systems to the utmost degree. You can set all
 sorts of socket options which may make transfers faster (or
-slower!). Read the man page for the setsockopt() system call for
+slower!). Read the man page for the code(setsockopt()) system call for
 details on some of the options you may be able to set. By default no
-special socket options are set.
+special socket options are set.  These settings are superseded by the
+bf(--sockopts) command-line option.
 
 enddit()
 
@@ -125,100 +119,192 @@ dit(bf(comment)) The "comment" option specifies a description string
 that is displayed next to the module name when clients obtain a list
 of available modules. The default is no comment.
 
-dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the servers
+dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the daemon's
 filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this option
-for each module in tt(/etc/rsyncd.conf).
+for each module in tt(rsyncd.conf).
 
-dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync server will chroot
+dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync daemon will chroot
 to the "path" before starting the file transfer with the client.  This has
 the advantage of extra protection against possible implementation security
-holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges and
-of not being able to follow symbolic links outside of the new root path
-when reading.  When "use chroot" is false, for security reasons
-symlinks may only be relative paths pointing to other files within the
-root path, and leading slashes are removed from absolute paths.  The
-default for "use chroot" is true.
+holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges, 
+of not being able to follow symbolic links that are either absolute or outside
+of the new root path, and of complicating the preservation of usernames and groups
+(see below).  When "use chroot" is false, for security reasons,
+symlinks may only be relative paths pointing to other files within the root
+path, and leading slashes are removed from most absolute paths (options
+such as bf(--backup-dir), bf(--compare-dest), etc. interpret an absolute path as
+rooted in the module's "path" dir, just as if chroot was specified).
+The default for "use chroot" is true.
+
+In order to preserve usernames and groupnames, rsync needs to be able to
+use the standard library functions for looking up names and IDs (i.e.
+code(getpwuid()), code(getgrgid()), code(getpwname()), and code(getgrnam())).  This means a
+process in the chroot namespace will need to have access to the resources
+used by these library functions (traditionally /etc/passwd and
+/etc/group).  If these resources are not available, rsync will only be
+able to copy the IDs, just as if the bf(--numeric-ids) option had been
+specified.
+
+Note that you are free to setup user/group information in the chroot area
+differently from your normal system.  For example, you could abbreviate
+the list of users and groups.  Also, you can protect this information from
+being downloaded/uploaded by adding an exclude rule to the rsyncd.conf file
+(e.g. "exclude = /etc/**").  Note that having the exclusion affect uploads
+is a relatively new feature in rsync, so make sure your daemon is
+at least 2.6.3 to effect this.  Also note that it is safest to exclude a
+directory and all its contents combining the rule "/some/dir/" with the
+rule "/some/dir/**" just to be sure that rsync will not allow deeper
+access to some of the excluded files inside the directory (rsync tries to
+do this automatically, but you might as well specify both to be extra
+sure).
 
 dit(bf(max connections)) The "max connections" option allows you to
-specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow
-to this module of your rsync server. Any clients connecting when the
-maximum has been reached will receive a message telling them to try
-later.  The default is 0 which means no limit.
+specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow.
+Any clients connecting when the maximum has been reached will receive a
+message telling them to try later.  The default is 0 which means no limit.
+See also the "lock file" option.
+
+dit(bf(log file)) When the "log file" option is set to a non-empty
+string, the rsync daemon will log messages to the indicated file rather
+than using syslog. This is particularly useful on systems (such as AIX)
+where code(syslog()) doesn't work for chrooted programs.  The file is
+opened before code(chroot()) is called, allowing it to be placed outside
+the transfer.  If this value is set on a per-module basis instead of
+globally, the global log will still contain any authorization failures
+or config-file error messages.
+
+If the daemon fails to open to specified file, it will fall back to
+using syslog and output an error about the failure.  (Note that the
+failure to open the specified log file used to be a fatal error.)
+
+dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
+specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
+rsync daemon. You may use any standard syslog facility name which is
+defined on your system. Common names are auth, authpriv, cron, daemon,
+ftp, kern, lpr, mail, news, security, syslog, user, uucp, local0,
+local1, local2, local3, local4, local5, local6 and local7. The default
+is daemon.  This setting has no effect if the "log file" setting is a
+non-empty string (either set in the per-modules settings, or inherited
+from the global settings).
+
+dit(bf(max verbosity)) The "max verbosity" option allows you to control
+the maximum amount of verbose information that you'll allow the daemon to
+generate (since the information goes into the log file). The default is 1,
+which allows the client to request one level of verbosity.
 
 dit(bf(lock file)) The "lock file" option specifies the file to use to
-support the "max connections" option. The rsync server uses record
+support the "max connections" option. The rsync daemon uses record
 locking on this file to ensure that the max connections limit is not
-exceeded. The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
+exceeded for the modules sharing the lock file. 
+The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
 
 dit(bf(read only)) The "read only" option determines whether clients
 will be able to upload files or not. If "read only" is true then any
 attempted uploads will fail. If "read only" is false then uploads will
-be possible if file permissions on the server allow them. The default
+be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them. The default
 is for all modules to be read only.
 
+dit(bf(write only)) The "write only" option determines whether clients
+will be able to download files or not. If "write only" is true then any
+attempted downloads will fail. If "write only" is false then downloads
+will be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them.  The
+default is for this option to be disabled.
+
 dit(bf(list)) The "list" option determines if this module should be
 listed when the client asks for a listing of available modules. By
 setting this to false you can create hidden modules. The default is
 for modules to be listable.
 
-dit(bf(uid)) The "uid" option specifies the user name or user id that
+dit(bf(uid)) The "uid" option specifies the user name or user ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
 was run as root. In combination with the "gid" option this determines what
 file permissions are available. The default is uid -2, which is normally
 the user "nobody".
 
-dit(bf(gid)) The "gid" option specifies the group name or group id that
+dit(bf(gid)) The "gid" option specifies the group name or group ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
 was run as root. This complements the "uid" option. The default is gid -2,
 which is normally the group "nobody".
 
-dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" option allows you to specify a space
-separated list of patterns to add to the exclude list. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with the --exclude
-option except that the exclude list is not passed to the client and
-thus only apply on the server.  Only one "exclude" option may be
-specified, but you can use "-" and "+" before patterns to specify
-exclude/include.
+dit(bf(filter)) The "filter" option allows you to specify a space-separated
+list of filter rules that the daemon will not allow to be read or written.
+This is only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these
+patterns with the bf(--filter) option.  Only one "filter" option may be
+specified, but it may contain as many rules as you like, including
+merge-file rules.  Note that per-directory merge-file rules do not provide
+as much protection as global rules, but they can be used to make bf(--delete)
+work better when a client downloads the daemon's files (if the per-dir
+merge files are included in the transfer).
 
-Note that this option is not designed with strong security in
-mind, it is quite possible that a client may find a way to bypass this
-exclude list. If you want to absolutely ensure that certain files
-cannot be accessed then use the uid/gid options in combination with
-file permissions.
+dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" option allows you to specify a
+space-separated list of patterns that the daemon will not allow to be read
+or written.  This is only superficially equivalent to the client
+specifying these patterns with the bf(--exclude) option.  Only one "exclude"
+option may be specified, but you can use "-" and "+" before patterns to
+specify exclude/include.
+
+Because this exclude list is not passed to the client it only applies on
+the daemon: that is, it excludes files received by a client when receiving
+from a daemon and files deleted on a daemon when sending to a daemon, but
+it doesn't exclude files from being deleted on a client when receiving
+from a daemon.  
 
 dit(bf(exclude from)) The "exclude from" option specifies a filename
-on the server that contains exclude patterns, one per line. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying the --exclude-from option with a
-equivalent file except that the resulting exclude patterns are not
-passed to the client and thus only apply on the server. See also the
-note about security for the exclude option above.
+on the daemon that contains exclude patterns, one per line.
+This is only superficially equivalent
+to the client specifying the bf(--exclude-from) option with an equivalent file.
+See the "exclude" option above.
 
-dit(bf(include)) The "include" option allows you to specify a space
-separated list of patterns which rsync should not exclude. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with the --include
-option.  This is useful as it allows you to build up quite complex
-exclude/include rules.  Only one "include" option may be specified, but you
-can use "+" and "-" before patterns to switch include/exclude.
-
-See the section of exclude patterns in the rsync man page for information
-on the syntax of this option.
+dit(bf(include)) The "include" option allows you to specify a
+space-separated list of patterns which rsync should not exclude. This is
+only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with
+the bf(--include) option because it applies only on the daemon.  This is
+useful as it allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.
+Only one "include" option may be specified, but you can use "+" and "-"
+before patterns to switch include/exclude.  See the "exclude" option
+above.
 
 dit(bf(include from)) The "include from" option specifies a filename
-on the server that contains include patterns, one per line. This is
-equivalent to the client specifying the --include-from option with a
-equivalent file.
+on the daemon that contains include patterns, one per line. This is
+only superficially equivalent to the client specifying the
+bf(--include-from) option with a equivalent file.
+See the "exclude" option above.
+
+dit(bf(incoming chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
+incoming files (files that are being received by the daemon).  These
+changes happen after all other permission calculations, and this will
+even override destination-default and/or existing permissions when the
+client does not specify bf(--perms).
+See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
+manpage for information on the format of this string.
+
+dit(bf(outgoing chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
+outgoing files (files that are being sent out from the daemon).  These
+changes happen first, making the sent permissions appear to be different
+than those stored in the filesystem itself.  For instance, you could
+disable group write permissions on the server while having it appear to
+be on to the clients.
+See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
+manpage for information on the format of this string.
 
 dit(bf(auth users)) The "auth users" option specifies a comma and
-space separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect to
+space-separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect to
 this module. The usernames do not need to exist on the local
 system. The usernames may also contain shell wildcard characters. If
 "auth users" is set then the client will be challenged to supply a
 username and password to connect to the module. A challenge response
 authentication protocol is used for this exchange. The plain text
-usernames are passwords are stored in the file specified by the
+usernames and passwords are stored in the file specified by the
 "secrets file" option. The default is for all users to be able to
 connect without a password (this is called "anonymous rsync").
 
+See also the "CONNECTING TO AN RSYNC DAEMON OVER A REMOTE SHELL
+PROGRAM" section in bf(rsync)(1) for information on how handle an
+rsyncd.conf-level username that differs from the remote-shell-level
+username when using a remote shell to connect to an rsync daemon.
+
 dit(bf(secrets file)) The "secrets file" option specifies the name of
 a file that contains the username:password pairs used for
 authenticating this module. This file is only consulted if the "auth
@@ -235,7 +321,7 @@ by "other"; see "strict modes".
 
 dit(bf(strict modes)) The "strict modes" option determines whether or not 
 the permissions on the secrets file will be checked.  If "strict modes" is
-true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user id other
+true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user ID other
 than the one that the rsync daemon is running under.  If "strict modes" is
 false, the check is not performed.  The default is true.  This option
 was added to accommodate rsync running on the Windows operating system.
@@ -247,25 +333,31 @@ connection is rejected.
 
 Each pattern can be in one of five forms:
 
-itemize(
-  it() a dotted decimal IP address. In this case the incoming machines
-  IP address must match exactly.
-
-  it() a address/mask in the form a.b.c.d/n were n is the number of
-  one bits in in the netmask. All IP addresses which match the masked
-  IP address will be allowed in.
-
-  it() a address/mask in the form a.b.c.d/e.f.g.h where e.f.g.h is a
-  netmask in dotted decimal notation. All IP addresses which match the masked
-  IP address will be allowed in.
-
+quote(itemize(
+  it() a dotted decimal IPv4 address of the form a.b.c.d, or an IPv6 address
+  of the form a:b:c::d:e:f. In this case the incoming machine's IP address
+  must match exactly.
+  it() an address/mask in the form ipaddr/n where ipaddr is the IP address
+  and n is the number of one bits in the netmask.  All IP addresses which
+  match the masked IP address will be allowed in.
+  it() an address/mask in the form ipaddr/maskaddr where ipaddr is the
+  IP address and maskaddr is the netmask in dotted decimal notation for IPv4,
+  or similar for IPv6, e.g. ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:: instead of /64. All IP
+  addresses which match the masked IP address will be allowed in.
   it() a hostname. The hostname as determined by a reverse lookup will
   be matched (case insensitive) against the pattern. Only an exact
   match is allowed in.
-
   it() a hostname pattern using wildcards. These are matched using the
   same rules as normal unix filename matching. If the pattern matches
   then the client is allowed in.
+))
+
+Note IPv6 link-local addresses can have a scope in the address specification:
+
+quote(
+tt(    fe80::1%link1)nl()
+tt(    fe80::%link1/64)nl()
+tt(    fe80::%link1/ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff::)nl()
 )
 
 You can also combine "hosts allow" with a separate "hosts deny"
@@ -286,64 +378,94 @@ rejected. See the "hosts allow" option for more information.
 The default is no "hosts deny" option, which means all hosts can connect.
 
 dit(bf(ignore errors)) The "ignore errors" option tells rsyncd to
-ignore IO errors on the server when deciding whether to run the delete
-phase of the transfer. Normally rsync skips the --delete step if any
-IO errors have occurred in order to prevent disasterous deletion due
-to a temporary resource shortage or other IO error. In some cases this
+ignore I/O errors on the daemon when deciding whether to run the delete
+phase of the transfer. Normally rsync skips the bf(--delete) step if any
+I/O errors have occurred in order to prevent disastrous deletion due
+to a temporary resource shortage or other I/O error. In some cases this
 test is counter productive so you can use this option to turn off this
-behaviour. 
+behavior. 
 
-dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync server to completely
+dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync daemon to completely
 ignore files that are not readable by the user. This is useful for
 public archives that may have some non-readable files among the
 directories, and the sysadmin doesn't want those files to be seen at all.
 
 dit(bf(transfer logging)) The "transfer logging" option enables per-file 
 logging of downloads and uploads in a format somewhat similar to that
-used by ftp daemons. If you want to customize the log formats look at
-the log format option.
+used by ftp daemons.  The daemon always logs the transfer at the end, so
+if a transfer is aborted, no mention will be made in the log file.
+
+If you want to customize the log lines, see the "log format" option.
 
 dit(bf(log format)) The "log format" option allows you to specify the
-format used for logging file transfers when transfer logging is
-enabled. The format is a text string containing embedded single
-character escape sequences prefixed with a percent (%) character.
-
-The prefixes that are understood are:
-
-itemize(
-  it() %h for the remote host name
-  it() %a for the remote IP address
-  it() %l for the length of the file in bytes
-  it() %p for the process id of this rsync session
-  it() %o for the operation, which is either "send" or "recv"
-  it() %f for the filename
-  it() %P for the module path
-  it() %m for the module name
-  it() %t for the current date time
-  it() %u for the authenticated username (or the null string)
-  it() %b for the number of bytes actually transferred 
-  it() %c when sending files this gives the number of checksum bytes
-    received for this file
-)
+format used for logging file transfers when transfer logging is enabled.
+The format is a text string containing embedded single-character escape
+sequences prefixed with a percent (%) character.  An optional numeric
+field width may also be specified between the percent and the escape
+letter (e.g. "%-50n %8l %07p").
 
 The default log format is "%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l", and a "%t [%p] "
-is always added to the beginning when using the "log file" option.
+is always prefixed when using the "log file" option.
+(A perl script that will summarize this default log format is included
+in the rsync source code distribution in the "support" subdirectory:
+rsyncstats.)
 
-A perl script called rsyncstats to summarize this format is included
-in the rsync source code distribution.
+The single-character escapes that are understood are as follows:
+
+quote(itemize(
+  it() %a the remote IP address
+  it() %b the number of bytes actually transferred 
+  it() %B the permission bits of the file (e.g. rwxrwxrwt)
+  it() %c the checksum bytes received for this file (only when sending)
+  it() %f the filename (long form on sender; no trailing "/")
+  it() %G the gid of the file (decimal) or "DEFAULT"
+  it() %h the remote host name
+  it() %i an itemized list of what is being updated
+  it() %l the length of the file in bytes
+  it() %L the string " -> SYMLINK", " => HARDLINK", or "" (where bf(SYMLINK) or bf(HARDLINK) is a filename)
+  it() %m the module name
+  it() %M the last-modified time of the file
+  it() %n the filename (short form; trailing "/" on dir)
+  it() %o the operation, which is "send", "recv", or "del." (the latter includes the trailing period)
+  it() %p the process ID of this rsync session
+  it() %P the module path
+  it() %t the current date time
+  it() %u the authenticated username or an empty string
+  it() %U the uid of the file (decimal)
+))
+
+For a list of what the characters mean that are output by "%i", see the
+bf(--itemize-changes) option in the rsync manpage.
+
+Note that some of the logged output changes when talking with older
+rsync versions.  For instance, deleted files were only output as verbose
+messages prior to rsync 2.6.4.
 
 dit(bf(timeout)) The "timeout" option allows you to override the
-clients choice for IO timeout for this module. Using this option you
+clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this option you
 can ensure that rsync won't wait on a dead client forever. The timeout
 is specified in seconds. A value of zero means no timeout and is the
-default. A good choice for anonymous rsync servers may be 600 (giving
+default. A good choice for anonymous rsync daemons may be 600 (giving
 a 10 minute timeout).
 
 dit(bf(refuse options)) The "refuse options" option allows you to
-specify a space separated list of rsync command line options that will
-be refused by your rsync server.  The full names of the options must be
-used (i.e., you must use "checksum" not "c" to disable checksumming).  
-When an option is refused, the server prints an error message and exits.
+specify a space-separated list of rsync command line options that will
+be refused by your rsync daemon.
+You may specify the full option name, its one-letter abbreviation, or a
+wild-card string that matches multiple options.
+For example, this would refuse bf(--checksum) (bf(-c)) and all the various
+delete options:
+
+quote(tt(    refuse options = c delete))
+
+The reason the above refuses all delete options is that the options imply
+bf(--delete), and implied options are refused just like explicit options.
+As an additional safety feature, the refusal of "delete" also refuses
+bf(remove-sent-files) when the daemon is the sender; if you want the latter
+without the former, instead refuse "delete-*" -- that refuses all the
+delete modes without affecting bf(--remove-sent-files).
+
+When an option is refused, the daemon prints an error message and exits.
 To prevent all compression, you can use "dont compress = *" (see below)
 instead of "refuse options = compress" to avoid returning an error to a
 client that requests compression.
@@ -354,25 +476,57 @@ during transfer. Compression is expensive in terms of CPU usage so it
 is usually good to not try to compress files that won't compress well,
 such as already compressed files. 
 
-The "dont compress" option takes a space separated list of
+The "dont compress" option takes a space-separated list of
 case-insensitive wildcard patterns. Any source filename matching one
 of the patterns will not be compressed during transfer.
 
-The default setting is verb(*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz)
+The default setting is tt(*.gz *.tgz *.zip *.z *.rpm *.deb *.iso *.bz2 *.tbz)
+
+dit(bf(pre-xfer exec), bf(post-xfer exec)) You may specify a command to be run
+before and/or after the transfer.  If the bf(pre-xfer exec) command fails, the
+transfer is aborted before it begins.
+
+The following environment variables will be set, though some are
+specific to the pre-xfer or the post-xfer environment:
+
+quote(itemize(
+  it() bf(RSYNC_MODULE_NAME): The name of the module being accessed.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_MODULE_PATH): The path configured for the module.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_HOST_ADDR): The accessing host's IP address.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_HOST_NAME): The accessing host's name.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_USER_NAME): The accessing user's name (empty if no user).
+  it() bf(RSYNC_PID): A unique number for this transfer.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_REQUEST): (pre-xfer only) The module/path info specified
+  by the user (note that the user can specify multiple source files,
+  so the request can be something like "mod/path1 mod/path2", etc.).
+  it() bf(RSYNC_ARG#): (pre-xfer only) The pre-request arguments are set
+  in these numbered values. RSYNC_ARG0 is always "rsyncd", and the last
+  value contains a single period.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_EXIT_STATUS): (post-xfer only) the server side's exit value.
+  This will be 0 for a successful run, a positive value for an error that the
+  server generated, or a -1 if rsync failed to exit properly.  Note that an
+  error that occurs on the client side does not currently get sent to the
+  server side, so this is not the final exit status for the whole transfer.
+  it() bf(RSYNC_RAW_STATUS): (post-xfer only) the raw exit value from code(waitpid()).
+))
+
+Even though the commands can be associated with a particular module, they
+are run using the permissions of the user that started the daemon (not the
+module's uid/gid setting) without any chroot restrictions.
 
 enddit()
 
 manpagesection(AUTHENTICATION STRENGTH)
 
 The authentication protocol used in rsync is a 128 bit MD4 based
-challenge response system. Although I believe that no one has ever
-demonstrated a brute-force break of this sort of system you should
-realize that this is not a "military strength" authentication system.
-It should be good enough for most purposes but if you want really top
-quality security then I recommend that you run rsync over ssh.
+challenge response system. This is fairly weak protection, though (with
+at least one brute-force hash-finding algorithm publicly available), so
+if you want really top-quality security, then I recommend that you run
+rsync over ssh.  (Yes, a future version of rsync will switch over to a
+stronger hashing method.)
 
-Also note that the rsync server protocol does not currently provide any
-encryption of the data that is transferred over the link. Only
+Also note that the rsync daemon protocol does not currently provide any
+encryption of the data that is transferred over the connection. Only
 authentication is provided. Use ssh as the transport if you want
 encryption.
 
@@ -390,17 +544,17 @@ verb(
         comment = ftp export area
 )
 
-
 A more sophisticated example would be:
 
-uid = nobody nl()
-gid = nobody nl()
-use chroot = no nl()
-max connections = 4 nl()
-syslog facility = local5 nl()
+verb(
+uid = nobody
+gid = nobody
+use chroot = no
+max connections = 4
+syslog facility = local5
 pid file = /var/run/rsyncd.pid
 
-verb([ftp]
+[ftp]
         path = /var/ftp/pub
         comment = whole ftp area (approx 6.1 GB)
 
@@ -425,12 +579,14 @@ verb([ftp]
 
 The /etc/rsyncd.secrets file would look something like this:
 
-tridge:mypass nl()
-susan:herpass
+quote(
+tt(tridge:mypass)nl()
+tt(susan:herpass)nl()
+)
 
 manpagefiles()
 
-/etc/rsyncd.conf
+/etc/rsyncd.conf or rsyncd.conf
 
 manpageseealso()
 
@@ -440,15 +596,12 @@ manpagediagnostics()
 
 manpagebugs()
 
-The rsync server does not send all types of error messages to the
-client. this means a client may be mystified as to why a transfer
-failed. The error will have been logged by syslog on the server.
-
 Please report bugs! The rsync bug tracking system is online at
 url(http://rsync.samba.org/)(http://rsync.samba.org/)
 
 manpagesection(VERSION)
-This man page is current for version 2.0 of rsync
+
+This man page is current for version 2.6.9pre1 of rsync.
 
 manpagesection(CREDITS)
 
@@ -469,12 +622,13 @@ Gailly and Mark Adler.
 manpagesection(THANKS)
 
 Thanks to Warren Stanley for his original idea and patch for the rsync
-server. Thanks to Karsten Thygesen for his many suggestions and
+daemon. Thanks to Karsten Thygesen for his many suggestions and
 documentation! 
 
 manpageauthor()
 
-rsync was written by Andrew Tridgell and Paul Mackerras.  They may be
-contacted via email at tridge@samba.org and
-Paul.Mackerras@cs.anu.edu.au
+rsync was written by Andrew Tridgell and Paul Mackerras.
+Many people have later contributed to it.
 
+Mailing lists for support and development are available at
+url(http://lists.samba.org)(lists.samba.org) 

runtests.sh

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 
 # Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
@@ -13,8 +14,7 @@
 # 
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 # License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 
 # rsync top-level test script -- this invokes all the other more
 # detailed tests in order.  This script can either be called by `make
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 # they're explicitly given on the command line.
 
 # Also, we can't count on 'cp -a' or 'mkdir -p', although they're
-# pretty handy.
+# pretty handy (see function makepath for the latter).
 
 # I think some of the GNU documentation suggests that we shouldn't
 # rely on shell functions.  However, the Bash manual seems to say that
@@ -100,6 +100,8 @@
 # You cannot do "export VAR=VALUE" all on one line; the export must be
 # separate from the assignment.  (SCO SysV)
 
+# Don't rely on grep -q, as that doesn't work everywhere -- just redirect
+# stdout to /dev/null to keep it quiet.
 
 
 # STILL TO DO:
@@ -124,37 +126,82 @@ set -e
 . "./shconfig"
 
 RUNSHFLAGS='-e'
+export RUNSHFLAGS
 
-if [ -n "$loglevel" ] && [ "$loglevel" -gt 8 ]
-then
-    if set -x
-    then
+# for Solaris
+[ -d /usr/xpg4/bin ] && PATH="/usr/xpg4/bin/:$PATH"
+
+if [ "x$loglevel" != x ] && [ "$loglevel" -gt 8 ]; then
+    if set -x; then
 	# If it doesn't work the first time, don't keep trying.
 	RUNSHFLAGS="$RUNSHFLAGS -x"
     fi
 fi
 
+POSIXLY_CORRECT=1 
+if test x"$TOOLDIR" = x; then
+    TOOLDIR=`pwd`
+fi
+srcdir=`dirname $0`
+if test x"$srcdir" = x -o x"$srcdir" = x.; then
+    srcdir="$TOOLDIR"
+fi
+if test x"$rsync_bin" = x; then
+    rsync_bin="$TOOLDIR/rsync"
+fi
+
+# This allows the user to specify extra rsync options -- use carefully!
+RSYNC="$rsync_bin $*"
+#RSYNC="valgrind $rsync_bin $*"
+
+export POSIXLY_CORRECT TOOLDIR srcdir RSYNC
+
 echo "============================================================"
-echo "$0 running in `pwd`"
-echo "    rsync_bin=$rsync_bin"
+echo "$0 running in $TOOLDIR"
+echo "    rsync_bin=$RSYNC"
 echo "    srcdir=$srcdir"
 
-if test ! -f $rsync_bin
-then
+if [ -f /usr/bin/whoami ]; then
+    testuser=`/usr/bin/whoami`
+elif [ -f /usr/ucb/whoami ]; then
+    testuser=`/usr/ucb/whoami`
+elif [ -f /bin/whoami ]; then
+    testuser=`/bin/whoami`
+else
+    testuser=`id -un 2>/dev/null || echo ${LOGNAME:-${USERNAME:-${USER:-'UNKNOWN'}}}`
+fi
+
+echo "    testuser=$testuser"
+echo "    os=`uname -a`"
+
+# It must be "yes", not just nonnull
+if [ "x$preserve_scratch" = xyes ]; then
+    echo "    preserve_scratch=yes"
+else
+    echo "    preserve_scratch=no"
+fi    
+
+# Check if setfacl is around and if it supports the -k or -s option.
+if setfacl --help 2>/dev/null | grep ' -k,' >/dev/null; then
+    setfacl_nodef='setfacl -k'
+elif setfacl -s u::7,g::5,o:5 testsuite 2>/dev/null; then
+    setfacl_nodef='setfacl -s u::7,g::5,o:5'
+else
+    setfacl_nodef=true
+fi
+
+export setfacl_nodef
+
+if [ ! -f "$rsync_bin" ]; then
     echo "rsync_bin $rsync_bin is not a file" >&2
     exit 2
 fi
 
-if test ! -d $srcdir
-then
+if [ ! -d "$srcdir" ]; then
     echo "srcdir $srcdir is not a directory" >&2
     exit 2
 fi
 
-RSYNC="$rsync_bin"
-
-export rsync_bin RSYNC
-
 skipped=0
 missing=0
 passed=0
@@ -163,7 +210,7 @@ failed=0
 # Prefix for scratch directory.  We create separate directories for
 # each test case, so that they can be left behind in case of failure
 # to aid investigation.
-scratchbase="`pwd`"/testtmp
+scratchbase="$TOOLDIR"/testtmp
 echo "    scratchbase=$scratchbase"
 
 suitedir="$srcdir/testsuite"
@@ -173,22 +220,24 @@ export scratchdir suitedir
 prep_scratch() {
     [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
     mkdir "$scratchdir"
+    # Get rid of default ACLs and dir-setgid to avoid confusing some tests.
+    $setfacl_nodef "$scratchdir"
+    chmod g-s "$scratchdir"
     return 0
 }
 
-discard_scratch() {
-    [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
+maybe_discard_scratch() {
+    [ x"$preserve_scratch" != xyes ] && [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
     return 0
 }
 
-if [ "x$whichtests" = x ]
-then
+if [ "x$whichtests" = x ]; then
     whichtests="*.test"
 fi
 
 for testscript in $suitedir/$whichtests
 do
-    testbase=`echo $testscript | sed 's!.*/!!' | sed -e 's/.test\$//'`
+    testbase=`echo $testscript | sed -e 's!.*/!!' -e 's/.test\$//'`
     scratchdir="$scratchbase.$testbase"
 
     prep_scratch
@@ -198,16 +247,30 @@ do
     result=$?
     set -e
 
+    if [ "x$always_log" = xyes -o \( $result != 0 -a $result != 77 -a $result != 78 \) ]
+    then
+	echo "----- $testbase log follows"
+	cat "$scratchdir/test.log"
+	echo "----- $testbase log ends"
+	if [ -f "$scratchdir/rsyncd.log" ]; then
+	    echo "----- $testbase rsyncd.log follows"
+	    cat "$scratchdir/rsyncd.log"
+	    echo "----- $testbase rsyncd.log ends"
+	fi
+    fi
+
     case $result in
     0)
 	echo "PASS    $testbase"
 	passed=`expr $passed + 1`
-	discard_scratch
+	maybe_discard_scratch
 	;;
     77)
-	echo "SKIP    $testbase"
+	# backticks will fill the whole file onto one line, which is a feature
+	whyskipped=`cat "$scratchdir/whyskipped"`
+	echo "SKIP    $testbase ($whyskipped)"
 	skipped=`expr $skipped + 1`
-	discard_scratch
+	maybe_discard_scratch
 	;;
     78)
         # It failed, but we expected that.  don't dump out error logs, 
@@ -218,12 +281,8 @@ do
 	;;
     *)
 	echo "FAIL    $testbase"
-	echo "----- $testbase failed: log follows"
-	cat "$scratchdir/test.log"
-	echo "----- $testbase log ends"
 	failed=`expr $failed + 1`
-	if [ "x$nopersist" = "xyes" ]
-	then
+	if [ "x$nopersist" = xyes ]; then
 	    exit 1
 	fi
     esac

sender.c

@@ -1,77 +1,116 @@
-/* 
-   Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
-   Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
-   
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-   
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-   
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-*/
+/*
+ * Routines only used by the sending process.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
-extern int remote_version;
-extern int csum_length;
-extern struct stats stats;
-extern int io_error;
-extern int dry_run;
+extern int do_xfers;
 extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
+extern int log_before_transfer;
+extern int stdout_format_has_i;
+extern int logfile_format_has_i;
+extern int csum_length;
+extern int append_mode;
+extern int io_error;
+extern int allowed_lull;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int remove_source_files;
+extern int updating_basis_file;
+extern int make_backups;
+extern int do_progress;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int batch_fd;
+extern int write_batch;
+extern struct stats stats;
+extern struct file_list *the_file_list;
+extern char *stdout_format;
 
 
-/*
-  receive the checksums for a buffer
-  */
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * The sender gets checksums from the generator, calculates deltas,
+ * and transmits them to the receiver.  The sender process runs on the
+ * machine holding the source files.
+ **/
+
+/**
+ * Receive the checksums for a buffer
+ **/
 static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 {
 	struct sum_struct *s;
-	int i;
+	int32 i;
+	int lull_mod = allowed_lull * 5;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 
-	s = (struct sum_struct *)malloc(sizeof(*s));
-	if (!s) out_of_memory("receive_sums");
+	if (!(s = new(struct sum_struct)))
+		out_of_memory("receive_sums");
+
+	read_sum_head(f, s);
 
-	s->count = read_int(f);
-	s->n = read_int(f);
-	s->remainder = read_int(f);  
 	s->sums = NULL;
 
-	if (verbose > 3)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"count=%d n=%d rem=%d\n",
-			s->count,s->n,s->remainder);
+	if (verbose > 3) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "count=%.0f n=%ld rem=%ld\n",
+			(double)s->count, (long)s->blength, (long)s->remainder);
+	}
 
-	if (s->count == 0) 
+	if (append_mode) {
+		s->flength = (OFF_T)s->count * s->blength;
+		if (s->remainder)
+			s->flength -= s->blength - s->remainder;
+		return s;
+	}
+
+	if (s->count == 0)
 		return(s);
 
-	s->sums = (struct sum_buf *)malloc(sizeof(s->sums[0])*s->count);
-	if (!s->sums) out_of_memory("receive_sums");
+	if (!(s->sums = new_array(struct sum_buf, s->count)))
+		out_of_memory("receive_sums");
 
-	for (i=0;i<s->count;i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < s->count; i++) {
 		s->sums[i].sum1 = read_int(f);
-		read_buf(f,s->sums[i].sum2,csum_length);
+		read_buf(f, s->sums[i].sum2, s->s2length);
 
 		s->sums[i].offset = offset;
-		s->sums[i].i = i;
+		s->sums[i].flags = 0;
 
-		if (i == s->count-1 && s->remainder != 0) {
+		if (i == s->count-1 && s->remainder != 0)
 			s->sums[i].len = s->remainder;
-		} else {
-			s->sums[i].len = s->n;
-		}
+		else
+			s->sums[i].len = s->blength;
 		offset += s->sums[i].len;
 
-		if (verbose > 3)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%.0f sum1=%08x\n",
-				i,s->sums[i].len,(double)s->sums[i].offset,s->sums[i].sum1);
+		if (allowed_lull && !(i % lull_mod))
+			maybe_send_keepalive();
+
+		if (verbose > 3) {
+			rprintf(FINFO,
+				"chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%.0f sum1=%08x\n",
+				i, s->sums[i].len, (double)s->sums[i].offset,
+				s->sums[i].sum1);
+		}
 	}
 
 	s->flength = offset;
@@ -79,215 +118,269 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 	return s;
 }
 
+void successful_send(int ndx)
+{
+	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+	struct file_struct *file;
+	unsigned int offset;
 
+	if (ndx < 0 || ndx >= the_file_list->count)
+		return;
 
-void send_files(struct file_list *flist,int f_out,int f_in)
-{ 
+	file = the_file_list->files[ndx];
+	if (file->dir.root) {
+		offset = stringjoin(fname, sizeof fname,
+				    file->dir.root, "/", NULL);
+	} else
+		offset = 0;
+	f_name(file, fname + offset);
+	if (remove_source_files) {
+		if (do_unlink(fname) == 0) {
+			if (verbose > 1)
+				rprintf(FINFO, "sender removed %s\n", fname + offset);
+		} else
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "sender failed to remove %s", fname + offset);
+	}
+}
+
+static void write_ndx_and_attrs(int f_out, int ndx, int iflags,
+				uchar fnamecmp_type, char *buf, int len)
+{
+	write_int(f_out, ndx);
+	if (protocol_version < 29)
+		return;
+	write_shortint(f_out, iflags);
+	if (iflags & ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS)
+		write_byte(f_out, fnamecmp_type);
+	if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS)
+		write_vstring(f_out, buf, len);
+}
+
+/* This is also used by receive.c with f_out = -1. */
+int read_item_attrs(int f_in, int f_out, int ndx, uchar *type_ptr,
+		    char *buf, int *len_ptr)
+{
+	int len;
+	uchar fnamecmp_type = FNAMECMP_FNAME;
+	int iflags = protocol_version >= 29 ? read_shortint(f_in)
+		   : ITEM_TRANSFER | ITEM_MISSING_DATA;
+
+	/* Handle the new keep-alive (no-op) packet. */
+	if (ndx == the_file_list->count && iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW)
+		;
+	else if (ndx < 0 || ndx >= the_file_list->count) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid file index: %d (count=%d) [%s]\n",
+			ndx, the_file_list->count, who_am_i());
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	} else if (iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid itemized flag word: %x [%s]\n",
+			iflags, who_am_i());
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+
+	if (iflags & ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS)
+		fnamecmp_type = read_byte(f_in);
+	*type_ptr = fnamecmp_type;
+
+	if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS) {
+		if ((len = read_vstring(f_in, buf, MAXPATHLEN)) < 0)
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	} else {
+		*buf = '\0';
+		len = -1;
+	}
+	*len_ptr = len;
+
+	if (iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER) {
+		if (!S_ISREG(the_file_list->files[ndx]->mode)) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"received request to transfer non-regular file: %d [%s]\n",
+				ndx, who_am_i());
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
+	} else if (f_out >= 0) {
+		write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags,
+				    fnamecmp_type, buf, len);
+	}
+
+	return iflags;
+}
+
+void send_files(struct file_list *flist, int f_out, int f_in)
+{
 	int fd = -1;
 	struct sum_struct *s;
-	struct map_struct *buf = NULL;
+	struct map_struct *mbuf = NULL;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];  
-	int i;
+	char *fname2, fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char xname[MAXPATHLEN];
+	uchar fnamecmp_type;
+	int iflags, xlen;
 	struct file_struct *file;
-	int phase = 0;
-	extern struct stats stats;		
+	int phase = 0, max_phase = protocol_version >= 29 ? 2 : 1;
 	struct stats initial_stats;
-	extern int write_batch;   /* dw */
-	extern int read_batch;    /* dw */
-	int checksums_match;   /* dw */
-	int buff_len;  /* dw */
-	char buff[CHUNK_SIZE];    /* dw */
-	int j;   /* dw */
-	int done;   /* dw */
+	int save_make_backups = make_backups;
+	int itemizing = am_server ? logfile_format_has_i : stdout_format_has_i;
+	enum logcode log_code = log_before_transfer ? FLOG : FINFO;
+	int f_xfer = write_batch < 0 ? batch_fd : f_out;
+	int i, j;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"send_files starting\n");
+		rprintf(FINFO, "send_files starting\n");
 
 	while (1) {
-		int offset=0;
+		unsigned int offset;
 
 		i = read_int(f_in);
 		if (i == -1) {
-			if (phase==0 && remote_version >= 13) {
-				phase++;
-				csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
-				write_int(f_out,-1);
-				if (verbose > 2)
-					rprintf(FINFO,"send_files phase=%d\n",phase);
-				continue;
-			}
-			break;
+			if (++phase > max_phase)
+				break;
+			csum_length = SUM_LENGTH;
+			if (verbose > 2)
+				rprintf(FINFO, "send_files phase=%d\n", phase);
+			write_int(f_out, -1);
+			/* For inplace: redo phase turns off the backup
+			 * flag so that we do a regular inplace send. */
+			make_backups = 0;
+			append_mode = 0;
+			continue;
 		}
 
-		if (i < 0 || i >= flist->count) {
-			rprintf(FERROR,"Invalid file index %d (count=%d)\n", 
-				i, flist->count);
+		iflags = read_item_attrs(f_in, f_out, i, &fnamecmp_type,
+					 xname, &xlen);
+		if (iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) /* no-op packet */
+			continue;
+
+		file = flist->files[i];
+		if (file->dir.root) {
+			/* N.B. We're sure that this fits, so offset is OK. */
+			offset = strlcpy(fname, file->dir.root, sizeof fname);
+			if (!offset || fname[offset-1] != '/')
+				fname[offset++] = '/';
+		} else
+			offset = 0;
+		fname2 = f_name(file, fname + offset);
+
+		if (verbose > 2)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files(%d, %s)\n", i, fname);
+
+		if (!(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER)) {
+			maybe_log_item(file, iflags, itemizing, xname);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (phase == 2) {
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"got transfer request in phase 2 [%s]\n",
+				who_am_i());
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
-		file = flist->files[i];
+		updating_basis_file = inplace && (protocol_version >= 29
+			? fnamecmp_type == FNAMECMP_FNAME : !make_backups);
 
+		stats.current_file_index = i;
 		stats.num_transferred_files++;
 		stats.total_transferred_size += file->length;
 
-		fname[0] = 0;
-		if (file->basedir) {
-			strlcpy(fname,file->basedir,MAXPATHLEN);
-			if (strlen(fname) == MAXPATHLEN-1) {
-				io_error = 1;
-				rprintf(FERROR, "send_files failed on long-named directory %s\n",
-					fname);
-				return;
-			}
-			strlcat(fname,"/",MAXPATHLEN);
-			offset = strlen(file->basedir)+1;
-		}
-		strlcat(fname,f_name(file),MAXPATHLEN);
-	  
-		if (verbose > 2) 
-			rprintf(FINFO,"send_files(%d,%s)\n",i,fname);
-	  
-		if (dry_run) {	
-			if (!am_server) {
-				log_transfer(file, fname+offset);
-			}
-			write_int(f_out,i);
+		if (!do_xfers) { /* log the transfer */
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &stats, iflags, NULL);
+			write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, i, iflags, fnamecmp_type,
+					    xname, xlen);
 			continue;
 		}
 
 		initial_stats = stats;
 
-		s = receive_sums(f_in);
-		if (!s) {
-			io_error = 1;
-			rprintf(FERROR,"receive_sums failed\n");
+		if (!(s = receive_sums(f_in))) {
+			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+			rprintf(FERROR, "receive_sums failed\n");
 			return;
 		}
 
-		if (write_batch)
-		    write_batch_csum_info(&i,flist->count,s);
-	  
-		if (!read_batch) {
-			fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
-			if (fd == -1) {
-				io_error = 1;
-				rprintf(FERROR,"send_files failed to open %s: %s\n",
-					fname,strerror(errno));
-				free_sums(s);
-				continue;
-			}
-	  
-			/* map the local file */
-			if (do_fstat(fd,&st) != 0) {
-				io_error = 1;
-				rprintf(FERROR,"fstat failed : %s\n",strerror(errno));
-				free_sums(s);
-				close(fd);
-				return;
-			}
-	  
-			if (st.st_size > 0) {
-				buf = map_file(fd,st.st_size);
+		fd = do_open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
+		if (fd == -1) {
+			if (errno == ENOENT) {
+				enum logcode c = am_daemon
+				    && protocol_version < 28 ? FERROR
+							     : FINFO;
+				io_error |= IOERR_VANISHED;
+				rprintf(c, "file has vanished: %s\n",
+					full_fname(fname));
 			} else {
-				buf = NULL;
+				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
+					"send_files failed to open %s",
+					full_fname(fname));
 			}
-	  
-			if (verbose > 2)
-				rprintf(FINFO,"send_files mapped %s of size %.0f\n",
-					fname,(double)st.st_size);
-
-			write_int(f_out,i);
-	  
-			if (write_batch)
-				write_batch_delta_file((char *)&i,sizeof(i));
-
-			write_int(f_out,s->count);
-			write_int(f_out,s->n);
-			write_int(f_out,s->remainder);
+			free_sums(s);
+			continue;
 		}
-	  
+
+		/* map the local file */
+		if (do_fstat(fd, &st) != 0) {
+			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fstat failed");
+			free_sums(s);
+			close(fd);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (st.st_size) {
+			int32 read_size = MAX(s->blength * 3, MAX_MAP_SIZE);
+			mbuf = map_file(fd, st.st_size, read_size, s->blength);
+		} else
+			mbuf = NULL;
+
+		if (verbose > 2) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files mapped %s of size %.0f\n",
+				fname, (double)st.st_size);
+		}
+
+		write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, i, iflags, fnamecmp_type,
+				    xname, xlen);
+		write_sum_head(f_xfer, s);
+
 		if (verbose > 2)
-			if (!read_batch)
-			    rprintf(FINFO,"calling match_sums %s\n",fname);
-	  
-		if (!am_server) {
-			log_transfer(file, fname+offset);
-		}
+			rprintf(FINFO, "calling match_sums %s\n", fname);
+
+		if (log_before_transfer)
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
+		else if (!am_server && verbose && do_progress)
+			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s\n", fname2);
 
 		set_compression(fname);
 
-                if (read_batch) { /* dw */
-                   /* read checksums originally computed on sender side */
-                   read_batch_csum_info(i, s, &checksums_match);
-                   if (checksums_match) {
-                       read_batch_delta_file( (char *) &j, sizeof(int) );
-                       if (j != i) {    /* if flist index entries don't match*/ 
-                          rprintf(FINFO,"index mismatch in send_files\n");
-                          rprintf(FINFO,"read index = %d flist ndx = %d\n",j,i);
-                          close_batch_delta_file();
-                          close_batch_csums_file();
-                          exit_cleanup(1);
-                       }
-                       else {
-                         write_int(f_out,j);
-                         write_int(f_out,s->count);
-                         write_int(f_out,s->n);
-                         write_int(f_out,s->remainder);
-                         done=0;
-                         while (!done) {
-                            read_batch_delta_file( (char *) &buff_len, sizeof(int) );
-                            write_int(f_out,buff_len);
-                            if (buff_len == 0) {
-                               done = 1;
-                            }
-                            else {
-                               if (buff_len > 0) {
-                                  read_batch_delta_file(buff, buff_len);
-                                  write_buf(f_out,buff,buff_len);
-                               }
-                            }
-                         }  /* end while  */
-                         read_batch_delta_file( buff, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
-                         write_buf(f_out, buff, MD4_SUM_LENGTH);
+		match_sums(f_xfer, s, mbuf, st.st_size);
+		if (do_progress)
+			end_progress(st.st_size);
 
-                       }  /* j=i */
-                   } else {  /* not checksum match */
-                      rprintf (FINFO,"readbatch & checksums don't match\n");
-                      rprintf (FINFO,"filename=%s is being skipped\n",
-			       fname);
-                      continue;
-                   }
-                } else  {
-		    match_sums(f_out,s,buf,st.st_size);
-		    log_send(file, &initial_stats);
-                }
+		log_item(log_code, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
 
-		if (!read_batch) { /* dw */
-		    if (buf) unmap_file(buf);
-		    close(fd);
+		if (mbuf) {
+			j = unmap_file(mbuf);
+			if (j) {
+				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+				rsyserr(FERROR, j,
+					"read errors mapping %s",
+					full_fname(fname));
+			}
 		}
-	  
+		close(fd);
+
 		free_sums(s);
-	  
+
 		if (verbose > 2)
-			rprintf(FINFO,"sender finished %s\n",fname);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "sender finished %s\n", fname);
+
+		/* Flag that we actually sent this entry. */
+		file->flags |= FLAG_SENT;
 	}
+	make_backups = save_make_backups;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
-		rprintf(FINFO,"send files finished\n");
+		rprintf(FINFO, "send files finished\n");
 
 	match_report();
 
-	write_int(f_out,-1);
-	if (write_batch || read_batch) { /* dw */
-	    close_batch_csums_file();
-	    close_batch_delta_file();
-	}
-
+	write_int(f_out, -1);
 }
-
-
-
-
-

support/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+all: savetransfer
+
+savetransfer: savetransfer.o
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.o savetransfer

support/atomic-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+#
+# This script lets you update a hierarchy of files in an atomic way by
+# first creating a new hierarchy using rsync's --link-dest option, and
+# then swapping the hierarchy into place.  **See the usage message for
+# more details and some important caveats!**
+
+use strict;
+use Cwd 'abs_path';
+
+my $RSYNC_PROG = '/usr/bin/rsync';
+my $RM_PROG = '/bin/rm';
+
+my $dest_dir = $ARGV[-1];
+usage(1) if $dest_dir eq '' || $dest_dir =~ /^--/;
+
+if (!-d $dest_dir) {
+    print STDERR "$dest_dir is not a directory.\n\n";
+    usage(1);
+}
+
+if (@_ = grep(/^--(link|compare)-dest/, @ARGV)) {
+    $_ = join(' or ', @_);
+    print STDERR "You may not use $_ as an rsync option.\n\n";
+    usage(1);
+}
+
+$dest_dir = abs_path($dest_dir);
+if ($dest_dir eq '/') {
+    print STDERR 'You must not use "/" as the destination directory.', "\n\n";
+    usage(1);
+}
+
+my $old_dir = "$dest_dir~old~";
+my $new_dir = $ARGV[-1] = "$dest_dir~new~";
+
+system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $old_dir) if -d $old_dir;
+
+if (system($RSYNC_PROG, "--link-dest=$dest_dir", @ARGV)) {
+    if ($? == -1) {
+	print "failed to execute $RSYNC_PROG: $!\n";
+    } elsif ($? & 127) {
+	printf "child died with signal %d, %s coredump\n",
+	    ($? & 127),  ($? & 128) ? 'with' : 'without';
+    } else {
+	printf "child exited with value %d\n", $? >> 8;
+    }
+    exit $?;
+}
+
+rename($dest_dir, $old_dir) or die "Unable to rename $new_dir to $old_dir: $!";
+rename($new_dir, $dest_dir) or die "Unable to rename $new_dir to $dest_dir: $!";
+
+exit;
+
+
+sub usage
+{
+    my($ret) = @_;
+    my $fh = $ret ? *STDERR : *STDOUT;
+    print $fh <<EOT;
+Usage: atomic-rsync [RSYNC-OPTIONS] HOST:/SOURCE/DIR/ /DEST/DIR/
+       atomic-rsync [RSYNC-OPTIONS] HOST::MOD/DIR/ /DEST/DIR/
+
+This script lets you update a hierarchy of files in an atomic way by first
+creating a new hierarchy (using hard-links to leverage the existing files),
+and then swapping the new hierarchy into place.  You must be pulling files
+to a local directory, and that directory must already exist.  For example:
+
+    atomic-rsync -av host:/remote/files/ /local/files/
+
+This would make the transfer to the directory /local/files~new~ and then
+swap out /local/files at the end of the transfer by renaming it to
+/local/files~old~ and putting the new directory into its place.  The
+/local/files~old~ directory will be preserved until the next update, at
+which point it will be deleted.
+
+Do NOT specify this command:
+
+    atomic-rsync -av host:/remote/files /local/
+
+... UNLESS you want the entire /local dir to be swapped out!
+
+See the "rsync" command for its list of options.  You may not use the
+--link-dest or --compare-dest options (since this script uses --link-dest
+to make the transfer efficient).  Also, the destination directory cannot
+be "/".
+EOT
+    exit $ret;
+}

support/cull_options

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script outputs some perl code that parses all possible options
+# that the code in options.c might send to the server.  This perl code
+# is included in the rrsync script.
+use strict;
+
+our(%short_no_arg, %short_with_num, %long_opt);
+our $last_long_opt;
+
+open(IN, '../options.c') or die "Unable to open ../options.c: $!\n";
+
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/\Qargstr[x++]\E = '(.)'/) {
+	$short_no_arg{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "-([a-zA-Z0-9])\%l?[ud]"/) {
+	$short_with_num{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)"/) {
+	$last_long_opt = $1;
+	$long_opt{$1} = 0;
+    } elsif (defined($last_long_opt)
+	&& /\Qargs[ac++]\E = ([^["\s]+);/ && $1 ne 'dest_option') {
+	$long_opt{$last_long_opt} = 2;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/dest_option = "--([^"]+)"/) {
+	$long_opt{$1} = 2;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "--([^"=]+)=/ || /\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)=/) {
+	$long_opt{$1} = 1;
+	undef $last_long_opt;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+my $short_no_arg = join('', sort keys %short_no_arg);
+my $short_with_num = join('', sort keys %short_with_num);
+
+print <<EOT;
+
+# These options are the only options that rsync might send to the server,
+# and only in the option format that the stock rsync produces.
+
+# To disable a short-named option, add its letter to this string:
+our \$short_disabled = '';
+
+our \$short_no_arg = '$short_no_arg'; # DO NOT REMOVE ANY
+our \$short_with_num = '$short_with_num'; # DO NOT REMOVE ANY
+
+# To disable a long-named option, change its value to a -1.  The values mean:
+# 0 = the option has no arg; 1 = the arg doesn't need any checking; 2 = only
+# check the arg when receiving; and 3 = always check the arg.
+our \%long_opt = (
+EOT
+
+foreach my $opt (sort keys %long_opt) {
+    my $val = $long_opt{$opt};
+    $val = 1 if $opt =~ /^(max-|min-)/;
+    $val = 3 if $opt eq 'files-from';
+    $val = '$ro ? -1 : ' . $val if $opt =~ /^remove-/;
+    print "  '$opt' => $val,\n";
+}
+
+print ");\n\n";